TWI821855B - Manufacturing method and display device of laminated film, laminated body, polarizing plate, polarizing plate roll - Google Patents

Manufacturing method and display device of laminated film, laminated body, polarizing plate, polarizing plate roll Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI821855B
TWI821855B TW111100686A TW111100686A TWI821855B TW I821855 B TWI821855 B TW I821855B TW 111100686 A TW111100686 A TW 111100686A TW 111100686 A TW111100686 A TW 111100686A TW I821855 B TWI821855 B TW I821855B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
film
group
optical film
range
adhesive layer
Prior art date
Application number
TW111100686A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW202243890A (en
Inventor
大久保康
Takashi Takebe
藤枝奈奈恵
南條崇
紀子
Original Assignee
日商柯尼卡美能達股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商柯尼卡美能達股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商柯尼卡美能達股份有限公司
Publication of TW202243890A publication Critical patent/TW202243890A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI821855B publication Critical patent/TWI821855B/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/20Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by their carriers
    • C09J7/29Laminated material
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B17/00Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres
    • B32B17/06Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material
    • B32B17/10Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/04Interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/06Interconnection of layers permitting easy separation
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/04Interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/12Interconnection of layers using interposed adhesives or interposed materials with bonding properties
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J201/00Adhesives based on unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/30Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by the adhesive composition
    • C09J7/38Pressure-sensitive adhesives [PSA]
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/133528Polarisers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05BELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
    • H05B33/00Electroluminescent light sources
    • H05B33/02Details
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05BELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
    • H05B33/00Electroluminescent light sources
    • H05B33/12Light sources with substantially two-dimensional radiating surfaces
    • H05B33/14Light sources with substantially two-dimensional radiating surfaces characterised by the chemical or physical composition or the arrangement of the electroluminescent material, or by the simultaneous addition of the electroluminescent material in or onto the light source
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2457/00Electrical equipment
    • B32B2457/20Displays, e.g. liquid crystal displays, plasma displays
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2203/00Applications of adhesives in processes or use of adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J2203/318Applications of adhesives in processes or use of adhesives in the form of films or foils for the production of liquid crystal displays
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • H10K59/80Constructional details
    • H10K59/8791Arrangements for improving contrast, e.g. preventing reflection of ambient light

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Devices For Indicating Variable Information By Combining Individual Elements (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)

Abstract

本發明之課題在於提供一種積層薄膜,其與玻璃板貼合時的衝擊耐性及高溫高濕下的接著耐久性且對於重複的折疊動作之耐久性及不發生光學不均的特性優異。又,提供貼合玻璃板與該積層薄膜而成之積層體、具備該積層薄膜或積層體之偏光板、該偏光板捲材之製造方法及具備該偏光板之顯示裝置。 本發明之積層薄膜係至少由光學薄膜、黏著層及脫模薄膜所構成之積層薄膜,其特徵在於:前述光學薄膜之膜厚為1~未達10μm,且前述黏著層之膜厚為1~未達10μm。 An object of the present invention is to provide a laminated film that is excellent in impact resistance when bonded to a glass plate, adhesion durability under high temperature and high humidity, durability against repeated folding operations, and non-occurrence of optical unevenness. Furthermore, a laminated body in which a glass plate and the laminated film are laminated together, a polarizing plate provided with the laminated film or the laminated body, a manufacturing method of the polarizing plate roll material, and a display device equipped with the polarizing plate are provided. The laminated film of the present invention is a laminated film composed of at least an optical film, an adhesive layer and a release film, and is characterized in that the film thickness of the optical film is 1 to less than 10 μm, and the film thickness of the adhesive layer is 1 to 10 μm. Less than 10μm.

Description

積層薄膜、積層體、偏光板、偏光板捲材之製造方法及顯示裝置Manufacturing method and display device of laminated film, laminated body, polarizing plate, polarizing plate roll

本發明關於積層薄膜、積層體、偏光板、偏光板捲材之製造方法及顯示裝置。更詳細而言,關於與具有可撓性的薄玻璃板貼合時,衝擊耐性及高溫高濕下的接著耐久性,且對於重複的折疊動作之耐久性及不發生光學不均的特性優異之積層薄膜等。The present invention relates to a manufacturing method of a laminated film, a laminated body, a polarizing plate, a polarizing plate roll, and a display device. More specifically, when bonded to a flexible thin glass plate, it has excellent impact resistance and bonding durability under high temperature and high humidity, durability against repeated folding movements, and no optical unevenness. Laminated films, etc.

近來,能折疊的可撓性顯示器係受到注目。與液晶顯示器不同,由於不需要背光的有機EL顯示器之上市,對於能折疊的可撓性顯示器之關心係升高,進行開發。對於可撓性顯示器所具備的構件,為了賦予折疊功能,要求進一步的薄膜化,偏光板或最表層(覆蓋層)等亦無例外。Recently, foldable flexible displays have attracted attention. As organic EL displays that do not require backlight, unlike liquid crystal displays, are on the market, interest in foldable flexible displays has increased and development is underway. In order to provide the folding function, the components included in the flexible display are required to be further thinned, and the polarizing plate and the outermost layer (covering layer) are no exception.

一般而言,偏光板係貼合光學薄膜與偏光子層,作為更積層有黏著層之偏光板捲材製造,然後,適宜地形成適當的形狀,安裝於顯示器基板。因此,於偏光板,若亦考慮可撓性,則除了光學薄膜之厚度等物性的均勻性之外,還新地要求包含折疊動作的衝擊耐性,再者要求即使高溫高濕下的重複之折疊動作,也不發生光學不均之特性。雖然不均的發生主要重要的是偏光板的內側之層,但由於對戴上偏光太陽眼鏡的狀態之視覺辨認性造成影響,故於偏光子外側之層亦要求不變化的特性。Generally speaking, polarizing plates are manufactured by laminating optical films and polarizing sub-layers as polarizing plate rolls with an adhesive layer laminated on them, and then suitably formed into appropriate shapes and mounted on the display substrate. Therefore, if flexibility is also considered in polarizing plates, in addition to the uniformity of physical properties such as the thickness of the optical film, impact resistance including folding operations is also newly required, and repeated folding operations even under high temperatures and high humidity are required. , and no optical unevenness will occur. Although unevenness is mainly caused by the inner layer of the polarizing plate, since it affects the visual visibility when wearing polarized sunglasses, the outer layer of the polarizer is also required to have stable characteristics.

又,於顯示器基板適宜地使用玻璃,隨著近來的薄膜化,多使用玻璃薄膜。然而,一般而言,玻璃愈薄愈不耐衝擊而容易破裂。因此,對於貼合作為可撓性顯示器的顯示基板之玻璃薄膜與偏光板而成之積層體,亦要求包含折疊動作的衝擊耐性。In addition, glass is suitably used for display substrates, and with recent thinning, glass films are increasingly used. However, generally speaking, the thinner the glass, the less impact-resistant it is and will easily break. Therefore, a laminate in which a glass film and a polarizing plate are bonded together as a display substrate of a flexible display is also required to have impact resistance including folding action.

再者,專利文獻1中,對於具有玻璃製板與樹脂製光學薄膜經由黏著劑所貼合的構造之光學積層體中的「不均現象」,考慮以往不重視的玻璃製板所致的雙折射,藉由使用具有顯示固有雙折射之值的黏著劑,其抵消玻璃製板的光彈性,而進行改善。 但是,該技術係不設想具有攜帶性的可撓性顯示器特有之如室外的高溫高濕下之重複折疊動作所造成的光學不均,進而適合玻璃的衝擊耐性改良之設計,無法滿足新的市場要求。 先前技術文獻 專利文獻 Furthermore, Patent Document 1 considers the "uneven phenomenon" in an optical laminate having a structure in which a glass plate and a resin optical film are bonded together via an adhesive, due to the glass plate, which has not been taken seriously in the past. Refraction is improved by using an adhesive with a value that exhibits intrinsic birefringence, which offsets the photoelasticity of the glass plate. However, this technology does not take into account the optical unevenness caused by repeated folding movements that are unique to portable flexible displays, such as outdoor high temperatures and high humidity, and is therefore suitable for the design of improving the impact resistance of glass, which cannot satisfy the new market. Require. Prior art documents Patent documents

[專利文獻1]日本發明專利第6550576號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Invention Patent No. 6550576

[發明所欲解決的課題][Problem to be solved by the invention]

本發明係鑒於上述問題・狀況而完成者,解決課題在於提供一種積層薄膜,其與玻璃板貼合時的衝擊耐性及高溫高濕下的接著耐久性且對於重複的折疊動作之耐久性及不發生光學不均的特性優異。又,提供貼合玻璃板與該積層薄膜而成之積層體、具備該積層薄膜或積層體之偏光板、該偏光板捲材之製造方法及具備該偏光板之顯示裝置。 [解決課題的手段] The present invention was completed in view of the above-mentioned problems and situations, and the problem to be solved is to provide a laminated film that has impact resistance when bonded to a glass plate, adhesion durability under high temperature and high humidity, and durability and durability against repeated folding operations. Excellent resistance to optical unevenness. Furthermore, a laminated body in which a glass plate and the laminated film are laminated together, a polarizing plate provided with the laminated film or the laminated body, a manufacturing method of the polarizing plate roll material, and a display device equipped with the polarizing plate are provided. [Means to solve the problem]

本發明者為了解決上述課題,於檢討上述問題的原因等之過程中,發現可得到一種積層薄膜,其係由特定厚度的光學薄膜及黏著層所構成之積層薄膜,尤其藉由使黏著層之厚度較以往薄,而與玻璃板貼合時的衝擊耐性及高溫高濕下的接著耐久性且對於重複的折疊動作之耐久性及不發生光學不均的特性優異,達成本發明。In order to solve the above-mentioned problems, the inventors of the present invention discovered in the process of examining the causes of the above-mentioned problems that a laminated film composed of an optical film of a specific thickness and an adhesive layer can be obtained. In particular, by making the adhesive layer The thickness is thinner than before, and the invention is achieved by having excellent impact resistance when bonded to a glass plate, bonding durability under high temperature and high humidity, durability against repeated folding movements, and no optical unevenness.

亦即,本發明之上述課題係藉由以下之手段而解決。That is, the above-mentioned problems of the present invention are solved by the following means.

1.一種積層薄膜,其係至少由光學薄膜、黏著層及脫模薄膜所構成之積層薄膜,其特徵在於: 前述光學薄膜之膜厚為1~未達10μm,且前述黏著層之膜厚為1~未達10μm。 1. A laminated film consisting of at least an optical film, an adhesive layer and a release film, characterized by: The film thickness of the aforementioned optical film is 1 to less than 10 μm, and the film thickness of the aforementioned adhesive layer is 1 to less than 10 μm.

2.如第1項記載之積層薄膜,其中前述光學薄膜之膜厚滿足下述式1; 式1:5<|寬度方向之任意選擇的3點之厚度的平均值(B)-平均膜厚值(A)|/平均膜厚值(A)×100<20。 2. The laminated film according to item 1, wherein the film thickness of the optical film satisfies the following formula 1; Formula 1: 5<|The average value of the thickness of three arbitrarily selected points in the width direction (B) - average film thickness value (A) |/average film thickness value (A) × 100<20.

3.如第1項或第2項記載之積層薄膜,其中前述光學薄膜之水蒸氣透過率係在溫度40℃、濕度90%RH下,為500~3000g/m 2・day之範圍內。 3. The laminated film described in Item 1 or 2, wherein the water vapor transmittance of the aforementioned optical film is in the range of 500~3000g/ m2 ·day at a temperature of 40°C and a humidity of 90%RH.

4.如第1項~第3項中任一項記載之積層薄膜,其中相對於光學薄膜,前述光學薄膜中的橡膠粒子之含量為40~85質量%之範圍內。4. The laminated film according to any one of items 1 to 3, wherein the content of rubber particles in the optical film is in the range of 40 to 85% by mass relative to the optical film.

5.如第1項~第4項中任一項記載之積層薄膜,其中剝離前述脫模薄膜,透過前述黏著層貼合基板時,對於前述基板的黏著力為3.0N/25mm以上。5. The laminated film according to any one of items 1 to 4, wherein the adhesive force to the substrate is 3.0 N/25mm or more when the release film is peeled off and the substrate is bonded through the adhesive layer.

6.如第1項~第5項中任一項記載之積層薄膜,其中前述黏著層為玻璃用。6. The laminated film as described in any one of items 1 to 5, wherein the adhesive layer is for glass.

7.如第1項~第6項中任一項記載之積層薄膜,其中前述黏著層之水蒸氣透過率係在溫度40℃、濕度90%RH下,為800~5000g/m 2・day之範圍內。 7. The laminated film as described in any one of items 1 to 6, wherein the water vapor transmission rate of the aforementioned adhesive layer is between 800 and 5000 g/m 2 ·day at a temperature of 40°C and a humidity of 90%RH. within the range.

8.如第1項~第7項中任一項記載之積層薄膜,其中前述黏著層之水蒸氣透過率高於前述光學薄膜之水蒸氣透過率。8. The laminated film according to any one of items 1 to 7, wherein the water vapor transmittance of the adhesive layer is higher than the water vapor transmittance of the optical film.

9.一種積層體,其特徵在於如第1項~第8項中任一項記載之積層薄膜與玻璃板係透過前述黏著層貼合。9. A laminated body, characterized in that the laminated film and the glass plate according to any one of items 1 to 8 are bonded together through the adhesive layer.

10.一種偏光板,其特徵在於具備如第1項~第9項中任一項記載之積層薄膜或積層體。10. A polarizing plate characterized by having the laminated film or laminated body according to any one of items 1 to 9.

11.一種偏光板捲材之製造方法,其係經過以下步驟所製造的偏光板捲材之製造方法, 在至少由光學薄膜、黏著層及脫模薄膜所構成之積層薄膜的前述光學薄膜面側,貼合偏光子而製作偏光板之貼合步驟,及捲取前述偏光板之捲取步驟; 其特徵在於:前述黏著層之膜厚為1μm~未達10μm,且光學薄膜之膜厚為1μm~未達10μm。 11. A method of manufacturing a polarizing plate roll, which is a manufacturing method of a polarizing plate roll manufactured through the following steps: A laminating step of laminating polarizers to produce a polarizing plate on the side of the optical film of a laminated film composed of at least an optical film, an adhesive layer and a release film, and a winding step of winding up the polarizing plate; It is characterized in that: the film thickness of the aforementioned adhesive layer is 1 μm to less than 10 μm, and the film thickness of the optical film is 1 μm to less than 10 μm.

12.如第11項記載之偏光板捲材之製造方法,其中在途中之步驟不剝離前述脫模薄膜而進行捲取。12. The method for manufacturing a polarizing plate roll as described in Item 11, wherein the release film is rolled up without peeling off the release film in an intermediate step.

13.如第11項或第12項記載之偏光板捲材之製造方法,其中前述偏光板捲材係至少由前述脫模薄膜、前述黏著層、前述光學薄膜及前述偏光子所構成。13. The manufacturing method of a polarizing plate roll as described in Item 11 or 12, wherein the aforementioned polarizing plate roll is composed of at least the aforementioned release film, the aforementioned adhesive layer, the aforementioned optical film, and the aforementioned polarizer.

14.一種顯示裝置,其特徵在於:基板之厚度為10~100μm之範圍內,且具備如第10項記載之偏光板。 [發明的效果] 14. A display device, characterized in that the thickness of the substrate is in the range of 10 to 100 μm, and the display device is provided with the polarizing plate according to item 10. [Effects of the invention]

藉由本發明之上述手段,可提供一種積層薄膜,其與玻璃板貼合時的衝擊耐性及高溫高濕下的接著耐久性且對於重複的折疊動作之耐久性及不發生光學不均的特性優異。又,可提供貼合玻璃板與該積層薄膜而成之積層體、具備該積層薄膜或積層體之偏光板、該偏光板捲材之製造方法及具備該偏光板之顯示裝置。By the above-mentioned means of the present invention, it is possible to provide a laminated film that is excellent in impact resistance when bonded to a glass plate and bonding durability under high temperature and high humidity, durability against repeated folding operations, and characteristics that do not cause optical unevenness. . Furthermore, it is possible to provide a laminated body in which a glass plate and the laminated film are laminated together, a polarizing plate provided with the laminated film or the laminated body, a manufacturing method of the polarizing plate roll material, and a display device provided with the polarizing plate.

關於本發明的效果之展現機構或作用機構,雖然不明確,但推測如以下。Although the mechanism by which the effects of the present invention are exhibited or acted upon is not clear, it is presumed as follows.

本發明係由光學薄膜、黏著層及脫模薄膜所構成之積層薄膜,其特徵在於使光學薄膜及黏著層之膜厚(亦稱為「厚度」)成為一定之範圍內。The present invention is a laminated film composed of an optical film, an adhesive layer, and a release film, and is characterized in that the film thickness (also referred to as "thickness") of the optical film and the adhesive layer is within a certain range.

藉由該特徵,可得到一種積層薄膜,其與玻璃板貼合時的衝擊耐性及高溫高濕下的接著耐久性且對於重複的折疊動作之耐久性及不發生光學不均的特性優異。With this feature, a laminated film can be obtained that is excellent in impact resistance when bonded to a glass plate and bonding durability under high temperature and high humidity, durability against repeated folding operations, and characteristics that do not cause optical unevenness.

以往,關於黏著層,由於重視異種材料彼此的黏著性(或接著性)及緩和異種材料彼此的收縮之功能,故一般而言,進行使黏著層具有厚度而擔保兩功能之設計。因此,隨著顯示器之薄型化,其他構件係進行薄型化,但另一方面,黏著層之進一步的薄層(膜)化係不太有進展。In the past, as for the adhesive layer, attention was paid to the adhesion (or adhesion) of dissimilar materials to each other and the function of mitigating the shrinkage of dissimilar materials to each other. Therefore, the design was generally carried out to ensure the thickness of the adhesive layer to ensure both functions. Therefore, as displays become thinner, other components become thinner, but on the other hand, there is little progress in further thinning the adhesive layer (film).

然而,於近來的可撓性顯示器之開發中,以往的黏著層係有因重複的折疊動作,而有黏著力降低之問題。又,近來的玻璃基板係因薄膜化及搭載於可撓性顯示器,而與以往的玻璃基板比較下,有容易破損之問題,亦即耐衝擊性成為課題。However, in the recent development of flexible displays, the previous adhesive layer has a problem of reduced adhesion due to repeated folding movements. In addition, recent glass substrates are thinner and mounted on flexible displays. However, compared with conventional glass substrates, there is a problem that they are easily damaged, that is, impact resistance becomes an issue.

亦即,隨著玻璃基板的薄膜化,當然玻璃基板變脆弱。當然,這些都是由於玻璃基板伴隨著負荷的物理變動而引起的,此處接觸玻璃基板的黏著層係在以往的設計膜厚中為壁厚且不柔軟,因此無法抑制物理的變動,結果被認為發生耐衝擊弱的課題。此外,茲認為黏結層與物理上變化的基板接著力的劣化造成顯示裝置的耐久性問題。 發明者們對於該課題,在此之前的製造過程中進行因素分離等詳細調查,發現為了使其具有耐衝擊,除了減薄黏著層及賦予黏著層的光學薄膜之膜厚之外,還有界定黏著層的賦予階段,可解決該課題。 此玻璃基板係在被薄膜、能折疊的超薄膜化時,特意減薄黏著層之厚度使偏光板等之光學薄膜與剛體的玻璃基板的距離接近,且提高各層間的接著性,而推測可賦予耐衝擊性。 That is, as the glass substrate becomes thinner, the glass substrate naturally becomes fragile. Of course, these are caused by the physical changes of the glass substrate with the load. The adhesive layer in contact with the glass substrate here is thicker than the conventional design film thickness and is not flexible, so it cannot suppress the physical changes. As a result, it is It is considered that there is a problem of weak impact resistance. In addition, it is believed that the deterioration of the adhesion between the adhesive layer and the physically changing substrate causes durability problems of the display device. Regarding this issue, the inventors conducted detailed investigations such as factor isolation in the previous manufacturing process, and found that in order to make it impact-resistant, in addition to thinning the adhesive layer and the thickness of the optical film that provides the adhesive layer, there is also a need to define This problem can be solved in the step of providing an adhesive layer. When this glass substrate is made into a thin film or a foldable ultra-thin film, the thickness of the adhesive layer is deliberately reduced so that the distance between the optical film such as the polarizer and the rigid glass substrate is close, and the adhesion between the layers is improved, and it is speculated that it can Confers impact resistance.

再者,考慮依序具有光學薄膜、黏著層及玻璃板之積層體重複折疊時的各層。以玻璃板成為內側之方式折疊時,黏著層及光學薄膜係伴隨玻璃板的活動而被拉伸、折疊。此時,光學薄膜係黏著層之厚度愈厚,愈更被拉伸。相反地,以玻璃板成為外側之方式折疊時,黏著層及光學薄膜係隨著玻璃板之活動而被壓縮、折疊。此時,光學薄膜係黏著層之厚度愈厚,愈更被壓縮。Furthermore, consider the respective layers when a laminated body having an optical film, an adhesive layer, and a glass plate in this order is repeatedly folded. When the glass plate is folded to the inside, the adhesive layer and optical film are stretched and folded along with the movement of the glass plate. At this time, the thicker the adhesive layer of the optical film is, the more it is stretched. On the contrary, when the glass plate is folded to the outside, the adhesive layer and optical film are compressed and folded along with the movement of the glass plate. At this time, the thicker the adhesive layer of the optical film is, the more compressed it is.

一般而言,用於光學薄膜的樹脂係伸縮性高於玻璃板,因此藉由重複如此的折疊動作,光學薄膜係重複伸縮。而且,因逐漸地黏著不良,而光學薄膜拱起,被認為會發生光學不均。又,因應力集中於玻璃板的折疊部分,被認為玻璃板容易破損。再者,於玻璃板與樹脂因熱膨脹係數及濕度膨脹係數不同,故在高溫高濕之環境下,尤其容易發生黏著不良,被認為光學不均亦容易發生。Generally speaking, the resin used for the optical film has higher elasticity than the glass plate, so by repeating such folding action, the optical film repeatedly expands and contracts. Furthermore, it is thought that optical unevenness may occur as the optical film becomes bulged due to progressive poor adhesion. In addition, since stress is concentrated on the folded portion of the glass plate, it is considered that the glass plate is easily damaged. Furthermore, since the thermal expansion coefficient and humidity expansion coefficient of the glass plate and resin are different, adhesion failure is particularly likely to occur in high-temperature and high-humidity environments. It is believed that optical unevenness is also likely to occur.

而且,本發明之光學薄膜及黏著層係藉由將厚度減薄,設為一定之範圍內,而減少因折疊動作所致的光學薄膜之伸縮,推測可抑制光學不均的發生。又,施加於玻璃板的應力係被減輕,可推測不易破損。Moreover, by reducing the thickness of the optical film and the adhesive layer of the present invention to a certain range, the expansion and contraction of the optical film due to the folding operation is reduced, and it is presumed that the occurrence of optical unevenness can be suppressed. In addition, the stress exerted on the glass plate is reduced, and it is presumed that it is less likely to be damaged.

[實施發明的形態][Form of carrying out the invention]

本發明之積層薄膜係至少由光學薄膜、黏著層及脫模薄膜所構成之積層薄膜,其特徵在於:前述光學薄膜之膜厚為1~未達10μm,且前述黏著層之膜厚為1~未達10μm。 該特徵係共通或對應於下述實施態樣的技術特徵。 The laminated film of the present invention is a laminated film composed of at least an optical film, an adhesive layer and a release film, and is characterized in that the film thickness of the optical film is 1 to less than 10 μm, and the film thickness of the adhesive layer is 1 to 10 μm. Less than 10μm. This feature is a technical feature common to or corresponding to the following embodiments.

作為本發明之實施形態,從本發明的效果展現之觀點來看,前述光學薄膜之膜厚較佳為滿足下述式1。 式1:5<|寬度方向之任意選擇的3點之厚度的平均值(B)-平均膜厚值(A)|/平均膜厚值(A)×100<20。 藉由表面適度具有凹凸,從提高與上層的密著性之觀點來看較宜。 As an embodiment of the present invention, from the viewpoint of exhibiting the effects of the present invention, the film thickness of the optical film is preferably such that it satisfies the following formula 1. Formula 1: 5<|The average value of the thickness of three arbitrarily selected points in the width direction (B) - average film thickness value (A) |/average film thickness value (A) × 100<20. It is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion with the upper layer that the surface has moderate unevenness.

又,前述光學薄膜之水蒸氣透過率在溫度40℃、濕度90%RH下為500~3000g/m 2・day之範圍內者,從貼合光學薄膜與偏光子層時所形成的接著層之耐久性之觀點來看較宜。由於將光學薄膜的透濕度設為500g/m 2・day以上,接著層所含有的水分及溶劑係容易擴散到光學薄膜側,接著耐久性提升。另一方面,由於設為3000g/m 2・day以下,光學薄膜不易吸濕・膨脹,對於尺寸變動等,接著耐久性係優良。 In addition, the water vapor transmittance of the aforementioned optical film is in the range of 500 to 3000 g/m 2 ·day at a temperature of 40°C and a humidity of 90% RH, from the bonding layer formed when the optical film and the polarizing sub-layer are bonded. It is preferable from a durability point of view. By setting the moisture permeability of the optical film to 500g/ m2 ·day or more, the moisture and solvent contained in the adhesive layer can easily diffuse to the optical film side, thereby improving the durability of the adhesive layer. On the other hand, by setting it to 3000g/ m2 ·day or less, the optical film is less likely to absorb moisture and swell, and has excellent adhesion durability against dimensional changes, etc.

再者,前述光學薄膜中的橡膠粒子之含量係相對於光學薄膜,為40~85質量%之範圍內者,從賦予韌性(柔韌性),提高折痕耐性之觀點來看較宜。Furthermore, the content of the rubber particles in the optical film is preferably in the range of 40 to 85% by mass relative to the optical film, from the viewpoint of imparting toughness (flexibility) and improving crease resistance.

剝離前述脫模薄膜,透過前述黏著層貼合基板時,對於前述基板的黏著力為3.0N/25mm以上者,從光學薄膜與玻璃板的密著性之觀點來看較宜。When the release film is peeled off and the substrate is bonded through the adhesive layer, it is preferable from the viewpoint of the adhesion between the optical film and the glass plate that the adhesive force of the substrate is 3.0N/25mm or more.

前述黏著層為玻璃用者,從與玻璃基板的接著性之觀點來看較宜。The adhesive layer is preferably made of glass from the viewpoint of adhesion with the glass substrate.

前述黏著層之水蒸氣透過率在溫度40℃、濕度90%RH下為800~5000g/m 2・day之範圍內者,從貼合光學薄膜與偏光子層時所形成的接著層之耐久性之觀點來看較宜。由於將黏著層的透濕度設為800g/m 2・day以上,接著層所含有的水分及溶劑變容易從光學薄膜側往黏著層擴散,接著耐久性提升。另一方面,若成為5000g/m 2・day以下,則黏著層不易吸濕・膨脹,對於尺寸變動等,接著耐久性係優良。 The water vapor transmittance of the aforementioned adhesive layer is in the range of 800~5000g/ m2 ·day at a temperature of 40°C and a humidity of 90% RH. From the durability of the adhesive layer formed when the optical film and the polarizing sub-layer are bonded, From this point of view, it is more appropriate. By setting the moisture permeability of the adhesive layer to 800g/ m2 ·day or more, the moisture and solvent contained in the adhesive layer can easily diffuse from the optical film side to the adhesive layer, thereby improving the durability of the adhesive layer. On the other hand, if it is 5000g/m 2 ·day or less, the adhesive layer will be less likely to absorb moisture and expand, and the bonding durability will be excellent against dimensional changes, etc.

前述黏著層之水蒸氣透過率高於前述光學薄膜之水蒸氣透過率者,從貼合光學薄膜與偏光子層時所形成的接著層之耐久性之觀點來看較宜。藉由使黏著層之水蒸氣透過率高於光學薄膜之水蒸氣透過率,水分及溶劑容易擴散到光學薄膜,進而到黏著層。If the water vapor transmittance of the adhesive layer is higher than the water vapor transmittance of the optical film, it is preferable from the viewpoint of the durability of the bonding layer formed when the optical film and the polarizing sub-layer are bonded. By making the water vapor transmittance of the adhesive layer higher than that of the optical film, moisture and solvents can easily diffuse into the optical film and then into the adhesive layer.

又,本發明之偏光板捲材之製造方法係經過以下步驟所製造的偏光板捲材之製造方法:在至少由光學薄膜、黏著層及脫模薄膜所構成之積層薄膜的前述光學薄膜面側,貼合偏光子而製作偏光板之貼合步驟,及捲取前述偏光板之捲取步驟;其特徵在於:前述黏著層之膜厚為1μm~未達10μm,且光學薄膜之膜厚為1μm~未達10μm。 該特徵係共通或對應於下述實施態樣的技術特徵。 Moreover, the manufacturing method of the polarizing plate roll of the present invention is a manufacturing method of the polarizing plate roll manufactured by the following steps: on the aforementioned optical film surface side of a laminated film composed of at least an optical film, an adhesive layer, and a release film , the laminating step of laminating polarizers to produce a polarizing plate, and the winding step of winding the aforementioned polarizing plate; characterized in that: the film thickness of the aforementioned adhesive layer is 1 μm to less than 10 μm, and the film thickness of the optical film is 1 μm ~Less than 10μm. This feature is a technical feature common to or corresponding to the following embodiments.

作為本發明之實施形態,從本發明的效果展現之觀點來看,在途中之步驟不剝離前述脫模薄膜而進行捲取者,基於生產性及耐久性之觀點而較宜。亦即,藉由以具有脫模薄膜之狀態進行捲取,防止黏著層附著於製造裝置或支撐體等。又,容易適宜地成形為恰當的形狀。As an embodiment of the present invention, from the viewpoint of exhibiting the effects of the present invention, it is preferable from the viewpoint of productivity and durability to wind up the release film without peeling off the release film in an intermediate step. That is, by winding it up with the release film, the adhesive layer is prevented from adhering to the manufacturing equipment, the support, etc. Moreover, it can be easily formed into an appropriate shape.

又,基於同樣之觀點,前述偏光板捲材較佳為至少由前述脫模薄膜、前述黏著層、前述光學薄膜及前述偏光子所構成。Furthermore, from the same viewpoint, the polarizing plate roll is preferably composed of at least the release film, the adhesive layer, the optical film and the polarizer.

本發明之偏光板可適用於顯示裝置。The polarizing plate of the present invention can be applied to a display device.

以下,對於本發明與其構成要素以及用於實施本發明的形態・態樣,進行詳細的說明。尚且,本案中,「~」係以包含其前後所記載的數值作為下限值及上限值之意思使用。惟,於數值之前有「超過」或「未達」之情況,不包括數值作為下限值及上限值。例如,所謂「1~未達10μm」,詳細而言就是指「1μm以上、未達10μm」。Hereinafter, the present invention, its constituent elements, and forms and aspects for implementing the present invention will be described in detail. In this case, "~" is used to include the numerical values described before and after it as the lower limit and upper limit. However, if there is "over" or "under" before the value, the value is not included as the lower limit and upper limit. For example, "1 to less than 10 μm" specifically refers to "more than 1 μm and less than 10 μm".

≪1 本發明之積層薄膜之概要≫ 本發明之積層薄膜係至少由光學薄膜、黏著層及脫模薄膜所構成之積層薄膜,其特徵在於:前述光學薄膜之膜厚(亦稱為「厚度」)為1~未達10μm,且前述黏著層之膜厚為1~未達10μm。 ≪1 Overview of the laminated film of the present invention≫ The laminated film of the present invention is a laminated film composed of at least an optical film, an adhesive layer and a release film, and is characterized in that the film thickness (also referred to as "thickness") of the aforementioned optical film is 1 to less than 10 μm, and the aforementioned The film thickness of the adhesive layer is 1~less than 10μm.

圖1A係顯示本發明之積層薄膜50的層構成之基本的構成之剖面圖。 本發明之積層薄膜50係如圖1A所示,由光學薄膜1、黏著層2及脫模薄膜3所構成。 FIG. 1A is a cross-sectional view showing the basic structure of the layer structure of the laminated film 50 of the present invention. The laminated film 50 of the present invention is composed of an optical film 1, an adhesive layer 2 and a release film 3 as shown in FIG. 1A.

又,如圖1B所示,光學薄膜1係在與黏著層2相接的面相反側的面,可配置用於形成光學薄膜1的支撐體4。支撐體4亦功能為作為本發明的光學薄膜之保護膜,亦即在步驟作業時將充分的硬挺性給予積層薄膜50,成為容易操作的支撐體。Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 1B , the support 4 for forming the optical film 1 can be disposed on the surface of the optical film 1 opposite to the surface in contact with the adhesive layer 2 . The support 4 also functions as a protective film for the optical film of the present invention, that is, it provides sufficient stiffness to the laminated film 50 during step operations, and becomes a support that is easy to handle.

以下,詳細地說明本發明之構成要素。惟,於以後的說明中,本發明不受其所限定。Hereinafter, the components of the present invention will be described in detail. However, in the following description, the present invention is not limited thereto.

[1.1]光學薄膜 本發明之光學薄膜之特徵在於厚度為1~未達10μm之範圍內。藉由上述範圍內,達成作為偏光板內的支撐體之作用,賦予充分的耐折性。厚度較佳為2~8μm之範圍內,更佳為3~7μm之範圍內。 [1.1] Optical film The optical film of the present invention is characterized by a thickness in the range of 1 to less than 10 μm. Within the above range, the function as a support in the polarizing plate is achieved and sufficient folding resistance is imparted. The thickness is preferably in the range of 2~8 μm, more preferably in the range of 3~7 μm.

前述厚度未達1μm時,光學薄膜的硬挺性變弱,於與玻璃板貼合時的積層體,得不到充分的衝擊耐性。又,若為10μm以上,則對於折彎的強度降低,發生光學不均。此外,於具備本發明之積層薄膜的偏光板中,從折彎時容易發生折痕或折跡、白化,容易發生光學的缺陷來看,必須為上述範圍內。When the thickness is less than 1 μm, the stiffness of the optical film becomes weak, and sufficient impact resistance cannot be obtained in the laminate when it is bonded to a glass plate. In addition, if it is 10 μm or more, the strength against bending decreases and optical unevenness occurs. In addition, in the polarizing plate including the laminated film of the present invention, since creases, folds, and whitening are likely to occur during bending, and optical defects are likely to occur, the polarizing plate must be within the above range.

又,於光學薄膜包含添加劑之情況中,較佳為以0.0001~0.01質量%之範圍內含有分子量1000以下的添加劑。Moreover, when the optical film contains an additive, it is preferable to contain an additive with a molecular weight of 1000 or less in the range of 0.0001 to 0.01 mass %.

[1.1.1]構成光學薄膜的樹脂 本發明之光學薄膜所用的樹脂係沒有特別的限制,可舉出纖維素酯系樹脂、環烯烴系樹脂、富馬酸二酯系樹脂、聚丙烯系樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂、聚酯系樹脂、聚芳酯系樹脂、聚醯亞胺系樹脂及苯乙烯系樹脂或其複合樹脂。又,含有在側鏈具有羰基的直鏈狀高分子材料者,或含有在主鏈具有環狀結構的高分子材料者,從抑制耐折性等之物理特性,提高光學特性之觀點來看較宜。因此,較佳為使用環烯烴系樹脂、富馬酸二酯系樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂或苯乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物等。 [1.1.1] Resins constituting optical films The resin used in the optical film of the present invention is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include cellulose ester resin, cycloolefin resin, fumaric acid diester resin, polypropylene resin, (meth)acrylic resin, polypropylene resin, etc. Ester resin, polyarylate resin, polyimide resin, styrene resin or composite resin thereof. In addition, those containing a linear polymer material having a carbonyl group in the side chain, or a polymer material containing a cyclic structure in the main chain, are more advantageous from the viewpoint of suppressing physical properties such as folding resistance and improving optical properties. should. Therefore, it is preferable to use a cyclic olefin resin, a fumaric acid diester resin, a (meth)acrylic resin, a styrene-(meth)acrylate copolymer, or the like.

<環烯烴系樹脂> 光學薄膜所用的環烯烴系樹脂較佳為環烯烴單體的聚合物、或環烯烴單體與其以外的共聚合性單體之共聚物。 <Cycloolefin-based resin> The cycloolefin-based resin used for the optical film is preferably a polymer of a cycloolefin monomer or a copolymer of a cycloolefin monomer and other copolymerizable monomers.

作為環烯烴單體,較佳為具有降莰烯骨架的環烯烴單體,更佳為具有下述通式(A-1)或(A-2)所示的結構之環烯烴單體。As the cyclic olefin monomer, a cyclic olefin monomer having a norbornene skeleton is preferred, and a cyclic olefin monomer having a structure represented by the following general formula (A-1) or (A-2) is more preferred.

通式(A-1)中,R 1~R 4各自獨立地表示氫原子、碳原子數1~30的烴基或極性基;p為0~2之整數。惟,R 1~R 4之全部不同時地表示氫原子,R 1~R 2不同時地表示氫原子,R 3與R 4不同時地表示氫原子。 In the general formula (A-1), R 1 to R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group with 1 to 30 carbon atoms, or a polar group; p is an integer from 0 to 2. However, all of R 1 to R 4 do not represent hydrogen atoms at the same time, R 1 to R 2 do not represent hydrogen atoms at the same time, and R 3 and R 4 do not represent hydrogen atoms at the same time.

通式(A-1)中,作為R 1~R 4所示的碳原子數1~30的烴基,例如,較佳為碳原子數1~10的烴基,更佳為碳原子數1~5的烴基。碳原子數1~30的烴基例如可進一步具有含有鹵素原子、氧原子、氮原子、硫原子或矽原子的連結基。作為如此的連結基之例,可舉出羰基、亞胺基、醚鍵、矽烷基醚鍵、硫醚鍵等之2價極性基。作為碳原子數1~30的烴基之例,可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基及丁基等。 In the general formula (A-1), as the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms represented by R 1 to R 4 , for example, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred, and a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferred. of hydrocarbon groups. The hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms may further have a connecting group containing a halogen atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or a silicon atom. Examples of such a linking group include divalent polar groups such as a carbonyl group, an imine group, an ether bond, a silyl ether bond, and a thioether bond. Examples of the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, and the like.

通式(A-1)中,作為R 1~R 4所示的極性基之例,可舉出羧基、羥基、烷氧基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、胺基、醯胺基及氰基。其中,較佳為羧基、羥基、烷氧基羰基及芳氧基羰基,從確保溶液製膜時的溶解性之觀點來看,較佳為烷氧基羰基及芳氧基羰基。 In the general formula (A-1), examples of the polar group represented by R 1 to R 4 include a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an amine group, and an amide group. and cyano. Among them, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group and an aryloxycarbonyl group are preferred, and from the viewpoint of ensuring solubility during film formation from a solution, an alkoxycarbonyl group and an aryloxycarbonyl group are preferred.

通式(A-1)中的p,從提高光學薄膜的耐熱性之觀點來看,較佳為1或2。此係因為若p為1或2,則所得之聚合物係體積(volume)變大,容易使玻璃轉移溫度上升。又,對於濕度可若干地響應,亦具有容易控制作為積層體的捲曲平衡之優點。From the viewpoint of improving the heat resistance of the optical film, p in the general formula (A-1) is preferably 1 or 2. This is because if p is 1 or 2, the volume of the resulting polymer system becomes larger and the glass transition temperature is likely to rise. In addition, it has the advantage of being able to respond somewhat to humidity and easily controlling the curl balance of the laminate.

通式(A-2)中,R 5表示氫原子、碳數1~5的烴基或具有碳數1~5的烷基之烷基矽烷基;R 6表示羧基、羥基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、胺基、醯胺基、氰基或鹵素原子(氟原子、氯原子、溴原子或碘原子);p表示0~2之整數。 In the general formula (A-2), R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkylsilyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; R 6 represents a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, Aryloxycarbonyl group, amine group, amide group, cyano group or halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom or iodine atom); p represents an integer from 0 to 2.

通式(A-2)中的R 5較佳為表示碳數1~5的烴基,更佳為表示碳數1~3的烴基。 R 5 in the general formula (A-2) preferably represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.

通式(A-2)中的R 6較佳為表示羧基、羥基、烷氧基羰基及芳氧基羰基,從確保溶液製膜時的溶解性之觀點來看,更佳為烷氧基羰基及芳氧基羰基。 R 6 in the general formula (A-2) preferably represents a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group and an aryloxycarbonyl group, and from the viewpoint of ensuring solubility during film formation from a solution, an alkoxycarbonyl group is more preferable. and aryloxycarbonyl.

通式(A-2)中的p,從提高光學薄膜的耐熱性之觀點來看,較佳為表示1或2。此係因為若p表示1或2,則所得之聚合物體積(volume)變大,容易使玻璃轉移溫度上升。From the viewpoint of improving the heat resistance of the optical film, p in the general formula (A-2) preferably represents 1 or 2. This is because if p represents 1 or 2, the volume of the polymer obtained becomes larger and the glass transition temperature is likely to rise.

具有通式(A-2)所示的結構之環烯烴單體,從提高在有機溶劑中的溶解性之點來看較宜。有機化合物一般藉由打亂對稱性而結晶性降低,在有機溶劑中的溶解性提升。通式(A-2)中的R 5及R 6係對於分子的對稱軸,僅被取代於單側的環構成碳原子,因此分子的對稱性低,亦即具有通式(A-2)所示的結構之環烯烴單體係溶解性高,適合於藉由溶液流延法製造光學薄膜之情況。 A cyclic olefin monomer having a structure represented by general formula (A-2) is preferable from the viewpoint of improving solubility in an organic solvent. Organic compounds generally reduce their crystallinity and increase their solubility in organic solvents by disrupting their symmetry. R 5 and R 6 in the general formula (A-2) are only substituted on one side of the ring to form a carbon atom for the symmetry axis of the molecule, so the symmetry of the molecule is low, that is, it has the general formula (A-2) The cyclic olefin monosystem of the structure shown has high solubility and is suitable for manufacturing optical films by solution casting.

環烯烴單體的聚合物中,具有通式(A-2)所示的結構之環烯烴單體之含有比例,係相對於構成環烯烴系樹脂的全部環烯烴單體之合計,例如可設為70莫耳%以上,較佳為80莫耳%以上,更佳為100莫耳%。若含有一定以上的具有通式(A-2)所示的結構之環烯烴單體,則樹脂的配向性升高,因此相位差(遲滯)值容易上升。In the polymer of the cycloolefin monomer, the content ratio of the cycloolefin monomer having the structure represented by the general formula (A-2) is relative to the total of all the cycloolefin monomers constituting the cycloolefin-based resin. For example, it can be It is 70 mol% or more, preferably 80 mol% or more, more preferably 100 mol%. If more than a certain amount of the cycloolefin monomer having the structure represented by the general formula (A-2) is contained, the alignment of the resin increases, so the phase difference (retardation) value tends to increase.

以下,於例示化合物1~14中顯示具有通式(A-1)所示的結構之環烯烴單體的具體例,於例示化合物15~34中顯示具有通式(A-2)所示的結構之環烯烴單體的具體例。Hereinafter, specific examples of cycloolefin monomers having a structure represented by general formula (A-1) are shown in Exemplary Compounds 1 to 14, and cyclic olefin monomers having a structure represented by General Formula (A-2) are shown in Exemplary Compounds 15 to 34. Specific examples of structural cycloolefin monomers.

作為與環烯烴單體能共聚合的共聚合性單體之例,可舉出與環烯烴單體能開環共聚合的共聚合性單體及與環烯烴單體能加成共聚合的共聚合性單體等。Examples of copolymerizable monomers copolymerizable with cycloolefin monomers include copolymerizable monomers capable of ring-opening copolymerization with cycloolefin monomers and copolymerizable monomers capable of addition copolymerization with cycloolefin monomers. Polymerizable monomers, etc.

作為能開環共聚合的共聚合性單體之例,可舉出環丁烯、環戊烯、環庚烯、環辛烯及二環戊二烯等之環烯烴。Examples of copolymerizable monomers capable of ring-opening copolymerization include cyclic olefins such as cyclobutene, cyclopentene, cycloheptene, cyclooctene, and dicyclopentadiene.

作為能加成共聚合的共聚合性單體之例,可舉出含有不飽和雙鍵的化合物、乙烯系環狀烴單體及(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。含不飽和雙鍵的化合物例如為碳原子數2~12(較佳為2~8)的烯烴系化合物,作為其例,可舉出乙烯、丙烯及丁烯等。作為乙烯系環狀烴單體之例,可舉出4-乙烯基環戊烯及2-甲基-4-異丙烯基環戊烯等之乙烯基環戊烯系單體。作為(甲基)丙烯酸酯之例,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯及(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯等之碳原子數1~20的(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯。Examples of copolymerizable monomers capable of addition copolymerization include compounds containing unsaturated double bonds, vinyl cyclic hydrocarbon monomers, (meth)acrylic acid esters, and the like. The compound containing an unsaturated double bond is, for example, an olefin compound having 2 to 12 carbon atoms (preferably 2 to 8). Examples thereof include ethylene, propylene, butylene, and the like. Examples of vinyl cyclic hydrocarbon monomers include vinyl cyclopentene monomers such as 4-vinylcyclopentene and 2-methyl-4-isopropenylcyclopentene. Examples of (meth)acrylate include methyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, and the like having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Alkyl (meth)acrylates.

環烯烴單體與共聚合性單體之共聚物中的環烯烴單體之含有比例,係相對於構成共聚物的全部單體之合計,例如可為20~80莫耳%之範圍內,較佳為30~70莫耳%之範圍內。The content ratio of the cyclic olefin monomer in the copolymer of the cyclic olefin monomer and the copolymerizable monomer is relative to the total of all the monomers constituting the copolymer, and may be in the range of 20 to 80 mol%, for example. Preferably, it is within the range of 30~70 mol%.

環烯烴系樹脂係如前述,將具有降莰烯骨架的環烯烴單體,較佳為具有通式(A-1)或(A-2)所示的結構之環烯烴單體進行聚合或共聚合而得之聚合物,作為其例,可舉出以下者。The cycloolefin resin is a cycloolefin monomer having a norbornene skeleton, preferably a cycloolefin monomer having a structure represented by the general formula (A-1) or (A-2), as described above, polymerized or co-formed Examples of polymers obtained by polymerization include the following.

(1)環烯烴單體的開環聚合物 (2)環烯烴單體與和其能開環共聚合的聚合性單體之開環共聚物 (3)上述(1)或(2)的開環(共)聚合物之氫化物 (4)藉由夫里得-夸夫特(Friedel-Crafts)反應將上述(1)或(2)的開環(共)聚合物環化後,進行氫化之(共)聚合物 (5)環烯烴單體與含不飽和雙鍵的化合物之飽和共聚物 (6)環烯烴單體之與乙烯系環狀烴單體的加成共聚物及其氫化物 (7)環烯烴單體與(甲基)丙烯酸酯之交替共聚物 (1) Ring-opening polymer of cycloolefin monomer (2) Ring-opening copolymers of cyclic olefin monomers and polymerizable monomers capable of ring-opening copolymerization (3) Hydrogenated product of the ring-opened (co)polymer of the above (1) or (2) (4) A (co)polymer in which the ring-opened (co)polymer of the above (1) or (2) is cyclized by Friedel-Crafts reaction and then hydrogenated (5) Saturated copolymers of cyclic olefin monomers and compounds containing unsaturated double bonds (6) Addition copolymers of cycloolefin monomers and vinyl cyclic hydrocarbon monomers and their hydrogenated products (7) Alternating copolymer of cyclic olefin monomer and (meth)acrylate

上述(1)~(7)之聚合物皆可藉由眾所周知之方法,例如日本特開2008-107534號公報或日本特開2005-227606號公報中記載之方法而獲得。上述(2)的開環共聚合所用的觸媒或溶劑,例如可使用日本特開2008-107534號公報之段落0019~0024中記載者。上述(3)及(6)之氫化所用的觸媒,例如可使用日本特開2008-107534號公報之段落0025~ 0028中記載者。The polymers of the above (1) to (7) can be obtained by well-known methods, such as the methods described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-107534 or Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 227606. The catalyst or solvent used for the ring-opening copolymerization in the above (2) may be those described in paragraphs 0019 to 0024 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-107534, for example. The catalyst used for the hydrogenation in the above-mentioned (3) and (6) may be those described in paragraphs 0025 to 0028 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-107534, for example.

上述(4)之夫里得-夸夫特反應所用的酸性化合物,例如可使用日本特開2008-107534號公報之段落0029中記載者。上述(5)~(7)之加成聚合所用的觸媒,例如可使用日本特開2005-227606號公報之段落0058~0063中記載者。上述(7)之交替共聚合反應,例如可用日本特開2005-227606號公報之段落0071及0072中記載之方法進行。As the acidic compound used in the Friedel-Quaft reaction in (4), for example, those described in paragraph 0029 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-107534 can be used. Catalysts used for the addition polymerization in the above (5) to (7) can be used, for example, those described in paragraphs 0058 to 0063 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2005-227606. The alternating copolymerization reaction of the above (7) can be carried out by the method described in paragraphs 0071 and 0072 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2005-227606, for example.

其中較佳為,上述(1)~(3)及(5)之聚合物,更佳為上述(3)及(5)之聚合物。亦即,環烯烴系樹脂係在可提高所得之環烯烴系樹脂的玻璃轉移溫度,且提高透光率之點上,較佳為包含下述通式(B-1)所示的結構單元與下述通式(B-2)所示的結構單元之至少一者,更佳為僅包含通式(B-2)所示的結構單元,或包含通式(B-1)所示的結構單元與通式(B-2)所示的結構單元之兩者。Among them, the polymers of the above-mentioned (1) to (3) and (5) are preferred, and the polymers of the above-mentioned (3) and (5) are more preferred. That is, the cycloolefin-based resin preferably contains a structural unit represented by the following general formula (B-1) and At least one of the structural units represented by the following general formula (B-2), more preferably only the structural unit represented by the general formula (B-2), or the structure represented by the general formula (B-1) Both the unit and the structural unit represented by general formula (B-2).

通式(B-1)所示的結構單元為源自前述通式(A-1)所示的環烯烴單體之結構單元,通式(B-2)所示的結構單元為源自前述通式(A-2)所示的環烯烴單體之結構單元。The structural unit represented by the general formula (B-1) is a structural unit derived from the cycloolefin monomer represented by the aforementioned general formula (A-1), and the structural unit represented by the general formula (B-2) is derived from the aforementioned Structural unit of the cycloolefin monomer represented by the general formula (A-2).

通式(B-1)中,X表示-CH=CH-或-CH 2CH 2-;R 1~R 4及p各自與通式(A-1)的R 1~R 4及p同義。 In the general formula (B-1), X represents -CH=CH- or -CH 2 CH 2 -; R 1 to R 4 and p are each synonymous with R 1 to R 4 and p of the general formula (A-1).

通式(B-2)中,X表示-CH=CH-或-CH 2CH 2-;R 5~R 6及p各自與通式(A-2)的R 5~R 6及p同義。 In the general formula (B-2), X represents -CH=CH- or -CH 2 CH 2 -; R 5 to R 6 and p are each synonymous with R 5 to R 6 and p of the general formula (A-2).

本發明所用之環烯烴系樹脂可使用市售品,例如可舉出JSR(股)製的阿通(Arton,註冊商標)G(例如,G7810等)、阿通F、阿通R(例如,R4500、R4900及R5000等)及阿通RX(例如,RX4500等)。Commercially available cycloolefin-based resins used in the present invention can be used, and examples thereof include Arton (registered trademark) G (for example, G7810, etc.) manufactured by JSR Co., Ltd., Arton F, and Arton R (for example, R4500, R4900 and R5000, etc.) and Atong RX (for example, RX4500, etc.).

環烯烴系樹脂之固有黏度[η]inh係在30℃之測定中,較佳為0.2~5cm 3/g之範圍內,更佳為0.3~3cm 3/g之範圍內,尤佳為0.4~1.5cm 3/g之範圍內。 When measured at 30°C, the intrinsic viscosity [eta]inh of the cycloolefin resin is preferably in the range of 0.2~ 5cm3 /g, more preferably in the range of 0.3~ 3cm3 /g, and particularly preferably in the range of 0.4~ Within the range of 1.5cm 3 /g.

環烯烴系樹脂之數量平均分子量(Mn)較佳為8000~100000之範圍內,更佳為10000~80000之範圍內,尤佳為12000~50000之範圍內。環烯烴系樹脂之重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為20000~300000之範圍內,更佳為30000~250000之範圍內,尤佳為40000~200000之範圍內。環烯烴系樹脂之數量平均分子量或重量平均分子量可藉由凝膠滲透層析術(GPC),以聚苯乙烯換算進行測定。The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the cycloolefin resin is preferably in the range of 8,000 to 100,000, more preferably in the range of 10,000 to 80,000, and particularly preferably in the range of 12,000 to 50,000. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the cycloolefin resin is preferably in the range of 20,000 to 300,000, more preferably in the range of 30,000 to 250,000, and particularly preferably in the range of 40,000 to 200,000. The number average molecular weight or weight average molecular weight of the cycloolefin-based resin can be measured in terms of polystyrene by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).

<凝膠滲透層析術> 溶劑:二氯甲烷 管柱:Shodex(註冊商標)K806、K805、K803G(昭和電工(股)製,連接3支而使用) 管柱溫度:25℃ 試料濃度:0.1質量% 檢測器:RI Model 504(GL科學公司製) 泵:L6000(日立製作所(股)製) 流量:1.0mL/min 校正曲線:使用標準聚苯乙烯STK standard 聚苯乙烯(東曹(股)製)Mw=500~2800000之範圍內的13個樣品之校正曲線。13個樣品較佳為大致等間隔使用。 <Gel permeation chromatography> Solvent: methylene chloride Pipe string: Shodex (registered trademark) K806, K805, K803G (manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd., used by connecting 3 pieces) Column temperature: 25℃ Sample concentration: 0.1 mass% Detector: RI Model 504 (manufactured by GL Scientific Corporation) Pump: L6000 (made by Hitachi Manufacturing Co., Ltd.) Flow: 1.0mL/min Calibration curve: Use the calibration curve of 13 samples in the range of standard polystyrene STK standard polystyrene (Tosoh Co., Ltd.) Mw=500~2800000. The 13 samples are preferably used at approximately equal intervals.

若固有黏度[η]inh、數量平均分子量及重量平均分子量在上述範圍內,則環烯烴系樹脂的耐熱性、耐水性、耐化學性、機械特性及作為光學薄膜的成形加工性變良好。When the intrinsic viscosity [eta]inh, the number average molecular weight, and the weight average molecular weight are within the above ranges, the heat resistance, water resistance, chemical resistance, mechanical properties, and molding processability of the cycloolefin-based resin as an optical film become good.

環烯烴系樹脂之玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)通常為110℃以上,較佳為110~350℃之範圍內,更佳為120~250℃之範圍內,尤佳為120~220℃之範圍內。若Tg為110℃以上,則容易抑制高溫條件下的變形。另一方面,若Tg為350℃以下,則成形加工變容易,成形加工時的熱所致的樹脂之劣化亦容易被抑制。The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the cycloolefin-based resin is usually 110°C or higher, preferably in the range of 110 to 350°C, more preferably in the range of 120 to 250°C, especially preferably in the range of 120 to 220°C. If Tg is 110°C or higher, deformation under high temperature conditions can be easily suppressed. On the other hand, if Tg is 350° C. or less, molding processing becomes easier, and deterioration of the resin due to heat during molding processing is also easily suppressed.

環烯烴系樹脂之含量,相對於光學薄膜,較佳為70質量%以上,更佳為80質量%以上。The content of the cycloolefin-based resin is preferably 70 mass% or more, more preferably 80 mass% or more, based on the optical film.

<富馬酸二酯系樹脂> 光學薄膜所用的富馬酸二酯系樹脂係包含富馬酸二異丙酯殘基單元及具有碳數1或2的烷基之富馬酸二酯殘基單元的富馬酸二酯系樹脂。 <Fumaric acid diester resin> The fumaric acid diester resin used in the optical film is a fumaric acid diester resin containing a diisopropyl fumarate residue unit and a fumaric acid diester residue unit having an alkyl group with 1 or 2 carbon atoms. .

此處,具有碳數1或2的烷基之富馬酸二酯殘基單元中的碳數1或2的烷基係各自獨立,例如可舉出甲基、乙基等。又,此等亦可被氟、氯等之鹵基、醚基、酯基或胺基所取代。作為具有碳數1或2的烷基之富馬酸二酯殘基單元,例如可舉出富馬酸二甲酯殘基單元、富馬酸二乙酯殘基單元。又,此等可包含1種或2種以上。Here, the alkyl groups having 1 or 2 carbon atoms in the fumaric acid diester residue unit having an alkyl group with 1 or 2 carbon atoms are each independent, and examples thereof include methyl, ethyl, and the like. Furthermore, these may be substituted by a halogen group, an ether group, an ester group or an amino group such as fluorine or chlorine. Examples of the fumarate diester residue unit having an alkyl group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms include a dimethyl fumarate residue unit and a diethyl fumarate residue unit. Moreover, these may contain 1 type or 2 or more types.

作為具體的富馬酸二酯系樹脂,例如可舉出富馬酸二異丙酯/富馬酸二甲酯共聚物樹脂、富馬酸二異丙酯/富馬酸二乙酯共聚物樹脂等。Specific examples of the fumaric acid diester resin include diisopropyl fumarate/dimethyl fumarate copolymer resin and diisopropyl fumarate/diethyl fumarate copolymer resin. wait.

前述富馬酸二酯系樹脂,只要不超過本發明之範圍,則亦可含有其他的單體殘基單元,作為其他的單體殘基單元,例如可舉出由苯乙烯殘基單元、α-甲基苯乙烯殘基單元等之苯乙烯類殘基單元;(甲基)丙烯酸殘基單元;(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯殘基單元、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯殘基單元、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯殘基單元等之(甲基)丙烯酸酯殘基單元;乙酸乙烯酯殘基單元、丙酸乙烯酯殘基單元等之乙烯酯類殘基單元;丙烯腈殘基單元;甲基丙烯腈殘基單元;甲基乙烯基醚殘基單元、乙基乙烯基醚殘基單元、丁基乙烯基醚殘基單元等之乙烯基醚類殘基單元;N-甲基馬來醯亞胺殘基單元、N-環己基馬來醯亞胺殘基單元、N-苯基馬來醯亞胺殘基單元等之N-取代馬來醯亞胺類殘基單元;乙烯殘基單元、丙烯殘基單元等之烯烴類殘基單元;富馬酸二正丁酯殘基單元、富馬酸雙(2-乙基己基)酯殘基單元等之前述富馬酸二酯殘基單元以外的富馬酸二酯類殘基單元;及桂皮酸及桂皮酸酯殘基單元所選出的1種或2種以上。The aforementioned fumaric acid diester resin may also contain other monomer residue units as long as it does not exceed the scope of the present invention. Examples of other monomer residue units include styrene residue units, α - Styrenic residue units such as methylstyrene residue units; (meth)acrylic acid residue units; (meth)acrylic acid methyl ester residue units, (meth)ethyl acrylate residue units, (meth)acrylic acid residue units, (Meth)acrylate residue units such as butyl acrylate residue units; vinyl ester residue units such as vinyl acetate residue units and vinyl propionate residue units; acrylonitrile residue units; Acrylonitrile residue unit; vinyl ether residue unit such as methyl vinyl ether residue unit, ethyl vinyl ether residue unit, butyl vinyl ether residue unit, etc.; N-methyl maleyl N-substituted maleimine residue units such as imine residue units, N-cyclohexylmaleimide residue units, N-phenylmaleimine residue units, etc.; ethylene residue units , propylene residue unit and other olefin residue units; di-n-butyl fumarate residue unit, fumarate bis (2-ethylhexyl) ester residue unit and other aforementioned fumaric acid diester residue units Fumaric acid diester residue units other than fumaric acid diester residue units; and one or more types selected from cinnamic acid and cinnamic acid ester residue units.

本發明所用之富馬酸二酯系樹脂的摻合比例,較佳為富馬酸二異丙酯殘基單元50~99莫耳%之範圍內及具有碳數1或2的烷基之富馬酸二酯殘基單元1~50莫耳%之範圍內。從成為相位差薄膜時的相位差特性或強度提升之觀點來看,特佳為富馬酸二異丙酯殘基單元60~95莫耳%之範圍內及具有碳數1或2的烷基之富馬酸二酯殘基單元5~40莫耳%之範圍內的富馬酸二酯系樹脂。The blending ratio of the fumaric acid diester resin used in the present invention is preferably in the range of 50 to 99 mol% of the diisopropyl fumarate residue unit and the richness of the alkyl group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms. The maleic acid diester residue unit ranges from 1 to 50 mol%. From the viewpoint of improving the retardation characteristics or strength when forming a retardation film, the diisopropyl fumarate residue unit in the range of 60 to 95 mol% and an alkyl group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms are particularly preferred. A fumaric acid diester resin with a fumaric acid diester residue unit in the range of 5 to 40 mol%.

本發明所用之富馬酸二酯系樹脂係藉由前述凝膠滲透層析術所測定的洗提曲線而得之標準聚苯乙烯換算的數量平均分子量較佳為50000~250000之範圍內。The fumaric acid diester resin used in the present invention preferably has a number average molecular weight in the range of 50,000 to 250,000 in terms of standard polystyrene based on the elution curve measured by the aforementioned gel permeation chromatography.

<聚芳酯系樹脂> 聚芳酯系樹脂係使用於光學薄膜時韌性優異。該聚芳酯系樹脂至少包含源自芳香族二醇的構成單元與源自芳香族二羧酸的構成單元。 <Polyarylate resin> Polyarylate resins have excellent toughness when used in optical films. This polyarylate resin contains at least a structural unit derived from an aromatic diol and a structural unit derived from an aromatic dicarboxylic acid.

本發明所用的聚芳酯系樹脂可使用市售品,例如可舉出UNITIKA股份有限公司製的PAR樹脂「U-100」,重量平均分子量100000。Commercially available polyarylate resins used in the present invention can be used. For example, PAR resin "U-100" manufactured by UNITIKA Co., Ltd. has a weight average molecular weight of 100,000.

<聚醯亞胺系樹脂> 聚醯亞胺系樹脂可為四羧酸二酐與二胺之聚合反應物。 <Polyimide resin> The polyimide resin can be a polymerization reaction product of tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine.

四羧酸二酐可為芳香族四羧酸二酐、脂肪族四羧酸二酐、脂環式四羧酸二酐之任一者,但較佳為芳香族四羧酸二酐。二胺可為芳香族二胺、脂肪族二胺、脂環式二胺之任一者,但較佳為芳香族二胺。The tetracarboxylic dianhydride may be any one of aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, but aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferred. The diamine may be any of aromatic diamine, aliphatic diamine, and alicyclic diamine, but aromatic diamine is preferred.

聚醯亞胺系樹脂之重量平均分子量Mw係沒有特別的限制,但於提高光學薄膜的韌性,不易因搬運張力而斷裂之觀點中,較佳為10萬~30萬之範圍內,更佳為13萬~25萬之範圍內。聚醯亞胺系樹脂之重量平均分子量Mw的測定方法係與前述同樣。The weight average molecular weight Mw of the polyimide resin is not particularly limited, but from the perspective of improving the toughness of the optical film and making it less likely to break due to transportation tension, it is preferably in the range of 100,000 to 300,000, and more preferably Within the range of 130,000 to 250,000. The method for measuring the weight average molecular weight Mw of the polyimide-based resin is the same as described above.

聚醯亞胺系樹脂之含量,相對於光學薄膜,較佳為60質量%以上,更佳為70質量%以上。The content of the polyimide-based resin relative to the optical film is preferably 60 mass% or more, more preferably 70 mass% or more.

<(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂> 光學薄膜所用的(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂較佳為至少包含源自甲基丙烯酸甲酯的結構單元(U1)與源自苯基馬來醯亞胺的結構單元(U2)。包含源自苯基馬來醯亞胺的結構單元(U2)之(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂,係減少光學薄膜的光彈性係數,亦具有即使吸濕膨脹也不易發生不均之有利點。 <(Meth)acrylic resin> The (meth)acrylic resin used for the optical film preferably contains at least a structural unit (U1) derived from methyl methacrylate and a structural unit (U2) derived from phenylmaleimide. The (meth)acrylic resin containing the structural unit (U2) derived from phenylmaleimide has the advantage of reducing the photoelastic coefficient of the optical film and is less likely to cause unevenness even if it expands due to moisture absorption.

(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂可進一步包含上述以外的其他結構單元。於如此的其他結構單元之例中,包含丙烯酸金剛烷酯等之(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯;丙烯酸2-乙基己酯等之(甲基)丙烯酸環烷酯等。其中,從減低因包含源自苯基馬來醯亞胺的結構單元(U2)所造成的脆性變差之觀點等來看,較佳為進一步包含源自丙烯酸烷酯的結構單元(U3)。The (meth)acrylic resin may further contain other structural units other than the above. Examples of such other structural units include (meth)acrylic acid alkyl esters such as adamantyl acrylate; and (meth)acrylic acid cycloalkyl esters such as 2-ethylhexyl acrylate. Among them, from the viewpoint of reducing deterioration in brittleness due to the inclusion of the structural unit (U2) derived from phenylmaleimide, it is preferred to further include the structural unit (U3) derived from an alkyl acrylate.

亦即,(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂更佳為包含源自甲基丙烯酸甲酯的結構單元(U1)、源自苯基馬來醯亞胺的結構單元(U2)與源自丙烯酸烷酯的結構單元(U3)。That is, the (meth)acrylic resin more preferably contains a structural unit (U1) derived from methyl methacrylate, a structural unit (U2) derived from phenylmaleimide, and a structural unit derived from an alkyl acrylate. Structural unit (U3).

源自甲基丙烯酸甲酯的結構單元(U1)之含量,相對於構成(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂的全部結構單元,較佳為50~95質量%,更佳為70~90質量%。The content of the structural unit (U1) derived from methyl methacrylate is preferably 50 to 95 mass %, more preferably 70 to 90 mass %, based on all the structural units constituting the (meth)acrylic resin.

源自苯基馬來醯亞胺的結構單元(U2)由於具有比較剛直的結構,故可提高光學薄膜的機械強度。又,源自苯基馬來醯亞胺的結構單元(U2)係體積(volume)比較大的結構,由於在樹脂基質中具有能使橡膠粒子移動的微空隙,故可使橡膠粒子偏向存在於光學薄膜之表層部。The structural unit (U2) derived from phenylmaleimide can improve the mechanical strength of the optical film because it has a relatively rigid structure. In addition, the structural unit (U2) derived from phenylmaleimide is a structure with a relatively large volume. Since it has micro voids in the resin matrix that allow the rubber particles to move, the rubber particles can be preferentially present in the resin matrix. The surface layer of the optical film.

源自苯基馬來醯亞胺的結構單元(U2)之含量,相對於構成(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂的全部結構單元,較佳為1~25質量%之範圍內。若源自苯基馬來醯亞胺的結構單元(U2)之含量為1質量%以上,則光學薄膜之高濕度環境下的保存性優異。若為25質量%以下,則光學薄膜之脆性不易被過度地損害。源自苯基馬來醯亞胺的結構單元(U2)之含量,基於上述觀點,更佳為7~15質量%之範圍內。The content of the structural unit (U2) derived from phenylmaleimide is preferably in the range of 1 to 25 mass % with respect to all the structural units constituting the (meth)acrylic resin. When the content of the structural unit (U2) derived from phenylmaleimide is 1 mass % or more, the optical film has excellent storage stability in a high-humidity environment. If it is 25% by mass or less, the brittleness of the optical film will not be excessively damaged. From the above point of view, the content of the structural unit (U2) derived from phenylmaleimide is more preferably in the range of 7 to 15 mass %.

源自丙烯酸烷酯的結構單元(U3),由於能將適度的柔軟性賦予至樹脂,故例如可改善包含源自苯基馬來醯亞胺的結構單元(U2)所致的脆性。The structural unit (U3) derived from an alkyl acrylate can impart moderate flexibility to the resin, and therefore, for example, the brittleness caused by the structural unit (U2) derived from phenylmaleimide can be improved.

丙烯酸烷酯宜烷基部分的碳原子數為1~7之範圍內,較佳為1~5之範圍內的丙烯酸烷酯。作為丙烯酸烷酯之例,可舉出丙烯酸甲酯、丙烯酸乙酯、丙烯酸丙酯、丙烯酸丁酯、丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、丙烯酸己酯、丙烯酸2-乙基己酯等。The alkyl acrylate is preferably an alkyl acrylate in which the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl part is in the range of 1 to 7, preferably in the range of 1 to 5. Examples of the alkyl acrylate include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate, butyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, hexyl acrylate, and 2-ethylhexyl acrylate.

源自丙烯酸烷酯的結構單元(U3)之含量,相對於構成(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂的全部結構單元,較佳為1~25質量%之範圍內。源自丙烯酸烷酯的結構單元(U3)之含量為1質量%以上時,由於能將適度的柔軟性賦予至(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂,故抑制光學薄膜的脆性,不易斷裂。若源自丙烯酸烷酯的結構單元(U3)之含量為25質量%以下,則光學薄膜的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)不過低,光學薄膜之高濕度環境下的保存性優異。源自丙烯酸烷酯的結構單元(U3)之含量,基於上述觀點,更佳為5~15質量%之範圍內。The content of the structural unit (U3) derived from the alkyl acrylate is preferably in the range of 1 to 25 mass % with respect to all the structural units constituting the (meth)acrylic resin. When the content of the structural unit (U3) derived from alkyl acrylate is 1 mass % or more, moderate flexibility can be imparted to the (meth)acrylic resin, so that the brittleness of the optical film is suppressed and the film is less likely to break. When the content of the structural unit (U3) derived from alkyl acrylate is 25% by mass or less, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the optical film is not too low, and the optical film has excellent storage stability in a high-humidity environment. From the above point of view, the content of the structural unit (U3) derived from alkyl acrylate is more preferably in the range of 5 to 15 mass %.

相對於源自苯基馬來醯亞胺的結構單元(U2)與源自丙烯酸烷酯的結構單元(U3)之合計量,源自苯基馬來醯亞胺的結構單元(U2)之比率較佳為20~70質量%之範圍內。若該比率為20質量%以上,則容易提高光學薄膜的彈性模數,若為70質量%以下,則可抑制光學薄膜的脆性。Ratio of the structural unit (U2) derived from phenylmaleimide relative to the total amount of the structural unit (U2) derived from phenylmaleimide and the structural unit (U3) derived from alkyl acrylate Preferably, it is in the range of 20 to 70 mass%. If the ratio is 20 mass% or more, the elastic modulus of the optical film can be easily increased, and if the ratio is 70 mass% or less, the brittleness of the optical film can be suppressed.

(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)較佳為100℃以上,更佳為120~150℃之範圍內。若(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂的Tg在上述範圍內,則容易提高光學薄膜的耐熱性。為了調整(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂的Tg,例如較佳為調整源自苯基馬來醯亞胺的結構單元(U2)或源自丙烯酸烷酯的結構單元(U3)之含量。The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the (meth)acrylic resin is preferably 100°C or higher, more preferably within the range of 120 to 150°C. When the Tg of the (meth)acrylic resin is within the above range, the heat resistance of the optical film can be easily improved. In order to adjust the Tg of the (meth)acrylic resin, it is preferable to adjust the content of the structural unit (U2) derived from phenylmaleimide or the structural unit (U3) derived from alkyl acrylate, for example.

(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂之重量平均分子量(Mw)係沒有特別的限制,可按照目的而調整。(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂之重量平均分子量,例如於促進樹脂分子彼此的纏結而提高光學薄膜的韌性,不易斷裂之觀點中,或於適度增大濕度膨脹係數(亦稱為「CHE比」),容易調整至對於黏著較佳的程度之捲曲量之觀點中,較佳為10萬以上,更佳為100萬以上。若(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂之重量平均分子量為100萬以上,則可提高所得之光學薄膜的韌性。藉此,在光學薄膜搬運時,可抑制因搬運張力而光學薄膜斷裂,可提高搬運安定性。(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂之重量平均分子量,基於同樣之觀點,更佳為150萬~300萬之範圍內。重量平均分子量之測定方法係如前述。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the (meth)acrylic resin is not particularly limited and can be adjusted according to the purpose. The weight average molecular weight of the (meth)acrylic resin is used, for example, to promote the entanglement of resin molecules to improve the toughness of the optical film and make it less likely to break, or to moderately increase the humidity expansion coefficient (also known as the "CHE ratio" ), from the viewpoint of the amount of curling that can be easily adjusted to a better level for adhesion, it is preferably 100,000 or more, and more preferably 1,00,000 or more. If the weight average molecular weight of the (meth)acrylic resin is 1 million or more, the toughness of the resulting optical film can be improved. This can prevent the optical film from breaking due to transportation tension during transportation of the optical film, thereby improving transportation stability. From the same viewpoint, the weight average molecular weight of the (meth)acrylic resin is more preferably in the range of 1.5 million to 3 million. The method for measuring the weight average molecular weight is as described above.

<苯乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物> 苯乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物(以下亦稱為苯乙烯-丙烯酸系樹脂)係用於光學薄膜時的透明性優異。又,由於亦可藉由苯乙烯部分之共聚合比率而調整吸濕膨脹係數,故藉由變更該等之比率,可抑制積層體的捲曲。 <Styrene-(meth)acrylate copolymer> Styrene-(meth)acrylate copolymer (hereinafter also referred to as styrene-acrylic resin) has excellent transparency when used for optical films. Furthermore, since the hygroscopic expansion coefficient can also be adjusted by the copolymerization ratio of the styrene part, curling of the laminate can be suppressed by changing these ratios.

苯乙烯-丙烯酸系樹脂係至少使苯乙烯單體與(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體加成聚合而形成。苯乙烯單體係除了CH 2=CH-C 6H 5之結構式所示的苯乙烯之外,還包含在苯乙烯結構中具有眾所周知的側鏈或官能基之苯乙烯衍生物。 The styrene-acrylic resin is formed by addition polymerization of at least a styrene monomer and a (meth)acrylic acid ester monomer. In addition to styrene represented by the structural formula CH 2 =CH-C 6 H 5 , the styrene monosystem also includes styrene derivatives with well-known side chains or functional groups in the styrene structure.

又,(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體係除了CH(R 1)= CHCOOR 2(R 1表示氫原子或甲基,R 2表示碳數為1~24的烷基)所示的丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯之外,還包含在該等之酯的結構中具有眾所周知的側鏈或官能基之丙烯酸酯衍生物或甲基丙烯酸酯衍生物。 In addition, the (meth)acrylate monosystem except the acrylate or methyl group represented by CH(R 1 )= CHCOOR 2 (R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 2 represents an alkyl group with a carbon number of 1 to 24) In addition to acrylates, acrylate derivatives or methacrylate derivatives having well-known side chains or functional groups in the structure of these esters are also included.

作為苯乙烯單體之例,可舉出苯乙烯、o-甲基苯乙烯、m-甲基苯乙烯、p-甲基苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、p-苯基苯乙烯、p-乙基苯乙烯、2,4-二甲基苯乙烯、p-第三丁基苯乙烯、p-n-己基苯乙烯、p-n-辛基苯乙烯、p-n-壬基苯乙烯、p-n-癸基苯乙烯及p-n-十二基苯乙烯。Examples of styrene monomers include styrene, o-methylstyrene, m-methylstyrene, p-methylstyrene, α-methylstyrene, p-phenylstyrene, p -Ethylstyrene, 2,4-dimethylstyrene, p-tert-butylstyrene, p-n-hexylstyrene, p-n-octylstyrene, p-n-nonylstyrene, p-n-decylstyrene Ethylene and p-n-dodecylstyrene.

作為(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體之例,可舉出丙烯酸甲酯、丙烯酸乙酯、丙烯酸異丙酯、丙烯酸正丁酯、丙烯酸第三丁酯、丙烯酸異丁酯、丙烯酸正辛酯、丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(2EHA)、丙烯酸十八酯、丙烯酸月桂酯及丙烯酸苯酯等之丙烯酸酯單體;甲基丙烯酸甲酯、甲基丙烯酸乙酯、甲基丙烯酸正丁酯、甲基丙烯酸異丙酯、甲基丙烯酸異丁酯、甲基丙烯酸第三丁酯、甲基丙烯酸正辛酯、甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、甲基丙烯酸十八酯、甲基丙烯酸月桂酯、甲基丙烯酸苯酯、甲基丙烯酸二乙基胺基乙酯、甲基丙烯酸二甲基胺基乙酯等之甲基丙烯酸酯。Examples of (meth)acrylate monomers include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, isopropyl acrylate, n-butyl acrylate, tert-butyl acrylate, isobutyl acrylate, n-octyl acrylate, and acrylic acid. Acrylate monomers such as 2-ethylhexyl (2EHA), stearyl acrylate, lauryl acrylate and phenyl acrylate; methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, n-butyl methacrylate, methyl methacrylate Isopropyl acrylate, isobutyl methacrylate, tert-butyl methacrylate, n-octyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, stearyl methacrylate, lauryl methacrylate, Methacrylates such as phenyl methacrylate, diethyl aminoethyl methacrylate, and dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate.

尚且,本說明書中,所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體」,就是「丙烯酸酯單體」與「甲基丙烯酸酯單體」之總稱,意指彼等之一者或兩者。例如,「(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯」意指「丙烯酸甲酯」及「甲基丙烯酸甲酯」之一者或兩者。In addition, in this specification, the so-called "(meth)acrylate monomer" is a general term for "acrylate monomer" and "methacrylate monomer", and means one or both of them. For example, "methyl (meth)acrylate" means one or both of "methyl acrylate" and "methyl methacrylate".

上述(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體可為1種,也可為1種以上。例如,可為以下的任一者:使用苯乙烯單體與2種以上的丙烯酸酯單體來形成共聚物,使用苯乙烯單體與2種以上的甲基丙烯酸酯單體來形成共聚物,及併用苯乙烯單體與丙烯酸酯單體及甲基丙烯酸酯單體來形成共聚物。The number of the above-mentioned (meth)acrylic acid ester monomers may be one type or more than one type. For example, any of the following may be used: a copolymer is formed using a styrene monomer and two or more types of acrylate monomers, or a copolymer is formed using a styrene monomer and two or more types of methacrylate monomers, And a copolymer is formed by using styrene monomer, acrylate monomer and methacrylate monomer together.

上述苯乙烯-丙烯酸系樹脂之重量平均分子量(Mw),從容易控制可塑性之觀點來看,較佳為5000~150000之範圍內,更佳為30000~120000之範圍內。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the above-mentioned styrene-acrylic resin is preferably in the range of 5,000 to 150,000, and more preferably in the range of 30,000 to 120,000, from the viewpoint of easy control of plasticity.

本發明所用的苯乙烯-丙烯酸系樹脂可採用市售品,例如可舉出DENKA股份有限公司製的MS樹脂「TX320XL」。The styrene-acrylic resin used in the present invention can be commercially available, and for example, MS resin "TX320XL" manufactured by DENKA Co., Ltd. can be used.

[1.1.2]橡膠粒子 本發明之光學薄膜,尤其使用(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂或苯乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物時,相對於光學薄膜,以10~90質量%之範圍內含有橡膠粒子者,從賦予韌性(柔韌性),提高衝擊耐性之觀點來看較宜。又,從改善效果的大小及防止發生霧濁等之觀點來看亦較宜。更佳為40~85質量%之範圍內。 [1.1.2] Rubber particles The optical film of the present invention, especially when a (meth)acrylic resin or a styrene-(meth)acrylate copolymer is used, contains rubber particles in a range of 10 to 90% by mass relative to the optical film. Toughness (flexibility) is preferred from the viewpoint of improving impact resistance. In addition, it is also preferable from the viewpoint of improving the magnitude of the effect and preventing the occurrence of haze. More preferably, it is in the range of 40 to 85% by mass.

本發明之橡膠粒子係包含橡膠狀聚合物之粒子。橡膠狀聚合物係玻璃轉移溫度為20℃以下的軟質交聯聚合物。作為如此的交聯聚合物之例,可舉出丁二烯系交聯聚合物、(甲基)丙烯酸系交聯聚合物及有機矽氧烷系交聯聚合物。藉由適宜調整此等樹脂之比率,可消除與使橡膠粒子分散的基質聚合物之折射率差,可抑制霧濁之發生。其中,於不易損害光學薄膜的透明性之觀點中,較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸系交聯聚合物,更佳為丙烯酸系交聯聚合物(丙烯酸系橡膠狀聚合物)。The rubber particles of the present invention are particles containing a rubber-like polymer. The rubbery polymer is a soft cross-linked polymer with a glass transition temperature of 20°C or lower. Examples of such cross-linked polymers include butadiene-based cross-linked polymers, (meth)acrylic acid-based cross-linked polymers, and organosiloxane-based cross-linked polymers. By appropriately adjusting the ratio of these resins, the difference in refractive index with the matrix polymer in which the rubber particles are dispersed can be eliminated, and the occurrence of haze can be suppressed. Among them, from the viewpoint of not easily damaging the transparency of the optical film, a (meth)acrylic cross-linked polymer is preferable, and an acrylic cross-linked polymer (acrylic rubber-like polymer) is more preferable.

亦即,橡膠粒子較佳為包含丙烯酸系橡膠狀聚合物(a)之粒子。That is, the rubber particles are preferably particles containing the acrylic rubber-like polymer (a).

關於丙烯酸系橡膠狀聚合物(a): 丙烯酸系橡膠狀聚合物(a)係包含源自丙烯酸酯的結構單元作為主成分的交聯聚合物。作為主成分包含者係指源自丙烯酸酯的結構單元之含量成為後述之範圍。丙烯酸系橡膠狀聚合物(a)較佳為包含源自丙烯酸酯的結構單元、源自與其能共聚合的其他單體之結構單元與源自在1分子中具有2個以上自由基聚合性基(非共軛反應性雙鍵)的多官能性單體之結構單元的交聯聚合物。 About acrylic rubber-like polymer (a): The acrylic rubber-like polymer (a) is a cross-linked polymer containing a structural unit derived from an acrylate as a main component. What is included as a main component means that the content of the structural unit derived from acrylic acid ester falls within the range described below. The acrylic rubber-like polymer (a) preferably contains a structural unit derived from an acrylic ester, a structural unit derived from another monomer copolymerizable with the acrylic acid ester, and a structural unit derived from having two or more radically polymerizable groups in one molecule. A cross-linked polymer of structural units of multifunctional monomers (non-conjugated reactive double bonds).

丙烯酸酯較佳為丙烯酸甲酯、丙烯酸乙酯、丙烯酸正丙酯、丙烯酸正丁酯、丙烯酸第二丁酯、丙烯酸異丁酯、丙烯酸苄酯、丙烯酸環己酯、丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、丙烯酸正辛酯等之烷基的碳原子數1~12之丙烯酸烷酯。丙烯酸酯可為1種類,也可為2種類以上。Preferred acrylates are methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, n-propyl acrylate, n-butyl acrylate, 2-butyl acrylate, isobutyl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, cyclohexyl acrylate, and 2-ethylhexyl acrylate. , n-octyl acrylate, etc. The alkyl group has 1 to 12 acrylic acid alkyl esters. The acrylate may be one type or two or more types.

相對於構成丙烯酸系橡膠狀聚合物(a1)的全部結構單元,源自丙烯酸酯的結構單元之含量較佳為40~80質量%之範圍內,更佳為50~80質量%之範圍內。若丙烯酸酯之含量為上述範圍內,則容易將充分的韌性賦予至光學薄膜。The content of the structural units derived from acrylate is preferably in the range of 40 to 80 mass %, more preferably in the range of 50 to 80 mass %, relative to all the structural units constituting the acrylic rubber-like polymer (a1). When the acrylate content is within the above range, sufficient toughness can be easily imparted to the optical film.

能共聚合的其他單體係在與丙烯酸酯能共聚合的單體之中,為多官能性單體以外者。亦即,能共聚合的單體不具有2個以上自由基聚合性基。於能共聚合的單體之例中,包含甲基丙烯酸甲酯等之甲基丙烯酸酯;苯乙烯、甲基苯乙烯等之苯乙烯類;(甲基)丙烯腈類;(甲基)丙烯醯胺類;(甲基)丙烯酸。其中,能共聚合的其他單體較佳包含苯乙烯類。能共聚合的其他單體可為1種類,也可為2種類以上。Other copolymerizable monomers are those other than polyfunctional monomers among the monomers copolymerizable with acrylate. That is, the copolymerizable monomer does not have two or more radically polymerizable groups. Examples of copolymerizable monomers include methacrylates such as methyl methacrylate; styrenes such as styrene and methylstyrene; (meth)acrylonitriles; (meth)propylene Amides; (meth)acrylic acid. Among them, other copolymerizable monomers preferably include styrenes. The other copolymerizable monomers may be one type or two or more types.

相對於構成丙烯酸系橡膠狀聚合物(a)的全部結構單元,源自能共聚合的其他單體之結構單元之含量較佳為5~55質量%之範圍內,更佳為10~45質量%之範圍內。The content of structural units derived from other copolymerizable monomers is preferably in the range of 5 to 55 mass %, more preferably 10 to 45 mass %, relative to all structural units constituting the acrylic rubber-like polymer (a). within the range of %.

作為多官能性單體之例,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸烯丙酯、三聚氰酸三烯丙酯、異三聚氰酸三烯丙酯、鄰苯二甲酸二烯丙酯、蘋果酸二烯丙酯、己二酸二乙烯酯、二乙烯基苯、乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。Examples of the polyfunctional monomer include allyl (meth)acrylate, triallyl cyanurate, triallyl isocyanate, diallyl phthalate, apple Diallyl acid, divinyl adipate, divinylbenzene, ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, triethylene glycol di(meth)acrylic acid Ester, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, tetramethylolmethane tetra(meth)acrylate, dipropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate.

相對於構成丙烯酸系橡膠狀聚合物(a)的全部結構單元,源自多官能性單體的結構單元之含量較佳為0.05~10質量%之範圍內,更佳為0.1~5質量%之範圍內。若多官能性單體之含量為0.05質量%以上,則容易提高所得之丙烯酸系橡膠狀聚合物(a)的交聯度,因此不過度損害所得之光學薄膜的硬度、剛性,若為10質量%以下,則不易損害光學薄膜的韌性。The content of the structural units derived from the polyfunctional monomer is preferably in the range of 0.05 to 10 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 5 mass %, relative to all the structural units constituting the acrylic rubber-like polymer (a). within the range. If the content of the polyfunctional monomer is 0.05% by mass or more, the degree of cross-linking of the obtained acrylic rubber-like polymer (a) is easily increased, so the hardness and rigidity of the obtained optical film are not excessively impaired. If it is 10% by mass % or less, the toughness of the optical film will not be easily damaged.

構成丙烯酸系橡膠狀聚合物(a)的單體組成,例如可藉由熱分解GC-MS檢測出的波峰面積比進行測定。The monomer composition constituting the acrylic rubber-like polymer (a) can be measured, for example, by the peak area ratio detected by thermal decomposition GC-MS.

橡膠狀聚合物的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)較佳為0℃以下,更佳為-10℃以下。若橡膠狀聚合物的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)為0℃以下,則可將適度的韌性賦予至薄膜。橡膠狀聚合物的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)係以與前述同樣之方法進行測定。The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the rubber-like polymer is preferably 0°C or lower, more preferably -10°C or lower. If the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the rubber-like polymer is 0° C. or lower, appropriate toughness can be imparted to the film. The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the rubbery polymer is measured in the same manner as described above.

橡膠狀聚合物的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)係可藉由橡膠狀聚合物的組成來調整。例如為了降低丙烯酸系橡膠狀聚合物(a)的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg),較佳為增多丙烯酸系橡膠狀聚合物(a)中的烷基之碳原子數為4以上的丙烯酸酯/能共聚合的其他單體之質量比(例如3以上,較佳為4~10之範圍內)。The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the rubbery polymer can be adjusted by the composition of the rubbery polymer. For example, in order to lower the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the acrylic rubber-like polymer (a), it is preferable to increase the number of acrylic acid esters having 4 or more carbon atoms in the alkyl group of the acrylic rubber-like polymer (a). The mass ratio of other polymerized monomers (for example, 3 or more, preferably in the range of 4 to 10).

包含丙烯酸系橡膠狀聚合物(a)之粒子,可為由丙烯酸系橡膠狀聚合物(a)所成的粒子,或可為具有由玻璃轉移溫度為20℃以上的硬質交聯聚合物(c)所成的硬質層與配置在其周圍的由丙烯酸系橡膠狀聚合物(a)所成的軟質層之粒子(亦將此等稱為「彈性體」);也可為由在丙烯酸系橡膠狀聚合物(a)之存在下,將甲基丙烯酸酯等之單體的混合物至少1段以上聚合而得的丙烯酸系接枝共聚物所成之粒子。由丙烯酸系接枝共聚物所成之粒子可為具有包含丙烯酸系橡膠狀聚合物(a)的芯部與覆蓋它的殼部之芯-殼型粒子。The particles containing the acrylic rubber-like polymer (a) may be particles made of the acrylic rubber-like polymer (a), or may be a hard cross-linked polymer (c) having a glass transition temperature of 20° C. or higher ) and particles of a soft layer made of acrylic rubber-like polymer (a) arranged around it (these are also called "elastomers"); it may also be made of acrylic rubber Particles made of an acrylic graft copolymer obtained by polymerizing a mixture of monomers such as methacrylate in at least one stage in the presence of polymer (a). The particles made of the acrylic graft copolymer may be core-shell type particles having a core containing the acrylic rubber-like polymer (a) and a shell covering the core.

關於包含丙烯酸系橡膠狀聚合物之芯-殼型橡膠粒子: (芯部) 芯部包含丙烯酸系橡膠狀聚合物(a),視需要可進一步包含硬質的交聯聚合物(c)。亦即,芯部可具有由丙烯酸系橡膠狀聚合物所成的軟質層與配置在其內側的由硬質交聯聚合物(c)所成的硬質層。 Regarding core-shell rubber particles containing acrylic rubber-like polymer: (core) The core contains an acrylic rubber-like polymer (a) and may further contain a hard cross-linked polymer (c) if necessary. That is, the core may have a soft layer made of an acrylic rubber-like polymer and a hard layer made of a hard cross-linked polymer (c) arranged inside.

交聯聚合物(c)可為以甲基丙烯酸酯為主成分的交聯聚合物。亦即,交聯聚合物(c)較佳為包含源自甲基丙烯酸烷酯的結構單元、源自與其能共聚合的其他單體的結構單元與源自多官能性單體的結構單元之交聯聚合物。The cross-linked polymer (c) may be a cross-linked polymer containing methacrylate as its main component. That is, the cross-linked polymer (c) preferably contains one of a structural unit derived from an alkyl methacrylate, a structural unit derived from other monomers copolymerizable with it, and a structural unit derived from a polyfunctional monomer. Cross-linked polymers.

甲基丙烯酸烷酯可為前述甲基丙烯酸烷酯;能共聚合的其他單體可為前述苯乙烯類或丙烯酸酯等;多官能性單體可舉出與作為前述多官能性單體列舉者同樣者。The alkyl methacrylate can be the aforementioned alkyl methacrylate; other copolymerizable monomers can be the aforementioned styrenes or acrylic esters; the polyfunctional monomers can be exemplified by those listed as the aforementioned polyfunctional monomers. Same thing.

相對於構成交聯聚合物(c)的全部結構單元,源自甲基丙烯酸烷酯的結構單元之含量可為40~100質量%之範圍內。相對於構成其他交聯聚合物(c)的全部結構單元,源自能共聚合的其他單體的結構單元之含量可為0~60質量%之範圍內。相對於構成其他交聯聚合物的全部結構單元,源自多官能性單體的結構單元之含量可為0.01~10質量%之範圍內。The content of structural units derived from alkyl methacrylate may be in the range of 40 to 100% by mass relative to all structural units constituting the cross-linked polymer (c). Relative to all structural units constituting other cross-linked polymer (c), the content of structural units derived from other copolymerizable monomers may be in the range of 0 to 60 mass %. Relative to all structural units constituting other cross-linked polymers, the content of structural units derived from multifunctional monomers may be in the range of 0.01 to 10 mass %.

(殼部) 殼部包含接枝鍵結至丙烯酸系橡膠狀聚合物(a)的含有源自甲基丙烯酸酯的結構單元作為主成分之甲基丙烯酸系聚合物(b)(其他聚合物)。作為主成分含有者係指源自甲基丙烯酸酯的結構單元之含量成為後述之範圍。 (shell part) The shell portion contains methacrylic polymer (b) (other polymer) containing a structural unit derived from methacrylate as a main component graft-bonded to acrylic rubber-like polymer (a). What is contained as a main component means that the content of the structural unit derived from methacrylate falls within the range described below.

構成甲基丙烯酸系聚合物(b)的甲基丙烯酸酯,較佳為甲基丙烯酸甲酯等之烷基的碳數為1~12之範圍內的甲基丙烯酸烷酯。甲基丙烯酸酯可為1種類,也可為2種類以上。The methacrylate constituting the methacrylic polymer (b) is preferably an alkyl methacrylate, such as methyl methacrylate, whose alkyl group has a carbon number in the range of 1 to 12. The methacrylate may be one type or two or more types.

相對於構成甲基丙烯酸系聚合物(b)的全部結構單元,甲基丙烯酸酯之含量較佳為50質量%以上。若甲基丙烯酸酯之含量為50質量%以上,則容易得到與含有源自甲基丙烯酸甲酯的結構單元作為主成分的甲基丙烯酸系樹脂之相溶性。基於上述觀點,相對於構成甲基丙烯酸系聚合物(b)的全部結構單元,甲基丙烯酸酯之含量更佳為70質量%以上。The content of methacrylic acid ester is preferably 50% by mass or more based on all the structural units constituting the methacrylic polymer (b). When the content of methacrylate is 50% by mass or more, compatibility with a methacrylic resin containing a structural unit derived from methyl methacrylate as a main component can be easily obtained. From the above viewpoint, the content of methacrylate is more preferably 70 mass % or more based on all the structural units constituting the methacrylic polymer (b).

甲基丙烯酸系聚合物(b)可進一步包含源自與甲基丙烯酸酯能共聚合的其他單體的結構單元。於能共聚合的其他單體之例中,包含丙烯酸甲酯、丙烯酸乙酯、丙烯酸正丁酯等之丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯等之具有脂環、雜環或芳香環的(甲基)丙烯酸系單體(含有環的(甲基)丙烯酸系單體)。The methacrylic polymer (b) may further contain structural units derived from other monomers copolymerizable with the methacrylic acid ester. Examples of other monomers that can be copolymerized include acrylates such as methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, n-butyl acrylate, etc.; benzyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate, etc. (Meth)acrylic monomers (ring-containing (meth)acrylic monomers) having alicyclic, heterocyclic or aromatic rings such as phenoxyethyl acrylate.

相對於構成甲基丙烯酸系聚合物(b)的全部結構單元,源自能共聚合的單體的結構單元之含量較佳為50質量%以下,更佳為30質量%以下。The content of the structural units derived from the copolymerizable monomer is preferably 50 mass % or less, more preferably 30 mass % or less relative to all the structural units constituting the methacrylic polymer (b).

於本實施形態中,由於光學薄膜不被延伸,故橡膠粒子之形狀可為接近真球狀之形狀。亦即,觀察光學薄膜的剖面或表面時,橡膠粒子之縱橫比可為1~2左右。In this embodiment, since the optical film is not stretched, the shape of the rubber particles can be close to a true spherical shape. That is, when observing the cross section or surface of the optical film, the aspect ratio of the rubber particles can be about 1 to 2.

本發明之橡膠粒子的平均粒徑較佳為100~400nm之範圍內。若橡膠粒子的平均粒徑為100nm以上,則容易將充分的韌性或應力緩和性賦予至光學薄膜,若為400nm以下,則不易損害光學薄膜的透明性。基於同樣的觀點,橡膠粒子的平均粒徑更佳為150~300nm之範圍內。The average particle size of the rubber particles of the present invention is preferably in the range of 100 to 400 nm. If the average particle diameter of the rubber particles is 100 nm or more, sufficient toughness or stress relaxation properties can be easily imparted to the optical film. If the average particle diameter is 400 nm or less, the transparency of the optical film is less likely to be impaired. Based on the same point of view, the average particle size of rubber particles is preferably in the range of 150 to 300 nm.

橡膠粒子的平均粒徑係可藉由以下之方法算出。The average particle size of rubber particles can be calculated by the following method.

橡膠粒子的平均粒徑係可作為積層薄膜的表面或切片之藉由SEM攝影或TEM攝影所得之粒子100個的圓等效直徑之平均值測定。圓等效直徑可藉由將攝影所得之粒子的投影面積換算成具有相同面積的圓之直徑而求得。此時,將藉由倍率5000倍之SEM觀察及/或TEM觀察所觀察的橡膠粒子使用於平均粒徑之算出。The average particle diameter of rubber particles can be measured as the average value of the equivalent circular diameter of 100 particles obtained by SEM photography or TEM photography of the surface or slices of the laminated film. The equivalent circle diameter can be obtained by converting the projected area of the photographed particle into the diameter of a circle with the same area. At this time, the rubber particles observed by SEM observation and/or TEM observation at a magnification of 5000 times are used for calculation of the average particle diameter.

[1.1.3]添加劑 本發明之光學薄膜視需要可進一步包含添加劑,較佳為相對於光學薄膜以0.0001~1質量%之範圍內含有分子量1000以下的添加劑,更佳為0.001~0.1質量%之範圍內。作為其他成分之例,可舉出抗氧化劑、消光劑(微粒子)、可塑劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗靜電劑等。 [1.1.3]Additives The optical film of the present invention may further contain additives if necessary. It is preferable that the additive with a molecular weight of 1000 or less is contained in the range of 0.0001 to 1 mass % relative to the optical film, and more preferably in the range of 0.001 to 0.1 mass %. Examples of other components include antioxidants, matting agents (fine particles), plasticizers, ultraviolet absorbers, and antistatic agents.

<抗氧化劑> 本發明之光學薄膜,從抑制析出物的擴散之觀點來看,較佳為相對於光學薄膜,以0.0001~0.01質量%之範圍內含有分子量1000以下的抗氧化劑,可提高光學薄膜之隨著時間經過的保存性。 <Antioxidants> From the viewpoint of suppressing the diffusion of precipitates, the optical film of the present invention preferably contains an antioxidant with a molecular weight of 1000 or less in the range of 0.0001 to 0.01 mass % relative to the optical film, which can improve the performance of the optical film over time. Passed preservation.

作為抗氧化劑,可使用眾所周知者。特別地,可較宜使用內酯系、硫系、酚系、雙鍵系、受阻胺系、磷系的各化合物。As antioxidants, well-known ones can be used. In particular, lactone-based, sulfur-based, phenolic-based, double-bond-based, hindered amine-based, and phosphorus-based compounds can be suitably used.

上述內酯系化合物可使用市售品,例如可舉出BASF日本股份有限公司製的「Irgafos XP40、Irgafos XP60 (商品名)」等。Commercially available products can be used as the above-mentioned lactone compound, and examples thereof include "Irgafos XP40 and Irgafos XP60 (trade name)" manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.

上述硫系化合物可使用市售品,例如可舉出住友化學股份有限公司製的「Sumilizer「(註冊商標)TPL-R」及「Sumilizer「(註冊商標)TP-D」。Commercially available products can be used as the sulfur-based compound, and examples thereof include "Sumilizer "(registered trademark) TPL-R" and "Sumilizer "(registered trademark) TP-D" manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.

作為上述酚系化合物,較佳為具有2,6-二烷基酚的結構者,可使用市售品,例如可舉出BASF日本股份有限公司製的「Irganox(註冊商標)1076」、「Irganox(註冊商標)1010」、股份有限公司ADEKA製的「ADK STAB(註冊商標)AO-50」等。As the above-mentioned phenolic compound, one having a structure of 2,6-dialkylphenol is preferred, and commercially available products can be used. For example, "Irganox (registered trademark) 1076" and "Irganox" manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd. (Registered Trademark) 1010", "ADK STAB (Registered Trademark) AO-50" manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd., etc.

上述雙鍵系化合物可使用市售品,例如可舉出住友化學股份有限公司製的「Sumilizer(註冊商標)GM」及「Sumilizer「(註冊商標)GS」。一般而言,相對於樹脂,以0.05~20質量%之範圍內添加,較佳以0.1~1質量%之範圍內添加。Commercially available products can be used as the double bond compound, and examples thereof include "Sumilizer (registered trademark) GM" and "Sumilizer (registered trademark) GS" manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd. Generally speaking, it is added in the range of 0.05 to 20 mass % relative to the resin, and preferably in the range of 0.1 to 1 mass %.

上述受阻胺系化合物可使用市售品,例如可舉出BASF日本股份有限公司製的「Tinuvin(註冊商標)144」及「Tinuvin(註冊商標)770」、股份有限公司ADEKA製的「ADK STAB(註冊商標)LA-52」。Commercially available products can be used as the hindered amine compound, and examples thereof include "Tinuvin (registered trademark) 144" and "Tinuvin (registered trademark) 770" manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd., and "ADK STAB (registered trademark) manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd. Registered trademark)LA-52".

上述磷系化合物可使用市售品,例如可舉出住友化學股份有限公司製的「Sumilizer(註冊商標)GP」、股份有限公司ADEKA製的「ADK STAB(註冊商標)PEP-24G」、「ADK STAB(註冊商標)PEP-36」及「ADK STAB(註冊商標)3010」、BASF日本股份有限公司製的「IRGAFOS P-EPQ」、堺化學工業股份有限公司製的「GSY-P101」。Commercially available products can be used as the phosphorus-based compound, and examples thereof include "Sumilizer (registered trademark) GP" manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd., "ADK STAB (registered trademark) PEP-24G" manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd., and "ADK STAB (registered trademark) PEP-36" and "ADK STAB (registered trademark) 3010", "IRGAFOS P-EPQ" manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd., and "GSY-P101" manufactured by Sakai Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.

再者,作為酸補捉劑,亦可含有如美國專利第4,137,201號說明書中記載之具有環氧基的化合物。Furthermore, as the acid trapping agent, a compound having an epoxy group as described in US Pat. No. 4,137,201 may also be included.

此等抗氧化劑係相對於作為光學薄膜的主原料之樹脂,較佳為以0.0001~0.01質量%之範圍內含有,更佳為以0.002~0.01質量%之範圍內添加。These antioxidants are preferably included in the range of 0.0001 to 0.01 mass %, more preferably added in the range of 0.002 to 0.01 mass %, relative to the resin that is the main raw material of the optical film.

此等抗氧化劑可僅使用1種,也可併用數種不同系的化合物。例如,較佳為併用內酯系、磷系、酚系及雙鍵系化合物。Only one type of these antioxidants may be used, or several different compounds may be used in combination. For example, it is preferable to use a lactone type, a phosphorus type, a phenol type, and a double bond type compound together.

<微粒子> 本發明之光學薄膜亦較佳為含有微粒子。 <Fine particles> The optical film of the present invention also preferably contains fine particles.

作為本發明所使用的微粒子,於無機化合物之例中,可使用二氧化矽、二氧化鈦、氧化鋁、氧化鋯、碳酸鈣、碳酸鈣、滑石、黏土、燒成高嶺土、燒成矽酸鈣、水合矽酸鈣、矽酸鋁、矽酸鎂及磷酸鈣。又,有機化合物的微粒子亦可較宜使用。作為有機化合物之例,可使用聚四氟乙烯、纖維素乙酸酯、聚苯乙烯、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯、聚甲基丙烯酸丙酯、聚丙烯酸甲酯、聚碳酸伸乙酯、丙烯酸苯乙烯系樹脂、聚矽氧系樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、苯并胍胺系樹脂、三聚氰胺系樹脂、聚烯烴系粉末、聚酯系樹脂、聚醯胺系樹脂、聚醯亞胺系樹脂,或聚氟乙烯系樹脂、澱粉等之有機高分子化合物的粉碎分級物或以懸浮聚合法所合成的高分子化合物。As the fine particles used in the present invention, examples of inorganic compounds include silica, titanium dioxide, alumina, zirconium oxide, calcium carbonate, calcium carbonate, talc, clay, calcined kaolin, calcined calcium silicate, and hydrated calcium silicate. Calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, magnesium silicate and calcium phosphate. In addition, fine particles of organic compounds can also be preferably used. Examples of the organic compound include polytetrafluoroethylene, cellulose acetate, polystyrene, polymethyl methacrylate, polypropyl methacrylate, polymethyl acrylate, polyethylene carbonate, and benzene acrylate. Vinyl resin, polysiloxy resin, polycarbonate resin, benzoguanamine resin, melamine resin, polyolefin powder, polyester resin, polyamide resin, polyimide resin, or Pulverized fractions of organic polymer compounds such as polyvinyl fluoride resin and starch, or polymer compounds synthesized by suspension polymerization.

微粒子包含矽者,係在濁度變低之點上較宜,特佳為二氧化矽,例如以Aerosil(註冊商標)R972、R972V、R974、R812、200、200V、300、R202、OX50、TT600(以上日本AEROSIL(股)製)之商品名所市售,可以使用。If the microparticles contain silicon, it is more suitable when the turbidity becomes low. Silicon dioxide is particularly preferred, such as Aerosil (registered trademark) R972, R972V, R974, R812, 200, 200V, 300, R202, OX50, TT600 (The above products are commercially available under the trade names of Japan AEROSIL Co., Ltd. and can be used.

[1.1.4]光學薄膜之物性 <厚度> 本發明之光學薄膜係藉由以滿足下述式1之方式調整厚度,而可提高與黏著層的密著性,且可藉由塗佈形成黏著層。 [1.1.4] Physical properties of optical films <Thickness> By adjusting the thickness of the optical film of the present invention to satisfy the following formula 1, the adhesion with the adhesive layer can be improved, and the adhesive layer can be formed by coating.

式1:5<|寬度方向之任意選擇的3點之厚度的平均值(B)-平均膜厚值(A)|/平均膜厚值(A)×100<20 (%) 此處,平均膜厚值(A)為從薄膜中任意抽出的10點之膜厚值的平均值。 Formula 1: 5<|The average value of the thickness of three randomly selected points in the width direction (B) - average film thickness value (A) |/average film thickness value (A) × 100<20 (%) Here, the average film thickness value (A) is the average value of film thickness values at 10 points arbitrarily extracted from the film.

藉由式1內之以|寬度方向之任意選擇的3點之厚度的平均值(B)-平均膜厚值(A)|/平均膜厚值(A)×100(%)表示的值超過5%,由於表面適度地具有凹凸,故可得到提高與上層的密著性之效果,藉由未達20%,表面的凹凸不過大,不影響上層的塗佈性、平滑性。又,8%以上且未達17%者,從黏著層的耐久性之觀點來看更宜。The value expressed by the average value (B) of the thickness of three arbitrarily selected points in the width direction in Formula 1 - average film thickness value (A) | / average film thickness value (A) × 100 (%) exceeds 5%, since the surface has moderate unevenness, the effect of improving the adhesion with the upper layer can be obtained. By less than 20%, the unevenness of the surface is not too large and does not affect the coating properties and smoothness of the upper layer. In addition, it is more preferable from the viewpoint of durability of the adhesive layer that it is 8% or more and less than 17%.

膜厚之測定可使用市售的膜厚測定裝置,例如作為膜厚測定系統,可舉出FILMETRICS公司製的「F20-UV」。The film thickness can be measured using a commercially available film thickness measuring device. For example, an example of the film thickness measuring system is "F20-UV" manufactured by FILMETRICS.

又,前述光學薄膜之厚度的偏差ρ較佳為調整至0.5±0.2μm之範圍內。詳細而言,說明後述的積層薄膜之製造方法。In addition, the thickness deviation ρ of the optical film is preferably adjusted to a range of 0.5±0.2 μm. In detail, the manufacturing method of the laminated film mentioned later is demonstrated.

<水蒸氣透過率> 本發明之光學薄膜的水蒸氣透過率在溫度40℃、濕度90%RH下,為500~3000g/m 2・day之範圍內者,從於具備本發明之積層薄膜的偏光板中,貼合光學薄膜與偏光子層時所形成的接著層之耐久性之觀點來看較宜。由於將光學薄膜的透濕度設為500g/m 2・day以上,接著層所含有的水分及溶劑變容易擴散到光學薄膜側,接著耐久性提升。另一方面,若成為3000g/m 2・day以下,則光學薄膜不易吸濕・膨脹,對於尺寸變動等,接著耐久性係優良。 <Water vapor transmittance> The water vapor transmittance of the optical film of the present invention is in the range of 500 to 3000 g/m 2 ·day at a temperature of 40°C and a humidity of 90% RH. In a polarizing plate, the bonding layer formed when the optical film and the polarizing sub-layer are bonded together is preferable from the viewpoint of durability. By setting the moisture permeability of the optical film to 500g/ m2 ·day or more, the moisture and solvent contained in the adhesive layer are easily diffused to the optical film side, and the adhesive durability is improved. On the other hand, if it is 3000 g/m 2 ·day or less, the optical film will be less likely to absorb moisture and swell, and will have excellent adhesion durability against dimensional changes and the like.

再者,更佳為750~2500g/m 2・day之範圍內,尤佳為1000~2000g/m 2・day之範圍內。本發明之光學薄膜具有透濕性者,從與上述同樣的觀點來看較宜。 對於上述水蒸氣透過率之測定方法,在下述實施例之欄中詳細地說明。 Furthermore, it is more preferably within the range of 750~2500g/ m2 ·day, and particularly preferably within the range of 1000~2000g/ m2 ·day. The optical film of the present invention is preferably moisture-permeable from the same viewpoint as above. The method for measuring the above-mentioned water vapor transmission rate will be described in detail in the column of Examples below.

<相位差Ro及Rt> 本發明之光學薄膜係在表面上積層有偏光子層,可發揮相位差薄膜等之光學薄膜的功能。 <Phase difference Ro and Rt> The optical film of the present invention has a polarizing sub-layer laminated on the surface and can function as an optical film such as a phase difference film.

光學薄膜例如於作為IPS模式用的相位差薄膜使用之觀點中,測定波長590nm、23℃、55%RH之環境下所測定的面內方向之相位差Ro較佳為0~10nm之範圍內,更佳為0~5nm之範圍內。光學薄膜之厚度方向的相位差Rt較佳為-40~40nm之範圍內,更佳為-25~25nm之範圍內。From the viewpoint of using the optical film as a retardation film for an IPS mode, for example, the retardation Ro in the in-plane direction measured in an environment with a wavelength of 590 nm, 23°C, and 55% RH is preferably in the range of 0 to 10 nm. More preferably, it is within the range of 0~5nm. The phase difference Rt in the thickness direction of the optical film is preferably in the range of -40~40nm, more preferably in the range of -25~25nm.

Ro及Rt各自以下述式定義。Ro and Rt are each defined by the following formula.

(式中, n x表示光學薄膜的面內慢軸方向(折射率成為最大的方向)之折射率, n y表示與光學薄膜的面內慢軸正交的方向之折射率, n z表示光學薄膜的厚度方向之折射率, d表示光學薄膜之厚度(nm))。 光學薄膜之面內慢軸係可藉由自動雙折射率計Axo Scan(Axo Scan Mueller Matrix Polarimeter:AXOMETRICS公司製)進行確認。 (In the formula , n The refractive index in the thickness direction of the film, d represents the thickness of the optical film (nm)). The in-plane slow axis system of the optical film can be confirmed with an automatic birefringence meter Axo Scan (Axo Scan Mueller Matrix Polarimeter: manufactured by AXOMETRICS).

Ro及Rt係可藉由以下之方法進行測定。Ro and Rt can be measured by the following method.

(1)將光學薄膜在23℃、55%RH之環境下調濕24小時。以阿貝折射計測定該薄膜之平均折射率,使用市售的測微計來測定厚度d。(1) Humidify the optical film in an environment of 23°C and 55%RH for 24 hours. The average refractive index of the film was measured with an Abbe refractometer, and the thickness d was measured using a commercially available micrometer.

(2)分別使用自動雙折射率計Axo Scan(Axo Scan Mueller Matrix Polarimeter:AXOMETRICS公司製),在23℃、55%RH之環境下測定調濕後的薄膜在測定波長590nm的遲滯Ro及Rt。(2) Using an automatic birefringence meter Axo Scan (Axo Scan Mueller Matrix Polarimeter: manufactured by AXOMETRICS), the retardation Ro and Rt of the film after humidity control at the measurement wavelength of 590 nm were measured in an environment of 23°C and 55% RH.

光學薄膜的相位差Ro及Rt係可藉由例如樹脂的種類或延伸條件、乾燥條件而調整。例如,藉由提高乾燥溫度,可降低Rt。The retardation Ro and Rt of the optical film can be adjusted by, for example, the type of resin, stretching conditions, and drying conditions. For example, by increasing the drying temperature, Rt can be reduced.

[1.2]黏著層 本發明之黏著層之特徵在於厚度為1~未達10μm之範圍內。藉由上述範圍內,於與玻璃板貼合的可撓性顯示器中,衝擊耐性的提升及重複折疊時的不均之抑制優異。 [1.2]Adhesive layer The adhesive layer of the present invention is characterized by a thickness in the range of 1 to less than 10 μm. Within the above range, in a flexible display bonded to a glass plate, impact resistance is improved and unevenness during repeated folding is excellently suppressed.

前述厚度未達1μm時,對於玻璃板的黏著力降低。又,10μm以上時,衝擊耐性的降低及重複折疊時的不均之發生變容易發生。When the thickness is less than 1 μm, the adhesive force to the glass plate decreases. In addition, when the thickness is 10 μm or more, a decrease in impact resistance and the occurrence of unevenness during repeated folding are likely to occur.

前述厚度較佳為2~8μm之範圍內,更佳為3~7μm之範圍內。The aforementioned thickness is preferably in the range of 2~8 μm, more preferably in the range of 3~7 μm.

本發明之黏著層例如可使用以下所示之含有(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物及交聯劑之黏著劑來形成。又,該黏著劑係視需要含有由矽烷偶合劑、抗靜電劑及紫外線吸收劑所選出的至少1種,亦可含有有機溶劑。The adhesive layer of the present invention can be formed using, for example, an adhesive containing a (meth)acrylic copolymer and a cross-linking agent shown below. In addition, the adhesive may optionally contain at least one selected from a silane coupling agent, an antistatic agent, and an ultraviolet absorber, and may also contain an organic solvent.

[1.2.1]黏著層構成分 作為構成本發明之黏著層的成分,可使用黏著劑所用的樹脂,或按照各種目的而可使用各種的添加劑。 黏著層可由以如(甲基)丙烯酸系、橡膠系、胺基甲酸酯系、酯系、聚矽氧系、聚乙烯基醚系之樹脂作為主成分的黏著劑組成物所構成。 其中,宜為以透明性、耐候性、耐熱性等優異的(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂作為基底的黏著劑組成物。黏著劑組成物可為活性能量線硬化型、熱硬化型。 [1.2.1] Adhesive layer composition As components constituting the adhesive layer of the present invention, resins used in adhesives can be used, or various additives can be used according to various purposes. The adhesive layer may be composed of an adhesive composition whose main component is a (meth)acrylic, rubber, urethane, ester, polysiloxane, or polyvinyl ether resin. Among them, an adhesive composition based on a (meth)acrylic resin having excellent transparency, weather resistance, heat resistance, etc. is preferred. The adhesive composition can be an active energy ray hardening type or a heat hardening type.

尚且,本發明之光學薄膜可透過黏著層貼合於顯示基板。本發明之光學薄膜為樹脂製,與由收縮率不同的材料所構成的顯示基板貼合時,有在黏著層產生應力之可能性。 因此,較佳為黏著層的固有雙折射值抵消因樹脂製的光學薄膜之伸縮應力所發生的玻璃板之光彈性的構成。又,更佳為對於因樹脂製的光學薄膜之伸縮應力所發生的該薄膜之光彈性及玻璃板之光彈性的任一者,皆抵消的構成。 Moreover, the optical film of the present invention can be bonded to the display substrate through the adhesive layer. The optical film of the present invention is made of resin, and when it is bonded to a display substrate made of materials with different shrinkage rates, stress may occur in the adhesive layer. Therefore, it is preferable that the inherent birefringence value of the adhesive layer offsets the photoelasticity of the glass plate caused by the expansion and contraction stress of the resin optical film. Furthermore, it is more preferable to have a structure that offsets both the photoelasticity of the film and the photoelasticity of the glass plate caused by the expansion and contraction stress of the resin optical film.

例如,於較佳例中,作為黏著層的構成成分,含有以下說明的(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物(P)與交聯劑(Q)。再者,視需要可含有由矽烷偶合劑及抗靜電劑所選出的至少一種,亦可含有有機溶劑。For example, in a preferred example, the (meth)acrylic copolymer (P) and crosslinking agent (Q) described below are included as components of the adhesive layer. Furthermore, if necessary, at least one selected from a silane coupling agent and an antistatic agent may be contained, and an organic solvent may also be contained.

<(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物(P)> (甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物(P)係大致由3個成分所構成。(P1)顯示正雙折射的成分(且控制透濕度的成分)、(P2)賦予交聯・硬化功能的成分及(P3)包含負雙折射的成分。 <(Meth)acrylic copolymer (P)> The (meth)acrylic copolymer (P) is roughly composed of three components. (P1) A component showing positive birefringence (a component that controls moisture permeability), (P2) a component that imparts crosslinking and hardening functions, and (P3) a component containing negative birefringence.

(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物(P)係藉由將烷基的長度適宜地控制在甲酯~長鏈烷酯,而例如可控制Tg或透濕度等之物性。較佳為將以50質量%以上99.5質量%以下之範圍內的量含有烷基的碳數為1以上的甲基丙烯酸烷酯(p1)、以0質量%以上且未達40質量%之範圍內的量含有含交聯性官能基的單體(p2)之單體成分、以0.5質量%以上且未達50質量%之範圍內的量含有包含負雙折射之含官能基的單體(p3)之單體成分進行共聚合而得的共聚物。其中,於控制透濕度之觀點中,藉由提高均聚物的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)未達-10℃的單體之混合比,可減低透濕度。具體而言,藉由將具有C(碳數)8以上的烷基之單體設為50質量%以上,可將透濕度控制所欲的範圍。作為具有C8以上的烷基之單體,例如可舉出甲基丙烯酸辛酯(-20℃)、甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(-10℃)、甲基丙烯酸月桂酯(-65℃)、甲基丙烯酸異十八酯(-18℃)等。The (meth)acrylic copolymer (P) can control physical properties such as Tg and moisture permeability by suitably controlling the length of the alkyl group to a range of methyl ester to long-chain alkyl ester. It is preferable to contain alkyl methacrylate (p1) with a carbon number of 1 or more in the alkyl group in an amount ranging from 50% to 99.5% by mass, and in an amount ranging from 0% to 40% by mass. The monomer component contains the cross-linkable functional group-containing monomer (p2) in an amount within the range of 0.5 mass % or more and less than 50 mass % and contains the functional group-containing monomer (p2) containing negative birefringence. A copolymer obtained by copolymerizing the monomer components of p3). Among them, from the viewpoint of controlling the water vapor permeability, the water vapor permeability can be reduced by increasing the mixing ratio of monomers whose glass transition temperature (Tg) of the homopolymer is less than -10°C. Specifically, by setting the monomer having an alkyl group of C (carbon number) 8 or more to be 50% by mass or more, the moisture permeability can be controlled within a desired range. Examples of the monomer having an alkyl group of C8 or more include octyl methacrylate (-20°C), 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate (-10°C), and lauryl methacrylate (-65°C). ), isoctadecyl methacrylate (-18℃), etc.

更佳為將以60質量%以上90質量%以下之範圍內的量含有(p1)、以0質量%以上且未達40質量%之範圍內的量含有含交聯性官能基的單體(p2)之單體成分、以5質量%以上且未達30質量%之範圍內的量含有包含負雙折射之含官能基的單體(P3)之單體成分進行共聚合而得的共聚物。 尤佳為將以65質量%以上85質量%以下之範圍內的量含有(p1)、以0質量%以上且未達20質量%之範圍內的量含有含交聯性官能基的單體(p2)之單體成分、以10質量%以上且未達20質量%之範圍內的量含有包含負雙折射之含官能基的單體(p3)之單體成分進行共聚合而得的共聚物。 More preferably, (p1) is contained in an amount ranging from 60 mass% to 90 mass%, and the crosslinkable functional group-containing monomer (p1) is contained in an amount ranging from 0 mass% to less than 40 mass%. A copolymer obtained by copolymerizing a monomer component p2) and a monomer component containing a functional group-containing monomer (P3) containing negative birefringence in an amount ranging from 5 mass % to less than 30 mass %. . Particularly preferably, (p1) is contained in an amount ranging from 65 mass % to 85 mass %, and the crosslinkable functional group-containing monomer (p1) is contained in an amount ranging from 0 mass % to less than 20 mass %. A copolymer obtained by copolymerizing a monomer component p2) and a monomer component containing a functional group-containing monomer (p3) containing negative birefringence in an amount ranging from 10 mass % to less than 20 mass %. .

本說明書中,將丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸總稱亦記載為「(甲基)丙烯酸」。又,將聚合物所含有的源自某單體A的構成單元亦記載為「單體A單元」。另外,將前述(p1)、(p2)及(p3)分別亦稱為「單體(p1)」、「單體(p2)」及「單體(p3)」。In this specification, the general name of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid is also described as "(meth)acrylic acid". In addition, the structural unit derived from a certain monomer A contained in the polymer is also described as "monomer A unit". In addition, the above-mentioned (p1), (p2) and (p3) are also called "monomer (p1)", "monomer (p2)" and "monomer (p3)" respectively.

(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯的均聚物之玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)採用Polymer Handbook Fourth Edition(Wiley-Interscience 1999)中記載之值。The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the homopolymer of alkyl (meth)acrylate is the value described in Polymer Handbook Fourth Edition (Wiley-Interscience 1999).

本發明之積層薄膜可透過接著層貼合偏光子層,形成偏光板。關於接著層,如後述([3.3]接著層),較佳為使用水系接著劑。層構成為依脫模薄膜、黏著層、光學薄膜、接著層、偏光子層之順序,具有接著層所含有的水分容易向鄰接的偏光子層進行擴散之性質。因此,藉由抑制水分向偏光子層的擴散,可防止偏光子層之劣化。The laminated film of the present invention can be bonded to the polarizing sub-layer through an adhesive layer to form a polarizing plate. Regarding the adhesive layer, as described later ([3.3] Adhesive layer), it is preferred to use a water-based adhesive. The layer structure is in the order of release film, adhesive layer, optical film, adhesive layer, and polarizing sub-layer, and has the property that moisture contained in the adhesive layer is easily diffused into the adjacent polarizing sub-layer. Therefore, by suppressing the diffusion of moisture into the polarizing sub-layer, deterioration of the polarizing sub-layer can be prevented.

如前述,本發明之光學薄膜由於具有透濕性,故接著層所含有的水分容易向光學薄膜進行擴散。又,本發明之黏著層係藉由具有透濕性,而向光學薄膜擴散的水分係進一步向黏著層擴散,可更防止偏光子層之劣化。本發明之黏著層係藉由單體(p1)及(p2)之構成,而可控制在適度的透濕性。As mentioned above, since the optical film of the present invention has moisture permeability, the moisture contained in the adhesive layer easily diffuses into the optical film. In addition, since the adhesive layer of the present invention has moisture permeability, the moisture that diffuses into the optical film further diffuses into the adhesive layer, thereby further preventing the deterioration of the polarizing sub-layer. The adhesive layer of the present invention is composed of monomers (p1) and (p2), and can control moderate moisture permeability.

《甲基丙烯酸烷酯(p1)》 單體(p1)係均聚物的Tg未達-10℃,且烷基的碳數為8以上的甲基丙烯酸烷酯。均聚物的Tg為-80~-10℃之範圍內,且烷基的碳數為8以上的前述單體較佳,Tg為-70~-30℃之範圍內,且烷基的碳數為8以上的前述單體更佳,Tg為-70~-30℃之範圍內,且烷基的碳數為10以上的前述單體尤佳。 《Alkyl Methacrylate (p1)》 The monomer (p1) is an alkyl methacrylate whose Tg of the homopolymer is less than -10°C and the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is 8 or more. The Tg of the homopolymer is in the range of -80~-10°C, and the aforementioned monomer with the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 8 or more. The Tg is in the range of -70~-30°C, and the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is More preferably, the monomer has a Tg of 8 or more, and a monomer with a Tg of -70 to -30° C. and a carbon number of the alkyl group of 10 or more is particularly preferred.

藉由使用將單體(p1)共聚合而得的共聚物(P),具有減低水分向偏光子層的擴散之效果,因此藉由調整摻合比,可得到具有適度的水蒸氣透過率之黏著劑。By using the copolymer (P) obtained by copolymerizing the monomer (p1), it has the effect of reducing the diffusion of water into the polarizing sublayer. Therefore, by adjusting the blending ratio, a suitable water vapor transmittance can be obtained. Adhesive.

作為單體(p1),例如可舉出甲基丙烯酸辛酯(-20℃)、甲基丙烯酸異辛酯(-45℃)、甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(-10℃)、甲基丙烯酸異癸酯(-41℃)、甲基丙烯酸月桂酯(-65℃)、甲基丙烯酸十四酯(-72℃)、甲基丙烯酸異十八基酯(-18℃)。括弧內的數值表示各單體的均聚物之Tg。Examples of the monomer (p1) include octyl methacrylate (-20°C), isooctyl methacrylate (-45°C), 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate (-10°C), and methacrylate. Isodecyl methacrylate (-41°C), lauryl methacrylate (-65°C), myristyl methacrylate (-72°C), isoctadecyl methacrylate (-18°C). The numerical values in parentheses represent the Tg of the homopolymer of each monomer.

若使用均聚物之Tg低的含有源自甲基丙烯酸烷酯的構成單元之(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物,則可將適度的應力緩和性賦予至黏著層。又,若使用甲基丙烯酸烷酯的烷基為長鏈者,則除了應力緩和性之外,還可賦予疏水性。例如,藉由使用具有長鏈烷基的單體(p1),具有減低水分向偏光子層的擴散之效果,因此藉由調整摻合比,得到具有適當的透濕度之黏著層。 單體(p1)可單獨1種使用,也可使用2種以上。 If a (meth)acrylic copolymer containing a structural unit derived from an alkyl methacrylate is used and the Tg of the homopolymer is low, appropriate stress relaxation properties can be imparted to the adhesive layer. In addition, when the alkyl group of alkyl methacrylate is a long-chain one, in addition to stress relaxation properties, hydrophobicity can be provided. For example, by using a monomer (p1) with a long-chain alkyl group, it has the effect of reducing the diffusion of moisture into the polarizing sublayer. Therefore, by adjusting the blending ratio, an adhesive layer with appropriate moisture permeability can be obtained. The monomer (p1) may be used individually by 1 type, or in 2 or more types.

於形成共聚物(P)的單體成分100質量%中,單體(p1)之使用量為50質量%以上99.5質量%以下,較佳為70~99質量%之範圍內,更佳為80~98.5質量%之範圍內。若單體(p1)之使用量在前述範圍,則在所得之黏著層可展現適度的透濕功能之點上較宜。In 100% by mass of the monomer components forming the copolymer (P), the usage amount of the monomer (p1) is not less than 50% by mass and not more than 99.5% by mass, preferably in the range of 70 to 99% by mass, and more preferably 80% by mass. Within the range of ~98.5 mass%. If the usage amount of the monomer (p1) is within the aforementioned range, it is preferable in that the resulting adhesive layer can exhibit a moderate moisture permeability function.

《含交聯性官能基的單體(p2)》 形成共聚物(P)的單體成分包含具有與交聯劑(Q)能反應的交聯性官能基之單體,亦即含交聯性官能基的單體(p2)。作為單體(p2),例如可舉出含羥基的單體、含羧基的單體。 "Monomer (p2) containing cross-linkable functional groups" The monomer component forming the copolymer (P) includes a monomer having a crosslinkable functional group capable of reacting with the crosslinking agent (Q), that is, a crosslinkable functional group-containing monomer (p2). Examples of the monomer (p2) include a hydroxyl group-containing monomer and a carboxyl group-containing monomer.

作為含羥基的單體,例如可舉出含羥基的(甲基)丙烯酸酯,具體而言,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸6-羥基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸8-羥基辛酯等之(甲基)丙烯酸羥基烷酯。(甲基)丙烯酸羥基烷酯的羥基烷基之碳數通常為2~8之範圍內,較佳為2~6之範圍內。Examples of the hydroxyl-containing monomer include hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylate, and specific examples include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate and 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate. , hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylate such as 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 6-hydroxyhexyl (meth)acrylate, 8-hydroxyoctyl (meth)acrylate, etc. The carbon number of the hydroxyalkyl group of the hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylate is usually in the range of 2 to 8, preferably in the range of 2 to 6.

作為含羧基的單體,例如可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸β-羧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸5-羧基戊酯、琥珀酸單(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙酯、ω-羧基聚己內酯單(甲基)丙烯酸酯等之含羧基的(甲基)丙烯酸酯;丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、伊康酸、巴豆酸、富馬酸、馬來酸。Examples of the carboxyl group-containing monomer include β-carboxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 5-carboxypentyl (meth)acrylate, mono(meth)acryloyloxyethyl succinate, and ω-carboxylic acid. Polycaprolactone mono(meth)acrylate and other carboxyl-containing (meth)acrylates; acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid.

上述單體(p2)為了得到黏著層的適度透濕功能,較佳為具有甲基丙烯酸結構,單體(p2)可單獨1種使用,也可使用2種以上。In order to obtain a moderate moisture-permeable function of the adhesive layer, the above-mentioned monomer (p2) preferably has a methacrylic acid structure. One type of monomer (p2) may be used alone, or two or more types of monomers (p2) may be used.

於形成共聚物(P)的單體成分100質量%中,單體(p2)之使用量為0.5質量以上10質量%以下,較佳為1~8質量%之範圍內,更佳為2~6質量%之範圍內。若單體(p2)之使用量為前述上限值以下,則藉由共聚物(P)與交聯劑(Q)所形成的交聯密度不過高,得到應力緩和性優異的黏著層。若單體(p2)之使用量為前述下限值以上,則有效地形成交聯結構,得到在常溫下具有適度的強度之黏著層。In 100 mass% of the monomer components forming the copolymer (P), the usage amount of the monomer (p2) is 0.5 mass% or more and 10 mass% or less, preferably in the range of 1 to 8 mass%, more preferably 2 to 8 mass%. Within the range of 6% by mass. If the usage amount of the monomer (p2) is less than the above-mentioned upper limit, the crosslinking density formed by the copolymer (P) and the crosslinking agent (Q) is not too high, and an adhesive layer excellent in stress relaxation properties is obtained. If the usage amount of the monomer (p2) is more than the aforementioned lower limit, a cross-linked structure is effectively formed, and an adhesive layer having moderate strength at normal temperature is obtained.

再者,單體(p2)較佳為以共聚物(P)的酸價成為15以下之方式設定,更佳為10以下,尤佳為8以下。若酸價為前述上限值以下,則可抑制因酸之游離而構成偏光子的碘等二色性色素之劣化而較宜。Furthermore, the monomer (p2) is preferably set so that the acid value of the copolymer (P) is 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and particularly preferably 8 or less. When the acid value is equal to or less than the upper limit, deterioration of dichroic dyes such as iodine constituting polarized photons due to release of the acid can be suppressed, which is preferable.

《包含負雙折射之含官能基的單體(p3)》 於形成共聚物(P)的單體成分100質量%中,單體(p3)之使用量為0質量以上50質量%以下,較佳為5~45質量%之範圍內,更佳為10~40質量%之範圍內。單體(p3)之使用量係按照其他具有正雙折射的成分(p1及p2)之雙折射的程度而調整。又,使用於雙折射對顯示器所顯示的畫質之影響小的部位時,亦可不含。作為具有負雙折射的單體,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸酯的芳香族酯。具體而言,可舉出丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯(PHEA)、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、苯氧基二乙二醇丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化鄰苯基酚丙烯酸酯(A-LEN-10)、2-丙烯醯氧基丙基鄰苯二甲酸等。 "Functional group-containing monomer (p3) containing negative birefringence" In 100% by mass of the monomer component forming the copolymer (P), the usage amount of the monomer (p3) is from 0 to 50% by mass, preferably in the range of 5 to 45% by mass, and more preferably from 10 to 10% by mass. Within the range of 40% by mass. The usage amount of the monomer (p3) is adjusted according to the degree of birefringence of other components (p1 and p2) with positive birefringence. In addition, when used in a location where birefringence has little impact on the image quality displayed by the monitor, it may not be included. Examples of the monomer having negative birefringence include aromatic esters of (meth)acrylate. Specific examples include phenoxyethyl acrylate (PHEA), benzyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxydiethylene glycol acrylate, and ethoxylated ortho-phenylphenol acrylate (A-LEN- 10), 2-propenyloxypropyl phthalic acid, etc.

尚且,共聚物(P)者係基於用於共聚合之含羧基的單體之分子量、含羧基的單體之摻合量(質量%),藉由以下之式算出。尚且,56.1為KOH的分子量。 聚合物的酸價(mgKOH/g)=56.1/X×(Y/100)×1000 =561/X×Y X:含羧基的單體之分子量 Y:含羧基的單體之摻合量 In addition, the copolymer (P) is calculated by the following formula based on the molecular weight of the carboxyl group-containing monomer used for copolymerization and the blending amount (mass %) of the carboxyl group-containing monomer. Moreover, 56.1 is the molecular weight of KOH. Acid value of polymer (mgKOH/g)=56.1/X×(Y/100)×1000 =561/X×Y X: Molecular weight of carboxyl-containing monomer Y: blending amount of carboxyl-containing monomer

《其他單體》 作為形成共聚物(P)的單體成分,在不損害共聚物(P)之物性的範圍內,例如亦可使用上述單體(p1)以外的(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸烷氧基烷酯、烷氧基聚烷二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含脂環式基的(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含酸基的單體、含胺基的單體、含醯胺基的單體、含氮系雜環的單體、含氰基的單體等之其他單體。 "Other Individuals" As the monomer component forming the copolymer (P), for example, (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester other than the above-mentioned monomer (p1) can also be used as long as the physical properties of the copolymer (P) are not impaired. Alkoxyalkyl acrylate, alkoxypolyalkylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, alicyclic group-containing (meth)acrylate, acid group-containing monomer, amine group-containing monomer, Other monomers such as amide group monomers, nitrogen-containing heterocyclic monomers, cyano group-containing monomers, etc.

單體(p1)以外的(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯例如以式:CH 2=CR 1-COOR 2表示。式中,R 1為氫或甲基,R 2為碳數1~18的烷基。例如可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、丙烯酸辛酯、丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、丙烯酸異癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一酯、丙烯酸月桂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八酯、丙烯酸異十八酯。 The (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester other than the monomer (p1) is represented by the formula: CH 2 =CR 1 -COOR 2 , for example. In the formula, R 1 is hydrogen or methyl, and R 2 is an alkyl group with 1 to 18 carbon atoms. Examples include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate ) Isobutyl acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, octyl acrylate Ester, isooctyl acrylate, nonyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, isodecyl acrylate, undecyl (meth)acrylate, lauryl acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate, Isostearyl acrylate.

作為(甲基)丙烯酸烷氧基烷酯,例如可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-甲氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-甲氧基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-乙氧基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-甲氧基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-乙氧基丁酯。Examples of (meth)acrylic acid alkoxyalkyl esters include methoxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and 2-ethoxy (meth)acrylate. Ethyl ester, 3-methoxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 3-ethoxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 4-methoxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 4-ethyl (meth)acrylate Oxybutyl ester.

作為烷氧基聚烷二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可舉出甲氧基二乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甲氧基二丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基三乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基二乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甲氧基三乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯。Examples of alkoxy polyalkylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate include methoxydiethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, methoxydipropylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, ethoxy Triethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, ethoxydiethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, methoxytriethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate.

作為含有脂環式基或芳香環的(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯。Examples of the (meth)acrylate containing an alicyclic group or an aromatic ring include cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylate. ) phenyl acrylate.

作為含酸基的單體,例如可舉出馬來酸酐、伊康酸酐、在側鏈具有磷酸基的(甲基)丙烯酸系單體、在側鏈具有硫酸基的(甲基)丙烯酸系單體。作為含胺基的單體,例如可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸二甲基胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二乙基胺基乙酯等之含胺基的(甲基)丙烯酸酯。作為含醯胺基的單體,例如可舉出(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-己基(甲基)丙烯醯胺。作為含氮系雜環的單體,例如可舉出乙烯基吡咯啶酮、丙烯醯基嗎啉、乙烯基己內醯胺。作為含氰基的單體,例如可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸氰酯、(甲基)丙烯腈。Examples of the acid group-containing monomer include maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, (meth)acrylic monomers having a phosphoric acid group in the side chain, and (meth)acrylic monomers having a sulfate group in the side chain. . Examples of the amino group-containing monomer include amino group-containing (meth)acrylate esters such as dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate and diethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate. Examples of the amide group-containing monomer include (meth)acrylamide, N-methyl(meth)acrylamide, N-ethyl(meth)acrylamide, N-propyl( Meth)acrylamide, N-hexyl(meth)acrylamide. Examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic monomer include vinylpyrrolidone, acryloylmorpholine, and vinylcaprolactam. Examples of the cyano group-containing monomer include (meth)acrylic acid cyanoester and (meth)acrylonitrile.

又,作為形成共聚物(P)的單體成分,在不損害共聚物(P)的物性之範圍內,例如亦可使用苯乙烯系單體、乙酸乙烯酯等之共聚合性單體。In addition, as the monomer component forming the copolymer (P), copolymerizable monomers such as styrene-based monomers and vinyl acetate may be used as long as the physical properties of the copolymer (P) are not impaired.

作為苯乙烯系單體,例如可舉出苯乙烯;甲基苯乙烯、二甲基苯乙烯、三甲基苯乙烯、丙基苯乙烯、丁基苯乙烯、己基苯乙烯、庚基苯乙烯、辛基苯乙烯等之烷基苯乙烯;氟苯乙烯、氯苯乙烯、溴苯乙烯、二溴苯乙烯、碘化苯乙烯等之鹵化苯乙烯;硝基苯乙烯、乙醯基苯乙烯、甲氧基苯乙烯。 其他單體可單獨1種使用,也可使用2種以上。 Examples of the styrene-based monomer include styrene; methylstyrene, dimethylstyrene, trimethylstyrene, propylstyrene, butylstyrene, hexylstyrene, heptylstyrene, Alkyl styrenes such as octyl styrene; halogenated styrenes such as fluorostyrene, chlorostyrene, bromostyrene, dibromostyrene, iodinated styrene; nitrostyrene, acetyl styrene, methyl styrene, etc. Oxystyrene. Other monomers may be used individually by 1 type, or in 2 or more types.

於形成共聚物(P)的單體成分100質量%中,其他單體(例:其他(甲基)丙烯酸酯、共聚合性單體)之總使用量較佳為0~45質量%之範圍內,更佳為0~25質量%之範圍內。In 100 mass% of the monomer components forming the copolymer (P), the total usage amount of other monomers (for example: other (meth)acrylates, copolymerizable monomers) is preferably in the range of 0 to 45 mass% Within, more preferably within the range of 0~25 mass%.

《(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物(P)之製造條件》 (甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物(P)之製造條件係沒有特別的限定,例如可藉由溶液聚合法進行製造。具體而言,於反應容器內投入聚合溶劑及單體成分,在氮氣等之惰性氣體環境下添加聚合起始劑,將反應開始溫度通常設定在40~100℃之範圍內,較佳設定在50~80℃之範圍內,通常將反應系統維持在50~90℃之範圍內,較佳在70~90℃之範圍內的溫度,以4~20小時之範圍內使其反應。 "Production conditions of (meth)acrylic copolymer (P)" The production conditions of the (meth)acrylic copolymer (P) are not particularly limited. For example, the copolymer can be produced by a solution polymerization method. Specifically, the polymerization solvent and monomer components are put into the reaction vessel, the polymerization initiator is added under an inert gas environment such as nitrogen, and the reaction starting temperature is usually set in the range of 40 to 100°C, preferably 50°C. In the range of ~80°C, the reaction system is usually maintained at a temperature in the range of 50~90°C, preferably in the range of 70~90°C, and allowed to react within the range of 4 to 20 hours.

共聚物(P)例如係將含有上述單體(p1)及(p2)的單體成分進行共聚合而得,可為無規共聚物,也可為嵌段共聚物。於此等之中,較佳為無規共聚物。The copolymer (P) is obtained by copolymerizing a monomer component containing the above-mentioned monomers (p1) and (p2), for example, and may be a random copolymer or a block copolymer. Among these, a random copolymer is preferred.

作為用於溶液聚合的聚合溶劑,例如可舉出苯、甲苯、二甲苯等之芳香族烴類;正戊烷、正己烷、正庚烷、正辛烷等之脂肪族烴類;環戊烷、環己烷、環庚烷、環辛烷等之脂環式烴類;二乙基醚、二異丙基醚、1,2-二甲氧基乙烷、二丁基醚、四氫呋喃、二㗁烷、苯甲醚、苯基乙基醚、二苯基醚等之醚類;氯仿、四氯化碳、1,2-二氯乙烷、氯苯等之鹵化烴類;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丙酯、乙酸丁酯、丙酸甲酯等之酯類;丙酮、甲基乙基酮、二乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、環己酮等之酮類;N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基吡咯啶酮等之醯胺類;乙腈、苯甲腈等之腈類;二甲基亞碸、環丁碸等之亞碸類等。此等聚合溶劑可單獨1種使用,也可使用2種以上。Examples of the polymerization solvent used for solution polymerization include aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, and xylene; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-pentane, n-hexane, n-heptane, and n-octane; and cyclopentane. , cyclohexane, cycloheptane, cyclooctane and other alicyclic hydrocarbons; diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, dibutyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, di Ethers such as hexane, anisole, phenylethyl ether, diphenyl ether, etc.; halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, chlorobenzene, etc.; ethyl acetate, Esters such as propyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl propionate, etc.; ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, diethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, etc.; N,N-di Amides such as methylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, etc.; nitriles such as acetonitrile, benzonitrile, etc.; dimethyltrisoxide, cyclotenine, etc. The subsoil and so on. These polymerization solvents may be used individually by 1 type, or in 2 or more types.

作為用於溶液聚合的聚合起始劑,例如可舉出偶氮系起始劑、過氧化物系起始劑。具體而言,可舉出2,2’-偶氮雙異丁腈等之偶氮系化合物、過氧化苯甲醯、過氧化月桂鎓等之過氧化物。於此等之中,較佳為偶氮系化合物。作為偶氮系化合物,例如可舉出2,2’-偶氮雙異丁腈、2,2’-偶氮雙(4-甲氧基-2,4-二甲基戊腈)、2,2’-偶氮雙(2-環丙基丙腈)、2.2’-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)、2,2’-偶氮雙(2-甲基丁腈)、1,1’-偶氮雙(環己烷-1-甲腈)、2-(胺甲醯基偶氮)異丁腈、2-苯基偶氮-4-甲氧基-2,4-二甲基戊腈、2,2’-偶氮雙(2-甲脒基丙烷)二鹽酸鹽、2,2’-偶氮雙(N,N’-二亞甲基異丁基脒)、2,2’-偶氮雙[2-甲基-N-(2-羥基乙基)-丙醯胺]、2,2’-偶氮雙(異丁基醯胺)二水合物、4,4’-偶氮雙(4-氰基戊烷酸)、2,2’-偶氮雙(2-氰基丙醇)、二甲基-2,2’-偶氮雙(2-甲基丙酸酯)、2,2’-偶氮雙[2-甲基-N-(2-羥基乙基)丙醯胺]。此等之聚合起始劑可單獨1種使用,也可使用2種以上。Examples of the polymerization initiator used for solution polymerization include azo-based initiators and peroxide-based initiators. Specific examples include azo compounds such as 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile and peroxides such as benzoyl peroxide and lauryl peroxide. Among these, azo compounds are preferred. Examples of azo compounds include 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis(4-methoxy-2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 2, 2'-Azobis(2-cyclopropylpropionitrile), 2.2'-Azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 2,2'-Azobis(2-methylbutyronitrile) , 1,1'-azobis(cyclohexane-1-carbonitrile), 2-(aminomethyl azo)isobutyronitrile, 2-phenylazo-4-methoxy-2,4 -Dimethylvaleronitrile, 2,2'-Azobis(2-formamidinopropane) dihydrochloride, 2,2'-Azobis(N,N'-dimethyleneisobutylamidine) ), 2,2'-Azobis[2-methyl-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-propionamide], 2,2'-Azobis(isobutylamide) dihydrate, 4,4'-Azobis(4-cyanopentanoic acid), 2,2'-Azobis(2-cyanopropanol), dimethyl-2,2'-azobis(2- Methylpropionate), 2,2'-azobis[2-methyl-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)propionamide]. These polymerization initiators may be used individually by 1 type, or in 2 or more types.

相對於形成(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物(P)的單體成分100質量份,聚合起始劑通常以0.01~5質量份之範圍內,較佳以0.1~3質量份之範圍內的量使用。又,於上述聚合反應中,可適宜追加添加聚合起始劑、鏈轉移劑、單體成分及聚合溶劑。The polymerization initiator is usually in the range of 0.01 to 5 parts by mass, preferably in the range of 0.1 to 3 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the monomer component forming the (meth)acrylic copolymer (P). use. Moreover, in the above-mentioned polymerization reaction, a polymerization initiator, a chain transfer agent, a monomer component, and a polymerization solvent can be added appropriately.

《(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物(P)之物性及含量》 (甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物(P)之藉由凝膠滲透層析術(GPC)法所測定的重量平均分子量(Mw)係以聚苯乙烯換算值,通常為40萬~300萬之範圍內,較佳為60萬~250萬之範圍內,更佳為80萬~200萬之範圍內,尤佳為80萬~130萬之範圍內。藉由使用Mw在前述範圍內且具有上述單體單元的共聚物(P),具有減低水分向偏光子層的擴散之效果,因此可選擇共聚物(P)的混合比而展現適度的透濕度。再者,容易取得黏著力的平衡,可成為適合塗佈的黏度之黏著劑。 "Physical properties and content of (meth)acrylic copolymer (P)" The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the (meth)acrylic copolymer (P) measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) is a polystyrene-converted value, and is usually in the range of 400,000 to 3 million. Within, preferably within the range of 600,000 to 2.5 million, more preferably within the range of 800,000 to 2,000,000, particularly preferably within the range of 800,000 to 1.3 million. By using a copolymer (P) with an Mw within the above range and having the above monomer units, it has the effect of reducing the diffusion of moisture into the polarizing sublayer. Therefore, the mixing ratio of the copolymer (P) can be selected to exhibit appropriate moisture permeability. . Furthermore, it is easy to achieve a balance of adhesion and can be used as an adhesive with a viscosity suitable for coating.

(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物(P)之藉由GPC法所測定的分子量分布(Mw/Mn)通常為15以下,較佳為2~15之範圍內,更佳為4~13之範圍內。The molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn) of the (meth)acrylic copolymer (P) measured by the GPC method is usually 15 or less, preferably within the range of 2 to 15, more preferably within the range of 4 to 13 .

(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物(P)之玻璃轉移溫度(Tg),例如可從構成該共聚物的單體單元及其含有比例,藉由Fox之式進行推算。可以藉由Fox之式所求出的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)通常成為-80~-20℃之範圍內,較佳成為-70~  -30℃之範圍內的方式,合成(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物(P)。藉由具有如此的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)之(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物(P),可得到應力緩和性及耐久性優異,且常溫下黏著性優異之黏著劑。 The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the (meth)acrylic copolymer (P) can be estimated by Fox's equation from the monomer units constituting the copolymer and their content ratio, for example. The (meth)acrylic system can be synthesized so that the glass transition temperature (Tg) calculated by Fox's formula is usually in the range of -80 to -20°C, and preferably in the range of -70 to -30°C. Copolymer (P). By using the (meth)acrylic copolymer (P) having such a glass transition temperature (Tg), an adhesive having excellent stress relaxation and durability and excellent adhesion at room temperature can be obtained.

式中,Tg為(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物(P)之玻璃轉移溫度,Tg 1、Tg 2、…、Tg m為由各單體所構成的均聚物之玻璃轉移溫度,W 1、W 2、…、W m為源自各單體的構成單元在前述共聚物(P)中的質量分率。作為源自各單體的構成單元之質量分率,可使用對於共聚物合成時的各單體對於全部單體的饋入比例。 In the formula, Tg is the glass transition temperature of the (meth)acrylic copolymer (P), Tg 1 , Tg 2 , ..., Tg m is the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer composed of each monomer, W 1 , W 2 , ..., W m are the mass fractions of the structural units derived from each monomer in the copolymer (P). As the mass fraction of the structural units derived from each monomer, the feed ratio of each monomer to all monomers at the time of copolymer synthesis can be used.

前述Fox之式中的由各單體所構成的均聚物之玻璃轉移溫度,例如可使用Polymer Handbook Fourth Edition (Wiley-Interscience 1999)記載之值。The glass transition temperature of the homopolymer composed of each monomer in the Fox formula can be the value described in the Polymer Handbook Fourth Edition (Wiley-Interscience 1999), for example.

於本發明所用的黏著劑中,(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物(P)之含量係於黏著劑中的有機溶劑以外的固體成分100質量%中,通常為60~99.99質量%之範圍內,較佳為70~99.95質量%之範圍內,特佳為80~99.90質量%之範圍內。若(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物(P)之含量在前述範圍,則取得作為黏著劑的性能之平衡,黏著性優異。In the adhesive used in the present invention, the content of the (meth)acrylic copolymer (P) is based on 100% by mass of the solid content other than the organic solvent in the adhesive, and is usually in the range of 60 to 99.99% by mass. Preferably, it is in the range of 70 to 99.95 mass%, and particularly preferably, it is in the range of 80 to 99.90 mass%. When the content of the (meth)acrylic copolymer (P) is within the above range, the performance as an adhesive is balanced and the adhesiveness is excellent.

[1.2.2]交聯劑 <交聯劑(Q)> 本發明所用的黏著劑進一步含有交聯劑(Q)。 交聯劑(Q)只要是與(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物(P)所具有之源自含交聯性官能基的單體(p2)之交聯性官能基能發生交聯反應的成分,則沒有特別的限定,例如可舉出異氰酸酯化合物(Q1)、金屬螯合化合物(Q2)、環氧化合物(Q3)。 交聯劑(Q)可單獨1種使用,也可使用2種以上。 [1.2.2] Cross-linking agent <Cross-linking agent (Q)> The adhesive used in the present invention further contains a cross-linking agent (Q). The cross-linking agent (Q) is a component capable of causing a cross-linking reaction with the cross-linking functional group derived from the cross-linking functional group-containing monomer (p2) of the (meth)acrylic copolymer (P). , there are no particular limitations, and examples thereof include isocyanate compounds (Q1), metal chelate compounds (Q2), and epoxy compounds (Q3). The cross-linking agent (Q) may be used individually by 1 type, or in 2 or more types.

於本發明所用的黏著劑中,交聯劑(Q)之含量,相對於(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物(P)100質量份,通常為0.01~5質量份,較佳為0.05~2.5質量份,更佳通常為0.1~1質量份。若該含量在前述範圍,則在容易取得耐久性與應力緩和性的平衡之點上較宜。In the adhesive used in the present invention, the content of the cross-linking agent (Q) is usually 0.01 to 5 parts by mass, preferably 0.05 to 2.5 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the (meth)acrylic copolymer (P). parts, preferably 0.1~1 parts by mass. If the content is within the above range, it is preferable because a balance between durability and stress relaxation properties can be easily achieved.

《異氰酸酯化合物(Q1)》 作為異氰酸酯化合物(Q1),通常使用1分子中的異氰酸酯基數為2以上的異氰酸酯化合物。藉由異氰酸酯化合物(Q1)將(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物(P)進行交聯,可形成交聯體(網絡聚合物)。 《Isocyanate compound (Q1)》 As the isocyanate compound (Q1), an isocyanate compound having 2 or more isocyanate groups per molecule is usually used. The (meth)acrylic copolymer (P) is cross-linked with the isocyanate compound (Q1) to form a cross-linked body (network polymer).

異氰酸酯化合物(Q1)的異氰酸酯基數通常為2以上,較佳為2~8之範圍內,更佳為3~6之範圍內。若異氰酸酯基數在前述範圍,則在(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物(P)與異氰酸酯化合物(Q1)的交聯反應效率之點及保持黏著層的柔軟性之點上較宜。The number of isocyanate groups of the isocyanate compound (Q1) is usually 2 or more, preferably in the range of 2 to 8, more preferably in the range of 3 to 6. If the number of isocyanate groups is within the above range, it is preferable in terms of the efficiency of the cross-linking reaction between the (meth)acrylic copolymer (P) and the isocyanate compound (Q1) and the point of maintaining the flexibility of the adhesive layer.

作為1分子中的異氰酸酯基數為2的二異氰酸酯化合物,例如可舉出脂肪族二異氰酸酯、脂環族二異氰酸酯、芳香族二異氰酸酯。作為脂肪族二異氰酸酯,可舉出伸乙基二異氰酸酯、四亞甲基二異氰酸酯、五亞甲基二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、2-甲基-1,5-戊烷二異氰酸酯、3-甲基-1,5-戊烷二異氰酸酯、2,2,4-三甲基-1,6-六亞甲基二異氰酸酯等之碳數4~30的脂肪族二異氰酸酯。作為脂環族二異氰酸酯,可舉出異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯、環戊基二異氰酸酯、環己基二異氰酸酯、氫化苯二甲基二異氰酸酯、氫化甲苯二異氰酸酯、氫化二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯、氫化四甲基二甲苯二異氰酸酯等之碳數7~30的脂環族二異氰酸酯。作為芳香族二異氰酸酯,例如可舉出伸苯基二異氰酸酯、甲苯二異氰酸酯、苯二甲基二異氰酸酯、伸萘基二異氰酸酯、二苯基醚二異氰酸酯、二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯、二苯基丙烷二異氰酸酯等之碳數8~30的芳香族二異氰酸酯。Examples of the diisocyanate compound having 2 isocyanate groups per molecule include aliphatic diisocyanate, alicyclic diisocyanate, and aromatic diisocyanate. Examples of aliphatic diisocyanates include ethylene diisocyanate, tetramethylene diisocyanate, pentamethylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, 2-methyl-1,5-pentane diisocyanate, Aliphatic diisocyanates with 4 to 30 carbon atoms such as 3-methyl-1,5-pentane diisocyanate and 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,6-hexamethylene diisocyanate. Examples of the alicyclic diisocyanate include isophorone diisocyanate, cyclopentyl diisocyanate, cyclohexyl diisocyanate, hydrogenated xylylene diisocyanate, hydrogenated toluene diisocyanate, hydrogenated diphenylmethane diisocyanate, hydrogenated Alicyclic diisocyanates with 7 to 30 carbon atoms such as tetramethylxylene diisocyanate. Examples of the aromatic diisocyanate include phenylene diisocyanate, toluene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, naphthylene diisocyanate, diphenyl ether diisocyanate, diphenylmethane diisocyanate, and diphenyl diisocyanate. Aromatic diisocyanates with 8 to 30 carbon atoms such as propane diisocyanate.

作為1分子中的異氰酸酯基數為3以上的異氰酸酯化合物,例如可舉出芳香族聚異氰酸酯、脂肪族聚異氰酸酯、脂環族聚異氰酸酯。具體而言,可舉出2,4,6-三異氰酸酯基甲苯、1,3,5-三異氰酸酯基苯、4,4’,4”-三苯基甲烷三異氰酸酯。Examples of the isocyanate compound having 3 or more isocyanate groups per molecule include aromatic polyisocyanate, aliphatic polyisocyanate, and alicyclic polyisocyanate. Specific examples include 2,4,6-triisocyanatotoluene, 1,3,5-triisocyanatobenzene, and 4,4',4″-triphenylmethane triisocyanate.

又,作為異氰酸酯化合物(Q1),例如可舉出異氰酸酯基數為2或3以上的上述異氰酸酯化合物之多聚物(例如二聚物或三聚物、縮二脲體、異三聚氰酸酯體)、衍生物(例如多元醇與2分子以上的二異氰酸酯化合物之加成反應生成物)、聚合物。作為前述衍生物中的多元醇,於低分子量多元醇中,例如可舉出三羥甲基丙烷、甘油、季戊四醇等之3價以上的醇;作為高分子量多元醇,例如可舉出聚醚多元醇、聚酯多元醇、丙烯酸多元醇、聚丁二烯多元醇、聚異戊二烯多元醇。Examples of the isocyanate compound (Q1) include polymers of the isocyanate compounds having an isocyanate group number of 2 or 3 or more (for example, dimers, trimers, biurets, and isocyanate bodies). ), derivatives (such as the addition reaction product of a polyol and two or more molecules of a diisocyanate compound), and polymers. Examples of the polyhydric alcohol in the derivatives include trimethylolpropane, glycerin, pentaerythritol, and other alcohols having a trivalent or higher valence among low-molecular-weight polyols. Examples of the high-molecular-weight polyol include polyether polyhydric alcohols. Alcohol, polyester polyol, acrylic polyol, polybutadiene polyol, polyisoprene polyol.

作為如此的異氰酸酯化合物,例如可舉出二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯的三聚物、聚亞甲基聚苯基聚異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯或甲苯二異氰酸酯的縮二脲體或異三聚氰酸酯體、三羥甲基丙烷與甲苯二異氰酸酯或苯二甲基二異氰酸酯之反應生成物(例如甲苯二異氰酸酯或苯二甲基二異氰酸酯的3分子加成物)、三羥甲基丙烷與六亞甲基二異氰酸酯之反應生成物(例如六亞甲基二異氰酸酯的3分子加成物)、聚醚聚異氰酸酯、聚酯聚異氰酸酯。Examples of such an isocyanate compound include a trimer of diphenylmethane diisocyanate, polymethylene polyphenyl polyisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, or a biuret or isotrimer of toluene diisocyanate. Cyanate body, the reaction product of trimethylolpropane and toluene diisocyanate or xylylene diisocyanate (such as the 3-molecule adduct of toluene diisocyanate or xylylene diisocyanate), trimethylolpropane Reaction product with hexamethylene diisocyanate (for example, 3-molecule adduct of hexamethylene diisocyanate), polyether polyisocyanate, polyester polyisocyanate.

於異氰酸酯化合物(Q1)之中,在可提高熟化性之點上,較佳為三羥甲基丙烷與甲苯二異氰酸酯或苯二甲基二異氰酸酯之反應生成物(綜研化學(股)製L-45,綜研化學(股)製TD-75等)、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯或甲苯二異氰酸酯之異三聚氰酸酯體(旭化成(股)製TSE-100,日本聚胺基甲酸酯工業(股)製2050等)。 異氰酸酯化合物(Q1)可單獨1種使用,也可使用2種以上。 Among the isocyanate compounds (Q1), in terms of improving curability, the reaction product of trimethylolpropane and toluene diisocyanate or xylylene diisocyanate (L- manufactured by Soken Chemical Co., Ltd. 45. TD-75, etc. manufactured by Soken Chemical Co., Ltd.), isocycyanurate body of hexamethylene diisocyanate or toluene diisocyanate (TSE-100 manufactured by Asahi Kasei Co., Ltd., Japan Polyurethane Industry (Stock) System 2050, etc.). The isocyanate compound (Q1) may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in 2 or more types.

《金屬螯合化合物(Q2)》 作為金屬螯合化合物(Q2),例如可舉出在鋁、鐵、銅、鋅、錫、鈦、鎳、銻、鎂、釩、鉻、鋯等之多價金屬上,配位烷氧化物、乙醯基丙酮、乙醯乙酸乙酯等而成之化合物。 《Metal chelate compound (Q2)》 Examples of the metal chelate compound (Q2) include alkoxides coordinated to polyvalent metals such as aluminum, iron, copper, zinc, tin, titanium, nickel, antimony, magnesium, vanadium, chromium, zirconium, etc. Compounds made of acetyl acetone, acetyl ethyl acetate, etc.

於此等之中,特佳為鋁螯合化合物(綜研化學(股)製M-12AT等)。具體而言,可舉出異丙酸鋁、二級丁酸鋁、乙基乙醯乙酸-二異丙酸鋁、三乙基乙醯乙酸鋁、三乙醯基丙酮酸鋁。 金屬螯合化合物(Q2)可單獨1種使用,也可使用2種以上。 Among these, aluminum chelate compounds (such as M-12AT manufactured by Soken Chemical Co., Ltd.) are particularly preferred. Specific examples include aluminum isopropionate, secondary aluminum butyrate, aluminum ethyl acetyl acetate-diisopropionate, aluminum triethyl acetyl acetate, and aluminum triacetyl pyruvate. A metal chelate compound (Q2) may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in 2 or more types.

金屬螯合化合物(Q2)係藉由配位鍵而將(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物(P)進行交聯(偽交聯)。使用金屬螯合化合物(Q2)作為交聯劑(Q)時,在室溫時維持前述交聯,聚合物發揮凝聚性,相對於其,在高溫時前述交聯係一部分解離,黏著層顯示更優異的柔軟性。The metal chelate compound (Q2) cross-links (pseudo-cross-links) the (meth)acrylic copolymer (P) through coordination bonds. When a metal chelate compound (Q2) is used as the cross-linking agent (Q), the cross-linking is maintained at room temperature and the polymer exhibits cohesiveness. However, at high temperatures, a part of the cross-linking is dissociated and the adhesive layer exhibits better performance. of softness.

《環氧化合物(Q3)》 作為環氧化合物(Q3),通常使用1分子中的環氧基數為2以上的環氧化合物。例如,可舉出乙二醇二環氧丙基醚、聚乙二醇二環氧丙基醚、甘油二環氧丙基醚、甘油三環氧丙基醚、1,3-雙(N,N-二環氧丙基胺基甲基)環己烷、N,N,N’,N’-四環氧丙基-m-苯二甲基二胺、N,N,N’,N’-四環氧丙基胺基苯基甲烷、三環氧丙基異三聚氰酸酯、m-N,N-二環氧丙基胺基苯基環氧丙基醚、N,N-二環氧丙基甲苯胺、N,N-二環氧丙基苯胺。 《Epoxy compound(Q3)》 As the epoxy compound (Q3), an epoxy compound having 2 or more epoxy groups per molecule is usually used. For example, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, glycerin diglycidyl ether, glycerin triglycidyl ether, 1,3-bis(N, N-diepoxypropylaminomethyl)cyclohexane, N,N,N',N'-tetraepoxypropyl-m-xylylenediamine, N,N,N',N' -Tetraepoxypropylaminophenylmethane, tripoxypropylisocyanurate, m-N,N-diepoxypropylaminophenylepoxypropyl ether, N,N-diepoxy Propyltoluidine, N,N-diepoxypropylaniline.

[1.2.3]添加劑 <矽烷偶合劑> 本發明所用的黏著劑較佳為進一步含有矽烷偶合劑。矽烷偶合劑係使黏著層對於玻璃板等之被黏體強固地接著,有助於在高溫高濕環境下防止剝落之點。 [1.2.3]Additives <Silane Coupling Agent> The adhesive used in the present invention preferably further contains a silane coupling agent. The silane coupling agent makes the adhesive layer firmly adhere to adherends such as glass plates and helps prevent peeling in high temperature and high humidity environments.

作為矽烷偶合劑,例如可舉出乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷等之含聚合性不飽和基矽烷偶合劑;3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷等之含環氧基的矽烷偶合劑;3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷等之含胺基的矽烷偶合劑;3-氯丙基三甲氧基矽烷等之含鹵素的矽烷偶合劑、3-氧代丁酸-3-(三甲氧基矽烷基)丙酯及寡聚物型矽烷偶合劑等。其中,具有與(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物(P)中含有的官能基反應而形成共價鍵的官能基或藉由與(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物(P)相互作用而能形成鍵結的官能基之矽烷偶合劑,係在高溫高濕環境下不易發生剝落之點上較宜。Examples of the silane coupling agent include polymerizable unsaturated group-containing silane coupling agents such as vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, and methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane; 3- Glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyloxysilane Epoxy group-containing silane coupling agents such as methylpropylmethyldiethoxysilane and 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane; 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane Silane, N-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, etc. Amino-containing silane coupling agents; halogen-containing silane coupling agents such as 3-chloropropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-oxobutyric acid-3-(trimethoxysilyl)propyl ester and oligomer silane Coupling agent, etc. Among them, those having functional groups that react with functional groups contained in the (meth)acrylic copolymer (P) to form covalent bonds or can form bonds by interacting with the (meth)acrylic copolymer (P) Silane coupling agents with functional groups are preferred because they are less likely to peel off in high temperature and high humidity environments.

於本發明所用的黏著劑中,矽烷偶合劑之含量,相對於(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物(P)100質量份,通常1質量份以下,較佳為0.01~1質量份之範圍內,更佳為0.05~0.5質量份之範圍內。若含量在前述範圍,則有防止高溫高濕環境下的剝落或高溫環境下矽烷偶合劑的滲出之傾向。In the adhesive used in the present invention, the content of the silane coupling agent is usually 1 part by mass or less, preferably within the range of 0.01 to 1 part by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the (meth)acrylic copolymer (P). More preferably, it is in the range of 0.05~0.5 parts by mass. If the content is within the above range, peeling in a high temperature and high humidity environment or exudation of the silane coupling agent in a high temperature environment tends to be prevented.

<抗靜電劑> 抗靜電劑例如可使用於降低本發明之黏著層的表面電阻值。作為抗靜電劑,例如可舉出界面活性劑、離子性化合物、導電性聚合物。 <Antistatic agent> Antistatic agents can be used, for example, to reduce the surface resistance of the adhesive layer of the present invention. Examples of antistatic agents include surfactants, ionic compounds, and conductive polymers.

作為界面活性劑,例如可舉出四級銨鹽類、醯胺四級銨鹽類、吡啶鎓鹽類、具有一級~三級胺基等之陽離子性基的陽離子性界面活性劑;具有磺酸鹽基、硫酸酯鹽基、磷酸酯鹽基等之陰離子性基的陰離子性界面活性劑;烷基甜菜鹼類、烷基咪唑鎓甜菜鹼類、烷基胺氧化物類、胺基酸硫酸酯類等之兩性界面活性劑、甘油脂肪酸酯類、山梨糖醇酐脂肪酸酯類、聚氧乙烯烷基胺類、聚氧乙烯烷基胺脂肪酸酯類、N-羥基乙基-N-2-羥基烷基胺類、烷基二乙醇醯胺類等之非離子性界面活性劑。Examples of surfactants include quaternary ammonium salts, amide quaternary ammonium salts, pyridinium salts, cationic surfactants having cationic groups such as primary to tertiary amine groups; cationic surfactants having sulfonic acid Anionic surfactants with anionic bases such as salt base, sulfate ester base, and phosphate ester base; alkyl betaines, alkyl imidazolium betaines, alkyl amine oxides, and amino acid sulfates Such amphoteric surfactants, glycerin fatty acid esters, sorbitan fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene alkylamines, polyoxyethylene alkylamine fatty acid esters, N-hydroxyethyl-N-2-hydroxy Nonionic surfactants such as alkyl amines and alkyl diethanol amides.

又,作為界面活性劑,亦可舉出具有聚合性基的反應型乳化劑,亦可使用將包含上述界面活性劑或反應性乳化劑的單體成分進行高分子量化而成之聚合物系界面活性劑。 離子性化合物係由陽離子部與陰離子部所構成,在室溫下(23℃、50%RH)可為固體狀或液體狀之任一者。 In addition, examples of the surfactant include reactive emulsifiers having a polymerizable group, and a polymer-based interface obtained by polymerizing a monomer component including the above-mentioned surfactant or reactive emulsifier can also be used. active agent. The ionic compound is composed of a cation part and an anion part, and can be either solid or liquid at room temperature (23° C., 50% RH).

作為構成離子性化合物的陽離子部,可為無機系陽離子或有機系陽離子之任一者或兩者。作為無機系陽離子,較佳為鹼金屬離子及鹼土類金屬離子,更佳為抗靜電性優異的Li +、Na +及K +。作為有機系陽離子,例如可舉出吡啶鎓陽離子、哌啶鎓陽離子、吡咯啶鎓陽離子、吡咯啉陽離子、吡咯陽離子、咪唑鎓陽離子、四氫嘧啶鎓陽離子、二氫嘧啶鎓陽離子、吡唑鎓陽離子、吡唑啉鎓陽離子、四烷基銨陽離子、三烷基鋶陽離子、四烷基鏻陽離子及此等之衍生物。 The cation portion constituting the ionic compound may be either an inorganic cation or an organic cation, or both. As the inorganic cation, an alkali metal ion and an alkaline earth metal ion are preferred, and Li + , Na + and K + having excellent antistatic properties are more preferred. Examples of organic cations include pyridinium cation, piperidinium cation, pyrrolidinium cation, pyrroline cation, pyrrole cation, imidazolium cation, tetrahydropyrimidinium cation, dihydropyrimidinium cation, and pyrazolium cation. , pyrazolinium cations, tetraalkyl ammonium cations, trialkyl sulfonium cations, tetraalkyl phosphonium cations and their derivatives.

作為構成離子性化合物的陰離子部,只要是能與陽離子部進行離子鍵結而形成離子性化合物者,則沒有特別的限制。具體而言,可舉出F -、Cl -、Br -、I -、AlCl 4 -、Al 2Cl 7 -、BF 4 -、PF 6 -、SCN -、ClO 4 -、NO 3 -、CH 3COO -、CF 3COO -、CH 3SO 3 -、CF 3SO 3 -、(CF 3SO 2) 2N -、(F 2SO 2) 2N -、(CF 3SO 2) 3C -、AsF 6 -、SbF 6 -、NbF 6 -、TaF 6 -、F(HF) n -、(CN) 2N -、C 4F 9SO 3 -、(C 2F 5SO 2) 2N -、C 3F 7COO -及(CF 3SO 2)(CF 3CO)N -。於此等之中,包含氟原子的陰離子,由於給予低熔點的離子性化合物而較宜,尤佳為(F 2SO 2) 2N -及(CF 3SO 2) 2N -,在不易發生偏光子層的劣化之點上,特佳為(CF 3SO 2) 2N -The anionic part constituting the ionic compound is not particularly limited as long as it can ionically bond with the cationic part to form an ionic compound. Specific examples include F - , Cl - , Br - , I - , AlCl 4 - , Al 2 Cl 7 - , BF 4 - , PF 6 - , SCN - , ClO 4 - , NO 3 - and CH 3 COO - , CF 3 COO - , CH 3 SO 3 - , CF 3 SO 3 - , (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 N - , (F 2 SO 2 ) 2 N - , (CF 3 SO 2 ) 3 C - , AsF 6 - , SbF 6 - , NbF 6 - , TaF 6 - , F(HF) n - , (CN) 2 N - , C 4 F 9 SO 3 - , (C 2 F 5 SO 2 ) 2 N - , C 3 F 7 COO - and (CF 3 SO 2 )(CF 3 CO)N - . Among these, anions containing fluorine atoms are preferred because they provide ionic compounds with low melting points, and (F 2 SO 2 ) 2 N - and (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 N - are particularly preferred because they are less likely to occur. Regarding the degradation point of the polarizing sub-layer, (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 N - is particularly preferred.

作為離子性化合物,較佳為鋰雙(三氟甲烷磺醯基)醯亞胺、鋰雙(二氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、鋰參(三氟甲烷磺醯基)甲烷、鉀雙(三氟甲烷磺醯基)醯亞胺、鉀雙(二氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基吡啶鎓六氟磷酸鹽、1-丁基吡啶鎓六氟磷酸鹽、1-己基-4-甲基吡啶鎓六氟磷酸鹽、1-辛基-4-甲基吡啶鎓六氟磷酸鹽、1-辛基-4-甲基吡啶鎓雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-辛基-4-甲基吡啶鎓雙(三氟甲烷磺醯基)醯亞胺、三丁基甲基銨雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、三丁基甲基銨雙(三氟甲烷磺醯基)醯亞胺、(N,N-二乙基-N-甲基-N-(2-甲氧基乙基)銨四氟硼酸鹽、N,N-二乙基-N-甲基-N-(2-甲氧基乙基)銨雙(三氟甲烷磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-辛基吡啶鎓氟鋶醯亞胺、1-辛基-3-甲基吡啶鎓、三氟鋶醯亞胺。 作為導電性聚合物,例如可舉出聚噻吩、聚苯胺、聚吡咯及此等之衍生物。 As the ionic compound, preferred are lithium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, lithium bis(difluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, lithium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)methane, potassium bis( Trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, potassium bis(difluorosulfonyl)imide, 1-ethylpyridinium hexafluorophosphate, 1-butylpyridinium hexafluorophosphate, 1-hexyl- 4-methylpyridinium hexafluorophosphate, 1-octyl-4-methylpyridinium hexafluorophosphate, 1-octyl-4-methylpyridinium bis(fluorosulfonyl)imide, 1 - Octyl-4-methylpyridinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, tributylmethylammonium bis(fluorosulfonyl)imide, tributylmethylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide ) acyl imine, (N,N-diethyl-N-methyl-N-(2-methoxyethyl)ammonium tetrafluoroborate, N,N-diethyl-N-methyl-N -(2-Methoxyethyl)ammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-octylpyridinium fluorosulfonium imide, 1-octyl-3-methylpyridinium, trifluoride sulfide imine. Examples of the conductive polymer include polythiophene, polyaniline, polypyrrole, and derivatives thereof.

於本發明所用的黏著劑中,抗靜電劑之含量,相對於(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物(P)100質量份,通常為3質量份以下,較佳為0.01~3質量份之範圍內,更佳為0.05~2.5質量份之範圍內。In the adhesive used in the present invention, the content of the antistatic agent is usually 3 parts by mass or less relative to 100 parts by mass of the (meth)acrylic copolymer (P), preferably within the range of 0.01 to 3 parts by mass. , preferably within the range of 0.05~2.5 parts by mass.

<有機溶劑> 本發明所用的黏著劑係為了調整塗佈性,較佳為含有有機溶劑。作為有機溶劑,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物(P)之欄中所說明的聚合溶劑。例如,可混合上述共聚合所得之含有(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物(P)及聚合溶劑的聚合物溶液與交聯劑(Q),調製黏著劑。於本發明所用的黏著劑中,有機溶劑之含量通常為50~90質量%之範圍內,較佳為60~85質量%之範圍內。 <Organic solvent> The adhesive used in the present invention preferably contains an organic solvent in order to adjust the coating properties. Examples of the organic solvent include the polymerization solvents described in the column for (meth)acrylic copolymer (P). For example, the polymer solution containing the (meth)acrylic copolymer (P) obtained by the above copolymerization and the polymerization solvent and the cross-linking agent (Q) can be mixed to prepare an adhesive. In the adhesive used in the present invention, the content of the organic solvent is usually in the range of 50 to 90 mass%, preferably in the range of 60 to 85 mass%.

尚且,本說明書中所謂「固體成分」,就是指黏著劑中的含有成分之中上述有機溶劑以外的全部成分,所謂「固體成分濃度」,就是指前述固體成分相對於黏著劑100質量%之比例。In addition, the so-called "solid content" in this specification refers to all the components in the adhesive except the above-mentioned organic solvent, and the so-called "solid content concentration" refers to the ratio of the aforementioned solid content to 100% by mass of the adhesive. .

<其他添加劑> 本發明所用的黏著劑係除了上述成分之外,在不損害本發明的效果之範圍內,還可含有由抗氧化劑、光安定劑、紫外線吸收劑、金屬腐蝕防止劑、增黏劑、可塑劑、交聯促進劑、前述(P)以外的(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物及再加工劑中選出的1種或2種以上。 <Other additives> In addition to the above ingredients, the adhesive used in the present invention may also contain antioxidants, light stabilizers, ultraviolet absorbers, metal corrosion inhibitors, thickeners, and plasticizers within the scope that does not impair the effects of the present invention. , crosslinking accelerator, (meth)acrylic polymers other than the aforementioned (P), and one or more selected from the group consisting of reprocessing agents.

[1.2.4]物性 <水蒸氣透過率> 本發明之黏著層係水蒸氣透過率較佳為800g/m 2・day以上5000/m 2・day以下,更佳為1000~4000g/m 2・day以下,尤佳為1500~3500g/m 2・day。 關於上述水蒸氣透過率之測定方法,在下述實施例之欄中詳細地說明。 [1.2.4] Physical properties <Water vapor transmission rate> The water vapor transmission rate of the adhesive layer system of the present invention is preferably 800g/ m2 ·day or more and 5000/ m2 ·day or less, more preferably 1000~4000g/ m2 · Day or less, preferably 1500~3500g/m 2 ·day. The method for measuring the above-mentioned water vapor transmittance will be described in detail in the column of Examples below.

藉由水蒸氣透過率在上述範圍,從貼合光學薄膜與偏光子層時而形成的接著層之耐久性的觀點來看較宜。由於將黏著層的透濕度設為800g/m 2・day以上,接著層所含有的水分及溶劑變容易從光學薄膜側更向黏著層進行擴散,接著耐久性提升。另一方面,若成為5000g/m 2・day以下,則黏著層不易吸濕・膨脹,對於尺寸變動,接著耐久性係優良。尚且,本發明之黏著層係即使在高溫・高濕環境下,也防止偏光子層的收縮,且防止裂痕等之發生。 When the water vapor transmittance is in the above range, it is preferable from the viewpoint of the durability of the bonding layer formed when the optical film and the polarizing sub-layer are bonded together. By setting the moisture permeability of the adhesive layer to 800g/m 2 ·day or more, the moisture and solvent contained in the adhesive layer become easier to diffuse from the optical film side to the adhesive layer, and the adhesive durability is improved. On the other hand, if it is 5000g/m 2 ·day or less, the adhesive layer will be less likely to absorb moisture and expand, and the adhesion durability will be excellent against dimensional changes. Furthermore, the adhesive layer of the present invention prevents the polarizer layer from shrinking and preventing cracks from occurring even in high-temperature and high-humidity environments.

前述黏著層之水蒸氣透過率高於前述光學薄膜之水蒸氣透過率者,從貼合光學薄膜與偏光子層時而形成的接著層之耐久性的觀點來看較宜。藉由使黏著層之水蒸氣透過率高於光學薄膜之水蒸氣透過率,水分及溶劑變容易從光學薄膜側更向黏著層進行擴散。The water vapor transmittance of the adhesive layer is higher than the water vapor transmittance of the optical film, which is preferable from the viewpoint of the durability of the bonding layer formed when the optical film and the polarizing sub-layer are bonded. By making the water vapor transmittance of the adhesive layer higher than the water vapor transmittance of the optical film, moisture and solvents become easier to diffuse from the optical film side to the adhesive layer.

<黏著力> 本發明之積層薄膜對於基板的黏著力可根據JIS Z-0237:2009中記載之「黏著膠帶・黏著片試驗方法」進行測定。從貼合於基板時之對於重複的折疊動作之耐久性之觀點來看,對於基板的黏著力較佳為3.0N/25mm以上,更佳為4.0N/25mm以上,尤佳為4.5N/25mm以上。基板係沒有特別的限定,較佳為玻璃板或熱塑性樹脂。 關於上述黏著力之測定方法,在下述實施例之欄中詳細地說明。 <Adhesion> The adhesion of the laminated film of the present invention to the substrate can be measured according to the "Adhesive tape and adhesive sheet test method" described in JIS Z-0237:2009. From the perspective of durability against repeated folding movements when bonded to the substrate, the adhesion force to the substrate is preferably 3.0N/25mm or more, more preferably 4.0N/25mm or more, and particularly preferably 4.5N/25mm. above. The substrate is not particularly limited, but is preferably a glass plate or thermoplastic resin. The method for measuring the above-mentioned adhesive force will be explained in detail in the column of Examples below.

[1.3]脫模薄膜 本發明之脫模薄膜係沒有特別的限定,但通常使用在透明基材薄膜上形成有脫模層者。作為透明基材薄膜,可與後述製作光學薄膜時所用的支撐體同樣地使用各種的樹脂薄膜,但較佳為聚酯薄膜。聚酯薄膜可為單層構成,也可為積層構成。 [1.3] Release film The release film of the present invention is not particularly limited, but a release film having a release layer formed on a transparent base film is usually used. As the transparent base film, various resin films can be used in the same manner as the support used when producing the optical film described later, but a polyester film is preferred. The polyester film may be composed of a single layer or a laminated structure.

[1.3.1]脫模薄膜構成成分 <聚酯薄膜> 使用於聚酯薄膜的聚酯可為均聚酯,也可為共聚合聚酯。由均聚酯所構成時,較佳為使芳香族二羧酸與脂肪族二醇進行聚縮合而得者。作為芳香族二羧酸,可舉出對苯二甲酸、2,6-萘二羧酸等,作為脂肪族二醇,可舉出乙二醇、二乙二醇、1,4-環己烷二甲醇等。作為代表的聚酯,可例示聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)等。另一方面,作為共聚合聚酯的二羧酸成分,可舉出間苯二甲酸、鄰苯二甲酸、對苯二甲酸、2,6-萘二羧酸、己二酸、癸二酸、羥基羧酸(例如對羥基苯甲酸等)等之一種或二種以上,作為二醇成分,可舉出乙二醇、二乙二醇、丙二醇、丁二醇、1,4-環己烷二甲醇、新戊二醇等之一種或二種以上。無論何者,本發明所言的聚酯都指通常60莫耳%以上,較佳80莫耳%以上為對苯二甲酸乙二酯單元的聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯等之聚酯。 [1.3.1] Release film components <Polyester film> The polyester used in the polyester film may be homopolyester or copolymerized polyester. When it is composed of homopolyester, it is preferably one obtained by polycondensation of aromatic dicarboxylic acid and aliphatic diol. Examples of aromatic dicarboxylic acids include terephthalic acid, 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, and the like, and examples of aliphatic diols include ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, and 1,4-cyclohexane. Dimethyl alcohol, etc. Typical polyesters include polyethylene terephthalate (PET) and the like. On the other hand, examples of the dicarboxylic acid component of the copolymerized polyester include isophthalic acid, phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, One or two or more hydroxycarboxylic acids (such as p-hydroxybenzoic acid, etc.). Examples of glycol components include ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butylene glycol, and 1,4-cyclohexanediol. One or more of methanol, neopentyl glycol, etc. In any case, the polyester mentioned in the present invention refers to polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate in which usually 60 mol% or more, preferably 80 mol% or more, are ethylene terephthalate units.

本發明中,較佳為於聚酯層中摻合以賦予易滑性為主要目的之粒子。摻合的粒子之種類只要是能賦予易滑性的粒子,則沒有特別的限定,作為具體例,例如可舉出二氧化矽、碳酸鈣、碳酸鎂、碳酸鋇、硫酸鈣、磷酸鈣、磷酸鎂、高嶺土、氧化鋁、氧化鈦等之粒子。又,亦可使用日本特公昭59-5216號公報、日本特開昭59-217755號公報等中記載之耐熱性有機粒子。作為其他的耐熱性有機粒子之例,可舉出熱硬化性尿素樹脂、熱硬化性酚樹脂、熱硬化性環氧樹脂、苯并胍胺樹脂等。再者,於聚酯製造步驟中,亦可使用使觸媒等之金屬化合物的一部分沉澱、微分散而成的析出粒子。In the present invention, it is preferable to blend particles with the main purpose of imparting slipperiness into the polyester layer. The type of particles to be blended is not particularly limited as long as they can provide slipperiness. Specific examples include silica, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, barium carbonate, calcium sulfate, calcium phosphate, and phosphoric acid. Particles of magnesium, kaolin, aluminum oxide, titanium oxide, etc. In addition, heat-resistant organic particles described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 59-5216, Japanese Patent Publication No. 59-217755, etc. can also be used. Examples of other heat-resistant organic particles include thermosetting urea resin, thermosetting phenol resin, thermosetting epoxy resin, benzoguanamine resin, and the like. Furthermore, in the polyester production step, precipitated particles obtained by precipitating and finely dispersing a part of a metal compound such as a catalyst can also be used.

另一方面,關於所使用的粒子之形狀,亦沒有特別的限定,可使用球狀、塊狀、棒狀、扁平狀等之任一者。又,關於其硬度、比重、顏色等,亦沒有特別的限制。此等一系列的粒子係視需要可併用2種類以上。On the other hand, the shape of the particles used is not particularly limited, and any of spherical, lumpy, rod-shaped, flat, etc. may be used. In addition, there are no special restrictions on its hardness, specific gravity, color, etc. These series of particle systems may be used in combination of two or more types as necessary.

本發明中的脫模薄膜之表面粗糙度(SRa),從薄膜的滑動性及外觀等之觀點來看,通常為10~30nm之範圍內,較佳為10~20nm之範圍內。The surface roughness (SRa) of the release film in the present invention is usually in the range of 10 to 30 nm, preferably in the range of 10 to 20 nm, from the viewpoint of the sliding properties and appearance of the film.

聚酯薄膜中所含有的粒子之平均粒徑通常為0.2~1μm之範圍內。粒徑為0.2μm以上時,可防止薄膜表面的平坦化,防止薄膜製造步驟中的捲繞特性之劣化。粒徑為1μm以下時,為了賦予滑動性而賦有的此等粒子係不成為從脫模薄膜一部分突出的隆起物,從在本發明中成為鄰接層的黏著層之層厚均勻性,進而黏著性及黏著耐久性之觀點來看較宜。The average particle size of the particles contained in the polyester film is usually in the range of 0.2 to 1 μm. When the particle size is 0.2 μm or more, flattening of the film surface can be prevented and deterioration of winding characteristics in the film manufacturing process can be prevented. When the particle diameter is 1 μm or less, the particles provided in order to provide sliding properties do not form protrusions protruding from a part of the release film, and the uniformity of the layer thickness of the adhesive layer that becomes the adjacent layer in the present invention improves the adhesiveness. It is more suitable from the viewpoint of adhesion durability.

再者,聚酯層中的粒子含量通常為0.01~3質量%之範圍內者,從薄膜的易滑性及透明性之觀點來看較宜。In addition, the particle content in the polyester layer is usually in the range of 0.01 to 3% by mass, which is preferable from the viewpoint of slipperiness and transparency of the film.

作為於聚酯層中添加粒子之方法,並沒有特別的限定,可採用習知的方法。例如,可在製造構成各層的聚酯之任意階段中添加,但較佳為在酯化之階段或酯交換反應結束後,可進行聚縮合反應。There is no particular limitation on the method of adding particles to the polyester layer, and conventional methods can be used. For example, it can be added at any stage of manufacturing the polyester constituting each layer, but it is preferable to perform the polycondensation reaction at the stage of esterification or after completion of the transesterification reaction.

又,藉由使用附排氣口的混練擠壓機,摻合經分散於乙二醇或水等中的粒子之漿料與聚酯原料之方法,或使用混練擠壓機,摻合經乾燥的粒子與聚酯原料之方法等而進行。In addition, a method of blending a slurry of particles dispersed in ethylene glycol, water, etc. and polyester raw materials by using a kneading extruder with an exhaust port, or using a kneading extruder to blend dried The method of using particles and polyester raw materials is carried out.

尚且,於本發明中的聚酯薄膜中,除了上述粒子以外,視需要還可添加習知的抗氧化劑、抗靜電劑、熱安定劑、潤滑劑、染料、顏料等。Furthermore, in addition to the above particles, conventional antioxidants, antistatic agents, heat stabilizers, lubricants, dyes, pigments, etc. may be added as necessary to the polyester film in the present invention.

構成本發明之脫模薄膜的聚酯薄膜之厚度,為了在用途上使操作性成為良好,較佳為30~75μm之範圍內。薄膜厚度為30μm以上時,即使進行偏光板之進一步薄膜化,也薄膜積層體的強度不會不足,操作性亦不降低。另一方面,於75μm以下之情況中,成本效益良好,捲筒狀製品中的捲長度之長條化不會變困難,於連續生產中亦沒有作業性降低之情況。The thickness of the polyester film constituting the release film of the present invention is preferably in the range of 30 to 75 μm in order to achieve good handleability for use. When the film thickness is 30 μm or more, even if the polarizing plate is further thinned, the strength of the film laminate will not be insufficient and the operability will not be reduced. On the other hand, in the case of 75 μm or less, the cost-effectiveness is good, the length of the roll in the roll-shaped product will not become difficult, and the workability will not be reduced in continuous production.

<脫模層> 構成本發明之脫模薄膜的脫模層,從使脫模性成為良好之觀點來看,較佳為含有硬化型聚矽氧樹脂。可為以硬化型聚矽氧樹脂作為主成分的類型,也可使用與胺基甲酸酯樹脂、環氧樹脂、醇酸樹脂等之有機樹脂的接枝聚合等而造成的改質聚矽氧類型等。 <Mold release layer> The release layer constituting the release film of the present invention preferably contains a curable polysiloxane resin from the viewpoint of achieving good release properties. It can be a type with hardened polysilicone resin as the main component, or modified polysiloxane made by graft polymerization with organic resins such as urethane resin, epoxy resin, alkyd resin, etc. Type etc.

作為硬化型聚矽氧樹脂之種類,可使用加成型、縮合型、紫外線硬化型、電子線硬化型、無溶劑型等之任何的硬化反應類型。舉出具體例,可例示信越化學工業(股)製KS-774、KS-775、KS-778、KS-779H、KS-847H、KS-856、X-62-2422、X-62-2461、X-62-1387、X-62-5039、X-62-5040、KNS-3051、X-62-1496、KNS320A、KNS316、X-62-1574A/B、X-62-7052、X-62-7028A/B、X-62-7619、X-62-7213,Momentive Performance Materials製YSR-3022、TPR-6700、TPR-6720、TPR-6721、TPR6500、TPR6501、UV9300、UV9425、XS56-A2775,XS56-A2982、UV9430、TPR6600、TPR6604、TPR6605,東麗-道康寧(股)製SRX357、SRX211、SD7220、SD7292、LTC750A、LTC760A、LTC303E、SP7259、BY24-468C、SP7248S、BY24-452、DKQ3-202、DKQ3-203、DKQ3-204、DKQ3-205、DKQ3-210等。再者,為了調整脫模層的剝離性等,亦可併用剝離控制劑。As the type of curable polysilicone resin, any curing reaction type such as addition type, condensation type, ultraviolet curing type, electron beam curing type, solvent-free type, etc. can be used. Specific examples include KS-774, KS-775, KS-778, KS-779H, KS-847H, KS-856, X-62-2422, X-62-2461, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. X-62-1387, X-62-5039, X-62-5040, KNS-3051, X-62-1496, KNS320A, KNS316, 7028A/B, X-62-7619, A2982, UV9430, TPR6600, TPR6604, TPR6605, Toray-Dow Corning Co., Ltd. SRX357, SRX211, SD7220, SD7292, LTC750A, LTC760A, LTC303E, SP7259, BY24-468C, SP7248S, BY24-452, DKQ3 -202、DKQ3- 203, DKQ3-204, DKQ3-205, DKQ3-210, etc. Furthermore, in order to adjust the peelability of the release layer, a peeling control agent may be used together.

[1.4]積層薄膜之製造方法 本發明之積層薄膜係由至少光學薄膜、黏著層及脫模薄膜所構成之積層薄膜,其特徵在於:前述光學薄膜之厚度為1~未達10μm之範圍內,且前述黏著層之厚度為1~未達10μm之範圍內。 本發明之積層薄膜的形態係沒有特別的限制,於按照各種目的被實際使用之前,例如可為帶狀。亦即,本發明之積層薄膜較佳為在與其寬度方向正交的方向中被捲取成捲筒狀,而成為捲筒體。 [1.4] Manufacturing method of laminated film The laminated film of the present invention is a laminated film composed of at least an optical film, an adhesive layer and a release film, and is characterized in that the thickness of the optical film is in the range of 1 to less than 10 μm, and the thickness of the adhesive layer is 1 ~Within the range of less than 10μm. The form of the laminated film of the present invention is not particularly limited. Before being actually used for various purposes, it may be in the form of a strip, for example. That is, the laminated film of the present invention is preferably rolled into a roll shape in a direction orthogonal to its width direction to form a roll body.

本發明之積層薄膜例如可在支撐體上形成光學薄膜後,依序積層黏著層及脫模薄膜而得。The laminated film of the present invention can be obtained by, for example, forming an optical film on a support and then sequentially laminating an adhesive layer and a release film.

又,亦可在形成脫模薄膜後形成黏著層,與在支撐體上形成的光學薄膜進行貼合而得。關於該製造方法,詳細係顯示於以下。Alternatively, an adhesive layer may be formed after forming the release film, and may be bonded to the optical film formed on the support. Details of this manufacturing method are shown below.

[1.4.1]光學薄膜之製造方法 本發明之光學薄膜係形成在支撐體上。製造方法具有:(1)得到光學薄膜用溶液之步驟,(2)將所得之光學薄膜用溶液賦予至支撐體的表面之步驟,及(3)從經賦予的光學薄膜用溶液中去除溶劑,形成光學薄膜之步驟。 [1.4.1] Manufacturing method of optical film The optical film of the present invention is formed on a support. The manufacturing method includes: (1) the steps of obtaining a solution for optical films, (2) the steps of applying the obtained solution for optical films to the surface of a support, and (3) removing the solvent from the applied solution for optical films, Steps for forming optical films.

(1)得到光學薄膜用溶液之步驟 調製含有前述樹脂與溶劑之光學薄膜用溶液(亦稱為「塗液(dope)」)。 (1) Steps to obtain solution for optical films An optical film solution (also referred to as "dope") containing the aforementioned resin and solvent is prepared.

光學薄膜用溶液所用的溶劑,只要能使樹脂良好地分散或溶解即可,並沒有特別的限制。例如,作為本發明所用的有機溶劑,可舉出醇類(甲醇、乙醇或二醇、三醇、四氟丙醇等)、二醇類、賽珞蘇類、酮類(丙酮、甲基乙基酮等)、羧酸類(甲酸、乙酸等)、碳酸酯類(碳酸伸乙酯、碳酸伸丙酯等)、酯類(乙酸乙酯、乙酸丙酯等)、醚類(異丙基醚、THF等)、醯胺類(二甲基亞碸等)、烴類(庚烷等)、腈類(乙腈等)、芳香族類(環己基苯、甲苯、二甲苯、氯苯等)、鹵化烷基類(二氯甲烷(亦稱為「亞甲基氯」)等)、胺類(1,4-二氮雜雙環[2.2.2]辛烷、二氮雜雙環十一烯等)、內酯系等。The solvent used in the optical film solution is not particularly limited as long as it can disperse or dissolve the resin well. For example, examples of organic solvents used in the present invention include alcohols (methanol, ethanol, glycols, triols, tetrafluoropropanol, etc.), glycols, cellulose, and ketones (acetone, methyl ethyl alcohol, etc.). Ketones, etc.), carboxylic acids (formic acid, acetic acid, etc.), carbonates (ethyl carbonate, propyl acetate, etc.), esters (ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, etc.), ethers (isopropyl ether, etc.) , THF, etc.), amides (dimethylstyrene, etc.), hydrocarbons (heptane, etc.), nitriles (acetonitrile, etc.), aromatics (cyclohexylbenzene, toluene, xylene, chlorobenzene, etc.), Halogenated alkyls (dichloromethane (also known as "methylene chloride"), etc.), amines (1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, diazabicycloundecene, etc.) , lactone series, etc.

其中,沸點為大氣壓下100℃以下的氯系溶劑,從在調製光學薄膜用的塗液而製膜時,處理容易度之觀點來看較宜。具體而言,較佳為二氯甲烷(亦稱為「亞甲基氯)。二氯甲烷由於樹脂的溶解性高,乾燥速度快,因此容易調整塗佈膜的膜質。再者,可添加親水性的溶劑,作為親水性的溶劑,可舉出酮類、醇類,較佳為醇類,更佳為異丙醇、乙醇、甲醇等,最佳為甲醇。添加量較佳為1~20質量%之範圍內,更佳為3~10質量%之範圍內。Among them, a chlorine-based solvent with a boiling point of 100° C. or less under atmospheric pressure is preferable from the viewpoint of ease of handling when preparing a coating liquid for an optical film and forming the film. Specifically, methylene chloride (also known as "methylene chloride") is preferred. Methylene chloride has high resin solubility and fast drying speed, so it is easy to adjust the film quality of the coating film. In addition, hydrophilic materials can be added Hydrophilic solvents include ketones and alcohols, preferably alcohols, more preferably isopropanol, ethanol, methanol, etc., and most preferably methanol. The preferred addition amount is 1 to 20 Within the range of mass %, more preferably within the range of 3 to 10 mass %.

光學薄膜用溶液之樹脂濃度,於容易將黏度調整至後述的範圍之觀點中,例如較佳為1.0~20質量%之範圍內。再者,於減少塗膜的乾燥時之收縮量之觀點中,光學薄膜用溶液的樹脂濃度較佳為適度地高,更佳為超過5質量%且20質量%以下,尤佳為超過5質量%且15質量%以下。又,藉由調整溶液濃度,到形成膜為止的時間變短,彼等的乾燥時間亦可成為控制光學薄膜的表面狀態之手段。為了高濃度化,亦可適宜地使用混合溶劑。The resin concentration of the optical film solution is preferably within the range of 1.0 to 20% by mass, for example, from the viewpoint of easily adjusting the viscosity to the range described below. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of reducing the amount of shrinkage of the coating film during drying, the resin concentration of the optical film solution is preferably moderately high, more preferably more than 5% by mass and less than 20% by mass, and particularly preferably more than 5% by mass. % and less than 15% by mass. In addition, by adjusting the solution concentration, the time until the film is formed is shortened, and the drying time can also be used as a means to control the surface state of the optical film. In order to increase the concentration, a mixed solvent may be suitably used.

光學薄膜用溶液之黏度只要是能形成所欲厚度的光學薄膜之程度即可,並沒有特別的限制,但例如較佳為5~5000mPa・s之範圍內。若光學薄膜用溶液之黏度為5mPa・s以上,則容易形成適度的厚度之光學薄膜,若為5000mPa・s以下,則藉由溶液之黏度上升,可抑制厚度的不均發生。光學薄膜用溶液之黏度,基於同樣之觀點,更佳為100~1000mPa・s之範圍內。光學薄膜用溶液之黏度可在25℃下以E型黏度計進行測定。The viscosity of the optical film solution is not particularly limited as long as it can form an optical film with a desired thickness, but for example, it is preferably in the range of 5 to 5000 mPa·s. If the viscosity of the optical film solution is 5 mPa·s or more, it is easy to form an optical film with an appropriate thickness. If it is 5000 mPa·s or less, the viscosity of the solution increases, thereby suppressing uneven thickness. From the same point of view, the viscosity of the optical film solution is preferably in the range of 100 to 1000 mPa·s. The viscosity of the optical film solution can be measured with an E-type viscometer at 25°C.

(2)賦予光學薄膜用溶液之步驟 接著,將所得之光學薄膜用溶液賦予至支撐體之表面。具體而言,將所得之光學薄膜用溶液塗佈於支撐體之表面。 (2) Steps for applying solution for optical films Next, the obtained optical film solution is applied to the surface of the support. Specifically, the obtained optical film solution is applied to the surface of the support.

<支撐體> 支撐體係在光學薄膜形成時進行支撐者,通常使用樹脂薄膜。支撐體之厚度較佳為50μm以下。支撐體之厚度由於必須某程度的強度(硬挺性或剛性)作為支撐體,故較佳為15~45μm之範圍,更佳為20~40μm之範圍內。 <Support> The support system supports the optical film when it is formed, and a resin film is usually used. The thickness of the support body is preferably 50 μm or less. The thickness of the support body requires a certain degree of strength (stiffness or rigidity) as the support body, so it is preferably in the range of 15 to 45 μm, and more preferably in the range of 20 to 40 μm.

作為所用的樹脂,可舉出纖維素酯系樹脂、環烯烴系樹脂、聚丙烯系樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂、聚酯系樹脂、聚芳酯系樹脂及苯乙烯系樹脂或其複合樹脂,但其中作為高濕度環境下的保存性優異的樹脂,較佳為使用聚酯系樹脂。Examples of the resin used include cellulose ester resins, cycloolefin resins, polypropylene resins, acrylic resins, polyester resins, polyarylate resins, styrene resins, or composite resins thereof. Among them, As a resin excellent in storage properties in a high-humidity environment, it is preferable to use a polyester-based resin.

於樹脂薄膜之例中,包含聚酯系樹脂(例如聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)、聚對苯二甲酸丙二酯(PTT)、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯(PBT)、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯(PEN)、聚萘二甲酸丁二酯(PBN)等)等。其中,從處理容易性之觀點來看,較佳為包含聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)或聚萘二甲酸乙二酯(PEN)之聚酯系樹脂薄膜。Examples of resin films include polyester resins (such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polytrimethylene terephthalate (PTT), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT), Polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), polybutylene naphthalate (PBN), etc.). Among them, from the viewpoint of ease of handling, a polyester-based resin film containing polyethylene terephthalate (PET) or polyethylene naphthalate (PEN) is preferred.

樹脂薄膜可被熱處理(熱鬆弛),也可被延伸處理。The resin film can be heat-treated (heat-relaxed) or stretched.

熱處理係為了使樹脂薄膜的殘留應力(例如伴隨延伸的殘留應力等)減低,並沒有特別的限制,但將構成樹脂薄膜的樹脂之玻璃轉移溫度當作Tg時,可在(Tg+60)~ (Tg+180)℃進行。The heat treatment is performed in order to reduce the residual stress of the resin film (such as the residual stress caused by stretching, etc.) and is not particularly limited. However, when the glass transition temperature of the resin constituting the resin film is regarded as Tg, it can be between (Tg+60)~ (Tg+180)℃.

延伸處理係為了使樹脂薄膜的殘留應力增加,延伸處理例如較佳為在樹脂薄膜的2軸方向進行。延伸處理可在任意之條件下進行,例如可以延伸倍率120~900%左右進行。樹脂薄膜是否被延伸,例如可藉由是否有面內慢軸(在折射率成為最大的方向中延伸之軸)而確認。延伸處理可在積層光學薄膜之前進行,也可在積層之後進行,但較佳為在積層之前進行延伸。In order to increase the residual stress of the resin film, the stretching treatment is preferably performed in the biaxial directions of the resin film, for example. The stretching process can be performed under any conditions, for example, the stretching ratio can be about 120~900%. Whether the resin film is stretched can be confirmed by, for example, whether or not there is an in-plane slow axis (an axis extending in the direction in which the refractive index is maximum). The stretching treatment may be performed before the optical film is laminated, or after the lamination, but it is preferably performed before the lamination.

聚酯系樹脂薄膜(簡單地亦稱為聚酯薄膜)可使用市售品,例如可舉出東洋紡公司製的「聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯薄膜TN100」、帝人杜邦薄膜公司製的「MELINEX ST504」等。Commercially available polyester resin films (also simply called polyester films) can be used, and examples include "Polyethylene terephthalate film TN100" manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd. and "MELINEX" manufactured by Teijin DuPont Film Co., Ltd. ST504" etc.

支撐體可在樹脂薄膜之表面上具有剝離層。剝離層係在製作偏光板時,能將支撐體從光學薄膜容易地剝離。The support may have a release layer on the surface of the resin film. The peeling layer can easily peel the support from the optical film when producing a polarizing plate.

剝離層可包含眾所周知的剝離劑,並沒有特別的限制。於剝離層所含有的剝離劑之例中,包含聚矽氧系剝離劑及非聚矽氧系剝離劑。The release layer may contain a well-known release agent and is not particularly limited. Examples of the release agent contained in the release layer include polysilicone-based release agents and non-polysilicone-based release agents.

作為聚矽氧系剝離劑之例,可舉出眾所周知的聚矽氧系樹脂。作為非聚矽氧系剝離劑之例,可舉出對於聚乙烯醇或乙烯-乙烯醇共聚物等使長鏈烷基異氰酸酯反應而成之長鏈烷基懸掛型聚合物、烯烴系樹脂(例如共聚合聚乙烯、環狀聚烯烴、聚甲基戊烯)、聚芳酯樹脂(例如芳香族二羧酸成分與二元酚成分之聚縮合物)、氟樹脂(例如聚四氟乙烯(PTFE)、聚偏二氟乙烯(PVDF)、聚氟乙烯(PVF)、PFA(四氟乙烯與全氟烷氧基乙烯之共聚物)、FEP(四氟乙烯與六氟丙烯之共聚物)、ETFE(四氟乙烯與乙烯之共聚物))等。Examples of polysilicone-based release agents include well-known polysilicone-based resins. Examples of non-silicone release agents include long-chain alkyl hanging polymers obtained by reacting long-chain alkyl isocyanates with polyvinyl alcohol or ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymers, and olefin-based resins (such as Copolymerized polyethylene, cyclic polyolefin, polymethylpentene), polyarylate resin (such as the polycondensate of aromatic dicarboxylic acid components and dihydric phenol components), fluororesins (such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) ), polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF), polyvinyl fluoride (PVF), PFA (copolymer of tetrafluoroethylene and perfluoroalkoxyethylene), FEP (copolymer of tetrafluoroethylene and hexafluoropropylene), ETFE (Copolymer of tetrafluoroethylene and ethylene)) etc.

剝離層之厚度只要是能展現所欲的剝離性之程度即可,並沒有特別的限制,但例如較佳為0.1~1.0μm之範圍內。The thickness of the peeling layer is not particularly limited as long as it can exhibit desired peelability, but for example, it is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 1.0 μm.

支撐體亦可含有可塑劑作為添加劑。作為可塑劑,並沒有特別的限定,但較佳為選自多元醇酯系可塑劑、鄰苯二甲酸酯系可塑劑、檸檬酸系可塑劑、脂肪酸酯系可塑劑、磷酸酯系可塑劑、多元羧酸酯系可塑劑及聚酯系可塑劑等。The support may also contain plasticizers as additives. The plasticizer is not particularly limited, but is preferably selected from the group consisting of polyol ester plasticizers, phthalate ester plasticizers, citric acid plasticizers, fatty acid ester plasticizers, and phosphate ester plasticizers. agents, polycarboxylate plasticizers and polyester plasticizers, etc.

又,支撐體亦可含有紫外線吸收劑。作為紫外線吸收劑,可舉出苯并三唑系、2-羥基二苯甲酮系或水楊酸苯基酯系者等。例如,可舉出2-(5-甲基-2-羥基苯基)苯并三唑、2-[2羥基-3,5-雙(α,α-二甲基苄基)苯基]-2H-苯并三唑、2-(3,5-二第三丁基-2-羥基苯基)苯并三唑等之三唑類、2-羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-辛氧基二苯甲酮、2,2’-二羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮等之二苯甲酮類。Moreover, the support may contain an ultraviolet absorber. Examples of ultraviolet absorbers include benzotriazole-based, 2-hydroxybenzophenone-based, or phenyl salicylate-based ones. For example, 2-(5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-[2hydroxy-3,5-bis(α,α-dimethylbenzyl)phenyl]- 2H-benzotriazole, 2-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)benzotriazole and other triazoles, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, Benzophenones such as 2-hydroxy-4-octoxybenzophenone and 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone.

再者,本發明所用的支撐體,為了提高搬運性,較佳為含有微粒子。Furthermore, the support used in the present invention preferably contains fine particles in order to improve transportability.

微粒子較佳為使用無機化合物的微粒子,作為例子,可舉出二氧化矽、二氧化鈦、氧化鋁、氧化鋯、碳酸鈣、滑石、黏土、燒成高嶺土、燒成矽酸鈣、水合矽酸鈣、矽酸鋁、矽酸鎂及磷酸鈣。又,亦較佳為使用有機化合物的微粒子,作為例子,可舉出聚四氟乙烯、纖維素乙酸酯、聚苯乙烯、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯、聚甲基丙烯酸丙酯、聚丙烯酸甲酯、聚碳酸伸乙酯、丙烯酸苯乙烯系樹脂、聚矽氧系樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、苯并胍胺系樹脂、三聚氰胺系樹脂、聚烯烴系粉末、聚酯系樹脂、聚醯胺系樹脂、聚醯亞胺系樹脂,或者聚氟乙烯系樹脂、澱粉等之有機高分子化合物的粉碎分級物或以懸浮聚合法所合成的高分子化合物。The fine particles are preferably those using an inorganic compound. Examples thereof include silica, titanium dioxide, alumina, zirconium oxide, calcium carbonate, talc, clay, calcined kaolin, calcined calcium silicate, and hydrated calcium silicate. Aluminum silicate, magnesium silicate and calcium phosphate. It is also preferable to use fine particles of organic compounds. Examples include polytetrafluoroethylene, cellulose acetate, polystyrene, polymethyl methacrylate, polypropyl methacrylate, and polymethyl acrylate. Ester, polyethylene carbonate, acrylic styrene resin, polysiloxane resin, polycarbonate resin, benzoguanamine resin, melamine resin, polyolefin powder, polyester resin, polyamide resin Resins, polyimide-based resins, polyvinyl fluoride-based resins, pulverized fractions of organic polymer compounds such as starch, or polymer compounds synthesized by suspension polymerization.

從濁度變低之觀點來看,微粒子較佳為包含矽者。特佳為二氧化矽,例如可舉出日本AEROSIL(股)製的「Aerosil R972、R972V、R974、R812、200、200V、300、R202、OX50、TT600(商品名)」。From the viewpoint of lowering the turbidity, the fine particles preferably contain silicon. Particularly preferred is silicon dioxide, and examples include "Aerosil R972, R972V, R974, R812, 200, 200V, 300, R202, OX50, TT600 (trade name)" manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.

作為本發明所用的支撐體之製造方法,可使用通常的吹脹法、T字模法、壓延法、切削法、流延法、乳化法、熱壓法等之製造法,但從抑制著色、抑制異物缺點、抑制口模線等光學缺點等之觀點來看,製膜方法較佳為溶液流延法與熔融流延法。再者,若為溶液流延法,則加工步驟的溫度低,因此可賦予使用各種添加劑所致的高功能化。As a manufacturing method of the support used in the present invention, ordinary manufacturing methods such as inflation method, T-die method, calendering method, cutting method, casting method, emulsification method, hot pressing method, etc. can be used. From the viewpoint of optical defects such as foreign matter defects and suppression of die lines, the preferred film forming methods are solution casting and melt casting. Furthermore, in the solution casting method, the temperature of the processing step is low, so it is possible to provide high functionality by using various additives.

藉由溶液流延法進行製膜時,支撐體之製造方法較佳為包含:使熱塑性樹脂及上述微粒子等之添加劑溶解、分散於溶劑中而調製塗液之步驟(溶解步驟;塗液調製步驟),將塗液流延在無限地移動之無端金屬支撐體上之步驟(流延步驟),使經流延的塗液成為料片進行乾燥之步驟(溶劑蒸發步驟),從金屬支撐體剝離之步驟(剝離步驟),乾燥、延伸、寬度保持之步驟(延伸・寬度保持・乾燥步驟),將經加工的薄膜捲取成捲筒狀之步驟(捲取步驟)。When forming a film by a solution casting method, the manufacturing method of the support preferably includes a step of dissolving and dispersing the thermoplastic resin and additives such as the above-mentioned fine particles in a solvent to prepare a coating liquid (dissolving step; coating liquid preparation step) ), the step of casting the coating liquid on an infinitely moving endless metal support (casting step), the step of drying the cast coating liquid into a sheet (solvent evaporation step), and peeling it off from the metal support step (peeling step), drying, stretching, and width maintaining steps (stretching, width maintaining, drying step), and rolling the processed film into a roll (winding step).

較佳為使用如以上所製造的支撐體,藉由下述方法形成本發明之光學薄膜。It is preferable to use the support produced as above and form the optical film of the present invention by the following method.

光學薄膜用溶液之塗佈方法係沒有特別的限制,例如可為後輥塗佈法、凹版塗佈法、旋轉塗佈法、線棒塗佈法、輥塗法等之眾所周知的方法。尤其從能形成薄且均勻的厚度之塗膜之觀點來看,較佳為背塗法。The coating method of the optical film solution is not particularly limited, and may be well-known methods such as back roll coating, gravure coating, spin coating, wire bar coating, and roll coating. Especially from the viewpoint of being able to form a thin and uniform thickness coating film, the back coating method is preferred.

(3)形成光學薄膜之步驟 接著,從經賦予至支撐體的光學薄膜用溶液中去除溶劑,形成光學薄膜。 (3) Steps to form optical films Next, the solvent is removed from the optical film solution applied to the support to form an optical film.

具體而言,使經賦予至支撐體的光學薄膜用溶液進行乾燥。乾燥例如可藉由送風或加熱進行。其中,於容易抑制光學薄膜的捲曲等之觀點中,較佳為藉由送風進行乾燥,再者於控制下述膜厚偏差之點中,較佳為造成乾燥初期與乾燥後半中的風速差。具體而言,有初期的風速高者膜厚偏差變大,初期的風速低時變小之傾向。Specifically, the solution for the optical film applied to the support is dried. Drying can be performed by blowing air or heating, for example. Among them, from the viewpoint of easily suppressing curling of the optical film, drying by air blowing is preferred, and in order to control film thickness variation described below, it is preferred to create a difference in wind speed between the initial stage of drying and the second half of drying. Specifically, when the initial wind speed is high, the film thickness deviation tends to become larger, and when the initial wind speed is low, the film thickness deviation tends to become smaller.

因此,藉由調整乾燥條件(例如乾燥溫度、乾燥風量、乾燥時間等),而抑制光學薄膜的疏密,可調整前述光學薄膜之厚度而使其滿足上述式1。Therefore, by adjusting drying conditions (such as drying temperature, drying air volume, drying time, etc.) to suppress the density of the optical film, the thickness of the optical film can be adjusted to satisfy the above formula 1.

前述光學薄膜之膜厚的偏差較佳為調整至0.5±0.2μm之範圍內。膜質調整至變疏的方向者,從與上層的密著性提升之觀點來看較宜,具體而言,較佳為提高乾燥速度,較佳為0.0015~0.05kg/hr・m 2之範圍內,更佳為0.002 ~0.05kg/hr・m 2之範圍內。 The thickness deviation of the aforementioned optical film is preferably adjusted to a range of 0.5±0.2 μm. It is preferable to adjust the film quality in the direction of thinning from the perspective of improving the adhesion with the upper layer. Specifically, it is preferable to increase the drying speed, preferably within the range of 0.0015~0.05kg/hr·m 2 , preferably within the range of 0.002 ~0.05kg/hr·m 2 .

乾燥速度係以每單位時間、單位面積所蒸發的溶劑之質量表示。乾燥速度通常可藉由乾燥溫度進行調整。乾燥溫度雖然亦取決於所使用的溶劑種類,但例如可為50~200℃(相對於所使用的溶劑之沸點Tb而言(Tb-50)~(Tb+50)℃)。溫度控制係可以多階段進行。於進行某程度乾燥後,在更高溫進行乾燥,可控制乾燥速度、膜質。Drying speed is expressed in terms of the mass of solvent evaporated per unit time and unit area. Drying speed can usually be adjusted by drying temperature. The drying temperature also depends on the type of solvent used, but may be, for example, 50 to 200°C ((Tb-50) to (Tb+50)°C relative to the boiling point Tb of the solvent used). The temperature control system can be carried out in multiple stages. After drying to a certain extent, drying at a higher temperature can control the drying speed and film quality.

本實施之形態的光學薄膜係如前述,可為帶狀。因此,本實施形態之積層薄膜之製造方法較佳為進一步包含(4)將帶狀積層薄膜捲取成捲筒狀,成為捲筒體之步驟。The optical film according to this embodiment may be in the form of a strip as described above. Therefore, it is preferable that the manufacturing method of the laminated film of this embodiment further includes the step of (4) winding the strip-shaped laminated film into a roll shape, and making it into a roll body.

(4)捲取光學薄膜,得到捲筒體之步驟 將所得之帶狀光學薄膜在正交於其寬度方向的方向中捲取成捲筒狀,成為捲筒體。 (4) Steps of rolling up the optical film to obtain a roll body The obtained strip-shaped optical film is rolled into a roll in a direction orthogonal to its width direction to form a roll.

帶狀光學薄膜之長度係沒有特別的限制,但例如可為100~10000m左右。又,帶狀光學薄膜之寬度較佳為1m以上,更佳為1.1~4m之範圍內。於提高薄膜的均勻性之觀點中,更佳為1.3~2.5m之範圍內。The length of the strip-shaped optical film is not particularly limited, but may be about 100 to 10,000 m, for example. In addition, the width of the strip-shaped optical film is preferably 1 m or more, more preferably within the range of 1.1 to 4 m. From the viewpoint of improving the uniformity of the film, the range is more preferably within the range of 1.3~2.5m.

<製造裝置> 本發明所用的光學薄膜之製造方法,例如可藉由圖2所示的製造裝置進行。 <Manufacturing equipment> The manufacturing method of the optical film used in the present invention can be carried out by, for example, the manufacturing apparatus shown in FIG. 2 .

圖2係實施本發明的光學薄膜之製造方法用的製造裝置B200之模型圖,製造裝置B200具有供給部B210、塗佈部B220、乾燥部B230、冷卻部B240與捲取部B250。Ba~Bd表示搬運支撐體B110之搬運輥。2 is a model diagram of a manufacturing device B200 for implementing the manufacturing method of the optical film of the present invention. The manufacturing device B200 has a supply part B210, a coating part B220, a drying part B230, a cooling part B240 and a winding part B250. Ba~Bd represent the conveying rollers of the conveying support body B110.

供給部B210具有將捲繞在捲芯上的帶狀支撐體B110之捲筒體B201送出之送出裝置(未圖示)。The supply part B210 has a feeding device (not shown) for feeding out the roll body B201 of the belt-shaped support body B110 wound around the core.

塗佈部B220為塗佈裝置,具有保持支撐體B110的支撐輥B221、在被支撐輥B221所保持的支撐體B110上塗佈光學薄膜用溶液之塗佈頭B222與在塗佈頭B222之上游側所設置的減壓室B223。The coating part B220 is a coating device and includes a support roller B221 holding the support B110, a coating head B222 that applies the optical film solution on the support B110 held by the support roller B221, and an upstream side of the coating head B222. The decompression chamber B223 is provided on the side.

從塗佈頭B222所吐出的光學薄膜用溶液之流量係可藉由未圖示的泵進行調整。從塗佈頭B222所吐出的光學薄膜用溶液之流量,係在經預先調整的塗佈頭B222之條件下連續塗佈時,設定成能穩定地形成指定膜厚的塗佈層之量。The flow rate of the optical film solution discharged from the coating head B222 can be adjusted by a pump (not shown). The flow rate of the optical film solution discharged from the coating head B222 is set to an amount that can stably form a coating layer with a specified film thickness during continuous coating under the conditions of the coating head B222 adjusted in advance.

減壓室B223係用於在塗佈時穩定化在來自塗佈頭B222的光學薄膜用溶液與支撐體B110之間所形成的珠粒(塗佈液之滯留)之機構,可調整減壓度。減壓室B223係連接至減壓鼓風機(未圖示),而可將內部減壓。減壓室B223係成為無漏空氣之狀態,且與支撐輥之間隙亦被狹窄地調整,可形成穩定之塗佈液的珠粒。The decompression chamber B223 is a mechanism for stabilizing beads (retention of the coating liquid) formed between the optical film solution from the coating head B222 and the support B110 during coating, and the degree of decompression can be adjusted. . The decompression chamber B223 is connected to a decompression blower (not shown) to decompress the interior. The decompression chamber B223 is in a state without air leakage, and the gap with the support roller is also narrowly adjusted, so that stable beads of the coating liquid can be formed.

乾燥部B230係使在支撐體B110之表面所形成的塗膜進行乾燥之乾燥裝置,具有乾燥室B231、乾燥用氣體的導入口B232與排出口B233。乾燥風之溫度及風量係可按照塗膜的種類及支撐體B110的種類而適宜決定。藉由設定乾燥部B230的乾燥風之溫度及風量、乾燥時間等之條件,可調整乾燥後的塗膜之殘留溶劑量。乾燥後的塗膜之殘留溶劑量係可藉由比較乾燥後的塗膜之單位質量與將該塗膜充分乾燥後之質量而測定。The drying part B230 is a drying device that dries the coating film formed on the surface of the support B110, and has a drying chamber B231, a drying gas inlet B232, and a discharge port B233. The temperature and air volume of the drying air can be appropriately determined according to the type of coating film and the type of support B110. By setting the conditions such as the temperature, air volume, and drying time of the drying air in the drying section B230, the amount of residual solvent in the dried coating film can be adjusted. The amount of residual solvent in a dried coating film can be measured by comparing the unit mass of the dried coating film with the mass of the coating film after sufficient drying.

(殘留溶劑量) 光學薄膜係在塗佈光學薄膜用溶液而獲得後,源自該溶液的溶劑會殘留。殘留溶劑量可藉由使用的溶劑・塗佈液濃度、在光學薄膜之乾燥所噴吹的風速、乾燥溫度・時間、乾燥室之條件(外部氣體或內部氣體循環)、塗佈時的後輥之加熱溫度等而控制。 (amount of residual solvent) After the optical film is obtained by applying the optical film solution, the solvent derived from the solution remains. The amount of residual solvent can be determined by the solvent and coating liquid concentration used, the wind speed blown during drying of the optical film, the drying temperature and time, the conditions of the drying room (external air or internal air circulation), and the back roller during coating Controlled by the heating temperature, etc.

如前述,若變高速乾燥則膜變疏,而可控制表面狀態。As mentioned above, when drying at a high speed, the film becomes sparse and the surface state can be controlled.

從光學薄膜的捲曲平衡之觀點來看,在光學薄膜的殘留溶劑量係將前述光學薄膜的殘留溶劑量當作S1時,較佳為滿足下述式2。From the viewpoint of the curl balance of the optical film, when the residual solvent amount of the optical film is regarded as S1, it is preferable to satisfy the following formula 2.

具體而言,光學薄膜的殘留溶劑量更佳為未達800 ppm,若考慮光學薄膜的捲曲平衡,則更佳為500~未達700ppm。又,藉由選擇在支撐體亦溶劑殘存的溶劑・塗佈程序,而支撐體與光學薄膜之密著性提升。支撐體的殘留溶劑量較佳為10~100ppm之範圍內。 Specifically, the residual solvent amount of the optical film is preferably less than 800 ppm, and considering the curl balance of the optical film, it is more preferably 500 to less than 700 ppm. In addition, by selecting a solvent and coating process that allow solvent to remain on the support, the adhesion between the support and the optical film is improved. The residual solvent amount of the support is preferably in the range of 10 to 100 ppm.

支撐體及光學薄膜的殘留溶劑量可藉由頂空氣相層析法進行測定。於頂空氣相層析法中,將試料封入容器內,進行加熱,於容器中充滿揮發成分之狀態下,快速地將容器中的氣體注入氣相層析儀,進行質量分析而鑑定化合物,同時將揮發成分定量。於頂空法中,藉由氣相層析儀,可觀測揮發成分的全波峰,同時藉由使用利用電磁相互作用之分析法,亦可以高精度一併進行揮發性物質或單體等之定量。The amount of residual solvent in the support and optical film can be measured by headspace gas chromatography. In headspace gas chromatography, the sample is sealed in a container, heated, and while the container is filled with volatile components, the gas in the container is quickly injected into the gas chromatograph, and mass analysis is performed to identify the compound. Quantify the volatile components. In the headspace method, all peaks of volatile components can be observed with a gas chromatograph. At the same time, by using an analysis method that utilizes electromagnetic interaction, volatile substances or monomers can also be quantified with high precision. .

冷卻部B240係將具有經乾燥部B230乾燥而得的塗膜(光學薄膜)之支撐體B110的溫度進行冷卻,調整至恰當的溫度。冷卻部B240具有冷卻室B241、冷卻風入口B242與冷卻風出口B243。冷卻風之溫度及風量係可按照塗膜的種類及支撐體B110的種類而適宜決定。又,於不設置冷卻部B240亦能成為恰當的冷卻溫度之時,也可沒有冷卻部B240。The cooling part B240 cools the temperature of the support B110 having the coating film (optical film) dried by the drying part B230, and adjusts it to an appropriate temperature. The cooling part B240 has a cooling chamber B241, a cooling air inlet B242, and a cooling air outlet B243. The temperature and air volume of the cooling air can be appropriately determined according to the type of coating film and the type of support B110. In addition, when the appropriate cooling temperature can be achieved without providing the cooling part B240, the cooling part B240 may be omitted.

捲取部B250係用於將形成有光學薄膜的支撐體B110進行捲取,得到捲筒體B251之捲取裝置(未圖示)。The winding part B250 is a winding device (not shown) for winding the support body B110 on which the optical film is formed to obtain a roll body B251.

[1.4.2]黏著層之形成方法 本發明之黏著層較佳作為鄰接於脫模薄膜的層形成。脫模薄膜之形成方法係如後述。 [1.4.2] Formation method of adhesive layer The adhesive layer of the present invention is preferably formed as a layer adjacent to the release film. The method of forming the release film will be described later.

本發明之黏著層可使用黏著劑形成。本發明所用的黏著劑可藉由習知方法混合(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物(P)、交聯劑(Q)與視需要的其他成分而調製。 例如,可舉出於合成(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物(P)時所得之包含該聚合物的聚合物溶液中,摻合交聯劑(Q)與視需要的其他成分者。 The adhesive layer of the present invention can be formed using an adhesive. The adhesive used in the present invention can be prepared by mixing the (meth)acrylic copolymer (P), the cross-linking agent (Q) and other components as necessary by a conventional method. For example, a polymer solution containing the (meth)acrylic copolymer (P) obtained when the polymer is synthesized is blended with the cross-linking agent (Q) and optional other components.

接著,將所得之黏著劑賦予至脫模薄膜的脫模層之面側。具體而言,將所得之黏著劑塗佈於脫模薄膜的脫模層之面側。Next, the obtained adhesive is applied to the surface side of the release layer of the release film. Specifically, the obtained adhesive is applied to the surface side of the release layer of the release film.

作為黏著劑之塗佈方法,可使用眾所周知之方法,例如藉由旋轉塗佈法、刀塗法、輥塗法、棒塗法、刮板塗佈法、模塗法、凹版塗佈法等,以成為特定厚度之方式進行塗佈・乾燥之方法。As the coating method of the adhesive, well-known methods can be used, such as spin coating, knife coating, roller coating, rod coating, blade coating, die coating, gravure coating, etc. A method of coating and drying to achieve a specific thickness.

黏著層之形成條件例如係如以下。 將該黏著劑塗布於脫模薄膜上,雖然亦取決於溶劑的種類而不同,但在通常50~150℃之範圍內,較佳為60~100℃之範圍內,通常1~10分鐘之範圍內,較佳為2~7分鐘之範圍內進行乾燥而去除溶劑,形成塗膜。乾燥塗膜之厚度通常為1~未達10μm之範圍內,較佳為3~7μm之範圍內。 Conditions for forming the adhesive layer are as follows, for example. The adhesive is applied to the release film. Although it also depends on the type of solvent, it is usually in the range of 50 to 150°C, preferably in the range of 60 to 100°C, and usually in the range of 1 to 10 minutes. Drying is carried out within the range of 2 to 7 minutes to remove the solvent and form a coating film. The thickness of the dry coating film is usually in the range of 1 to less than 10 μm, preferably in the range of 3 to 7 μm.

在脫模薄膜上形成黏著層後,與光學薄膜貼合。將如此所得之積層薄膜在通常3日以上,較佳為7~10日之範圍內,通常5~60℃之範圍內,較佳為15~40℃之範圍內,通常30~70%RH之範圍內,較佳為40~70%RH之範圍內的環境下熟成。若於如上述的熟成條件下進行交聯,則可高效率地形成交聯體(網絡聚合物)。After forming an adhesive layer on the release film, it is bonded to the optical film. The laminated film thus obtained is usually kept for more than 3 days, preferably within the range of 7 to 10 days, usually within the range of 5 to 60°C, preferably within the range of 15 to 40°C, and usually within the range of 30 to 70% RH. Within the range, it is preferably matured in an environment within the range of 40~70%RH. If cross-linking is performed under the above-mentioned aging conditions, a cross-linked body (network polymer) can be formed efficiently.

[1.4.3]脫模薄膜之製造方法 作為本發明之脫模薄膜的基材,可使用各種的樹脂薄膜,但此處,說明以聚酯薄膜作為基材,藉由積層脫模層而得到本發明之脫模薄膜的情況之例。 [1.4.3] Manufacturing method of release film Various resin films can be used as the base material of the release film of the present invention, but here, an example in which the release film of the present invention is obtained by laminating a release layer using a polyester film as a base material will be described.

聚酯薄膜可使用[1.3.1]脫模薄膜構成成分中記載的聚酯,較佳為將從模頭所擠出的熔融薄片以冷卻輥進行冷卻固化而得到未延伸薄片之方法。此時,為了提高薄片的平面性,必須提高薄片與旋轉冷卻滾筒的密著性,較宜採用靜電施加密著法及/或液體塗佈密著法。As the polyester film, the polyester described in [1.3.1] Release film constituents can be used, and a method in which the molten sheet extruded from the die is cooled and solidified with a cooling roll to obtain an unstretched sheet is preferred. At this time, in order to improve the flatness of the sheet, it is necessary to improve the adhesion between the sheet and the rotating cooling drum, and it is preferable to use an electrostatic application adhesion method and/or a liquid coating adhesion method.

接著,將所得之未延伸薄片在雙軸方向中延伸。當時,首先藉由輥或拉幅方式的延伸機將前述未延伸薄片在一方向中延伸。延伸溫度通常為70~120℃之範圍內,較佳為80~110℃之範圍內,延伸倍率通常為2.5~7.0倍之範圍內,較佳為3.0~6.0倍之範圍內。接著,與第一段的延伸方向正交的延伸溫度通常為70~170℃之範圍內,延伸倍率通常為3.0~7.0倍之範圍內,較佳為3.5~6.0倍之範圍內,更佳為5.0~6.0倍之範圍內。而且,接著在180~270℃之範圍內的溫度,於緊張下或30%以內之鬆弛下進行熱處理,得到雙軸配向薄膜。於上述延伸中,亦可採用以2階段以上進行一方向的延伸之方法。當時,較佳為最終地以二方向的延伸倍率各自成為上述範圍之方式進行。Next, the obtained unstretched sheet is stretched in the biaxial direction. At that time, the aforementioned unstretched sheet is first stretched in one direction by a roller or tenter stretching machine. The extension temperature is usually in the range of 70~120°C, preferably in the range of 80~110°C, and the extension ratio is usually in the range of 2.5~7.0 times, preferably in the range of 3.0~6.0 times. Next, the extension temperature orthogonal to the extension direction of the first segment is usually in the range of 70~170°C, and the extension ratio is usually in the range of 3.0~7.0 times, preferably in the range of 3.5~6.0 times, more preferably Within the range of 5.0~6.0 times. Furthermore, heat treatment is then performed at a temperature in the range of 180 to 270°C under tension or relaxation within 30%, to obtain a biaxially aligned film. In the above-mentioned stretching, a method of extending in one direction in two or more stages may also be used. At that time, it is preferably carried out so that the stretching ratios in both directions finally fall into the above ranges.

又,關於本發明中之聚酯薄膜製造,亦可採用同時雙軸延伸法。同時雙軸延伸法係將前述未延伸薄片在通常70~120℃之範圍內,較佳為80~110℃之範圍內,於經溫度控制的狀態下在機械方向及寬度方向中同時進行延伸而使其配向之方法,作為延伸倍率,面積倍率為4~50倍之範圍內,較佳為7~35倍之範圍內,更佳為10~25倍之範圍內。而且,接著在170~250℃之範圍內的溫度,於緊張下或30%以內之鬆弛下進行熱處理,得到延伸配向薄膜。關於採用上述延伸方式的同時雙軸延伸裝置,可採用螺桿方式、縮放方式、線性驅動方式等習知的延伸方式。In addition, regarding the production of the polyester film in the present invention, the simultaneous biaxial stretching method can also be used. At the same time, the biaxial stretching method is to stretch the aforementioned unstretched sheet in the machine direction and width direction simultaneously in a temperature-controlled state within the range of usually 70 to 120°C, preferably 80 to 110°C. The method for aligning the stretch magnification is that the area magnification is in the range of 4 to 50 times, preferably in the range of 7 to 35 times, and more preferably in the range of 10 to 25 times. Furthermore, heat treatment is then performed at a temperature in the range of 170 to 250°C under tension or under relaxation within 30%, to obtain a stretched alignment film. Regarding the simultaneous biaxial extending device using the above extending method, conventional extending methods such as screw method, scaling method, linear drive method, etc. can be used.

再者,可於上述聚酯薄膜之延伸步驟中處理薄膜表面之施予所謂的塗佈延伸法(線內塗覆)。藉由塗佈延伸法在聚酯薄膜上設置塗佈層時,可與延伸同時地塗佈,同時可按照延伸倍率減薄塗佈層之厚度,可製造合適的薄膜作為聚酯薄膜。Furthermore, in the above-mentioned stretching step of the polyester film, a so-called coating stretching method (in-line coating) may be applied to treat the film surface. When a coating layer is provided on a polyester film by the coating and stretching method, it can be coated simultaneously with stretching, and the thickness of the coating layer can be reduced according to the stretching ratio, and a suitable film can be produced as a polyester film.

接著,在聚酯薄膜上形成脫模層。較佳為於脫模層中含有硬化型聚矽氧樹脂,可使用[1.3.1]脫模薄膜構成成分中記載的硬化型聚矽氧樹脂。Next, a release layer is formed on the polyester film. The release layer preferably contains a curable polysilicone resin, and the curable polysiloxane resin described in [1.3.1] Release film constituents can be used.

作為塗佈方法,可使用眾所周知之方法,例如可使用反向凹版塗佈法、直接凹版塗佈法、輥塗法、模塗法、棒塗法、淋幕塗佈法等之塗佈・乾燥的方法。As the coating method, well-known methods can be used, for example, reverse gravure coating, direct gravure coating, roll coating, die coating, rod coating, curtain coating, etc. can be used for coating and drying. Methods.

關於硬化條件,並沒有特別的限定,藉由離線塗佈設置脫模層時,通常宜以120~200℃之範圍內且3~40秒之範圍內,較佳以100~180℃之範圍內且3~40秒之範圍內作為目標,進行熱處理。又,視需要亦可併用熱處理與紫外線照射等之活性能量線照射。尚且,作為藉由活性能量線照射所致的硬化用之能源,可使用習知的裝置及能源。There are no special restrictions on the hardening conditions. When forming a release layer by off-line coating, it is usually suitable to be within the range of 120~200°C and within the range of 3~40 seconds, and preferably within the range of 100~180°C. And the range of 3 to 40 seconds is used as the target for heat treatment. Furthermore, if necessary, heat treatment and active energy ray irradiation such as ultraviolet irradiation may be used in combination. In addition, as the energy source for hardening by active energy ray irradiation, conventional devices and energy sources can be used.

脫模層的塗佈量(乾燥後)係從塗佈性之面來看,通常為0.005~1g/m 2,較佳為0.005~0.5g/m 2,更佳為0.01~0.2g/m 2之範圍內。塗佈量(乾燥後)為0.005g/m 2以上時,塗佈性及安定性良好,容易得到均勻的塗膜。又,1g/m 2以下時,脫模層本身的塗膜密著性、硬化性等變良好。 The coating amount of the release layer (after drying) is usually 0.005~1g/ m2 , preferably 0.005~0.5g/ m2 , and more preferably 0.01~0.2g/m2 from the perspective of coatability. Within the range of 2 . When the coating amount (after drying) is 0.005g/m2 or more , the coating properties and stability are good, and a uniform coating film is easily obtained. In addition, when it is 1 g/m 2 or less, the coating film adhesion and curability of the release layer itself become good.

關於本發明中的脫模薄膜,可在未設脫模層之薄膜面上設置抗靜電層、寡聚物析出防止層等之塗佈層。又,亦可對於構成脫模薄膜的聚酯薄膜,預先施予電暈處理、電漿處理等之表面處理。Regarding the release film in the present invention, a coating layer such as an antistatic layer or an oligomer precipitation preventing layer may be provided on the film surface where the release layer is not provided. Furthermore, the polyester film constituting the release film may be subjected to surface treatment such as corona treatment and plasma treatment in advance.

≪2 積層體≫ 本發明之積層體之一個實施形態為:透過本發明之黏著層,貼合本發明之積層薄膜與玻璃板。 尚且,本發明中,不限定於玻璃板,代替玻璃板,亦可使用熱塑性樹脂等之樹脂作為基材。 圖3中係關於本發明之積層體的較佳層構成,顯示其一例,但不受其所限定 ≪2 laminated body≫ One embodiment of the laminated body of the present invention is that the laminated film of the present invention and the glass plate are bonded together through the adhesive layer of the present invention. In addition, the present invention is not limited to the glass plate. Instead of the glass plate, a resin such as a thermoplastic resin may be used as the base material. FIG. 3 shows an example of the preferred layer structure of the laminate of the present invention, but is not limited thereto.

圖3係顯示本發明之積層體的層構成之基本構成的剖面圖。 本發明之積層體60係由光學薄膜1、黏著層2及玻璃板11所構成。 FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view showing the basic structure of the layer structure of the laminated body of the present invention. The laminated body 60 of the present invention is composed of the optical film 1, the adhesive layer 2 and the glass plate 11.

本發明之積層體係藉由透過黏著層貼合本發明之積層薄膜與玻璃板而得。藉由使用本發明之積層薄膜,該積層體係即使重複折疊也不易破損,不易發生光學不均。又,不易使玻璃板本身破損。The laminated system of the present invention is obtained by bonding the laminated film of the present invention and the glass plate through an adhesive layer. By using the laminated film of the present invention, the laminated system is less likely to be damaged and optical unevenness is less likely to occur even if it is repeatedly folded. In addition, the glass plate itself is not easily damaged.

<玻璃板> 本發明之玻璃板的厚度,從彎曲性之觀點來看,較佳為150μm以下。又,更佳為120μm以下,尤佳為100μm以下,特佳為80μm以下。厚度之下限係沒有特別的限定,但從生產線中或後加工步驟時的處理性或破裂容易性之觀點來看,較佳為5μm以上,更佳為10μm以上,尤佳為15μm以上。特佳為25~50μm之範圍內。 <Glass plate> The thickness of the glass plate of the present invention is preferably 150 μm or less from the viewpoint of flexibility. Moreover, it is more preferably 120 μm or less, still more preferably 100 μm or less, and particularly preferably 80 μm or less. The lower limit of the thickness is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of handleability or breakability in a production line or post-processing step, it is preferably 5 μm or more, more preferably 10 μm or more, and particularly preferably 15 μm or more. The best range is 25~50μm.

玻璃板之材質係沒有特別的限定,只要是玻璃組成之材質,則可適宜使用。作為例子,可舉出鈉鈣玻璃、硼矽酸玻璃及無鹼玻璃、鹼玻璃等。其中,從耐熱膨脹、平滑性或耐久性、尺寸安定性、成本等之觀點來看,較佳為無鹼玻璃。The material of the glass plate is not particularly limited, as long as it is made of glass, it can be suitably used. Examples include soda-lime glass, borosilicate glass, alkali-free glass, alkali glass, and the like. Among them, alkali-free glass is preferred from the viewpoints of thermal expansion resistance, smoothness, durability, dimensional stability, cost, and the like.

又,玻璃板可藉由浮式法或下拉法等眾所周知之成形方法而成形。從玻璃板之表面成為未研磨的火焰拋光面,變非常地平滑之觀點來看,較佳為藉由溢流下拉法而成形。作為上述記載之玻璃板,可使用市售者,可使用SCHOTT公司製的「D263」、「Xensagtion Flex」、日本電氣玻璃公司製的「G-Leaf」、「Dynorex UTG」、CORNING公司製的「Gorilla glass」、AGC公司製的「Dragon Trail Pro」等之玻璃薄膜。In addition, the glass plate can be formed by a well-known forming method such as a float method or a down-draw method. From the viewpoint that the surface of the glass plate becomes an unground flame-polished surface and becomes extremely smooth, it is preferably formed by the overflow down-drawing method. As the glass plate described above, commercially available ones can be used, and "D263" and "Xensagtion Flex" made by SCHOTT Co., Ltd., "G-Leaf" and "Dynorex UTG" made by Nippon Electric Glass Co., Ltd. and "Dynorex UTG" made by CORNING Co., Ltd. can be used. Glass films such as Gorilla glass" and "Dragon Trail Pro" made by AGC.

玻璃板之表面可預先適宜地施予表面處理。作為該表面處理,例如可舉出矽烷偶合劑、鈦偶合劑等之偶合劑處理、酸處理、鹼處理、臭氧處理及離子處理等之化成處理、電漿處理、輝光放電處理、電弧放電處理,及電暈處理等之放電處理、紫外線處理、X射線處理、γ射線處理及雷射處理等之電磁波照射處理、其他火焰處理等各種表面處理。The surface of the glass plate can be appropriately surface treated in advance. Examples of the surface treatment include coupling agent treatment such as silane coupling agent and titanium coupling agent, chemical conversion treatment such as acid treatment, alkali treatment, ozone treatment, and ion treatment, plasma treatment, glow discharge treatment, and arc discharge treatment. And various surface treatments such as discharge treatment such as corona treatment, ultraviolet treatment, X-ray treatment, gamma ray treatment, laser treatment, electromagnetic wave irradiation treatment, and other flame treatments.

尚且,如前述,本發明之光學薄膜係透過黏著層貼合於玻璃板而得。本發明之光學薄膜為樹脂製,與由收縮率不同的材料所構成的玻璃板貼合時,在黏著層產生應力。茲認為因該應力,而黏著層發生雙折射,偏光狀態紊亂,有發生「不均現象」的可能性。Moreover, as mentioned above, the optical film of the present invention is bonded to a glass plate through an adhesive layer. The optical film of the present invention is made of resin, and when it is bonded to a glass plate made of materials with different shrinkage rates, stress is generated in the adhesive layer. It is believed that due to this stress, the adhesive layer will undergo birefringence, causing the polarization state to become disordered, and there is a possibility of "uneven phenomena" occurring.

然而,於發生上述不均現象之情況中,藉由使用一種顯示黏著層固有的雙折射值的黏著劑,其成為能抵消因樹脂製的光學薄膜之伸縮應力所發生的玻璃板之光彈性的構成,而認為「不均現象」被改善。However, in the case where the above-mentioned uneven phenomenon occurs, by using an adhesive that exhibits the inherent birefringence value of the adhesive layer, it becomes possible to offset the photoelasticity of the glass plate caused by the expansion and contraction stress of the resin-made optical film. composition, and it is believed that the "uneven phenomenon" has been improved.

又,更佳為對於因樹脂製的光學薄膜之伸縮應力所發生的該薄膜之光彈性及玻璃板之光彈性的任一者,皆抵消的構成。Furthermore, it is more preferable to have a structure that offsets both the photoelasticity of the film and the photoelasticity of the glass plate caused by the expansion and contraction stress of the resin optical film.

作為調整黏著層固有的雙折射值之方法,例如可藉由適宜變更硬化劑或交聯劑等之使用量、單體等的形成材料之組成、視需要使用的其他添加劑等而容易獲得。形成本發明之黏著層的黏著劑係沒有特別的限定,關於所用的單體之種類或組成、硬化劑之種類或使用量及製造方法,亦沒有特別的限定。As a method of adjusting the birefringence value inherent in the adhesive layer, for example, it can be easily obtained by appropriately changing the usage amount of the hardener or cross-linking agent, the composition of the forming material such as the monomer, and other additives if necessary. The adhesive that forms the adhesive layer of the present invention is not particularly limited, and there are no particular limitations on the type or composition of the monomer used, the type or usage amount of the hardener, and the manufacturing method.

作為將黏著劑固有的雙折射值調整至合適值之方法的一例,可藉由適宜地摻合玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)低的丙烯酸系樹脂且配向雙折射為負的丙烯酸丁酯(BA)與配向雙折射為正的丙烯酸苯氧酯(PHEA),調整所得之共聚物的雙折射率。As an example of a method for adjusting the inherent birefringence value of an adhesive to an appropriate value, it is possible to appropriately blend an acrylic resin with a low glass transition temperature (Tg) and butyl acrylate (BA) with negative alignment birefringence and Phenoxy acrylate (PHEA), which has positive birefringence, is used to adjust the birefringence of the resulting copolymer.

≪3 偏光板≫ 本發明之偏光板之特徵為使用本發明之積層薄膜。 圖4中係對於本發明之偏光板的較佳層構成,顯示其一例,但不受他所限定。 ≪3 Polarizing plate≫ The polarizing plate of the present invention is characterized by using the laminated film of the present invention. FIG. 4 shows an example of the preferred layer structure of the polarizing plate of the present invention, but is not limited thereto.

圖4A係顯示本發明之偏光板70的層構成之基本構成的剖面圖。 本發明之偏光板70係由光學薄膜1、黏著層2、脫模薄膜3及偏光子層21所構成。 FIG. 4A is a cross-sectional view showing the basic structure of the layer structure of the polarizing plate 70 of the present invention. The polarizing plate 70 of the present invention is composed of an optical film 1, an adhesive layer 2, a release film 3 and a polarizing sub-layer 21.

又,如圖4B所示,於偏光子層21與光學薄膜1之間,可配置液晶配向層22,再者,於相反側之面,可透過接著層24配置相位差薄膜23。又,相位差薄膜23亦可為在剝落黏著層2上的脫模薄膜3後,與相位差薄膜23貼合之形態(未圖示)。Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 4B , a liquid crystal alignment layer 22 can be disposed between the polarizing sub-layer 21 and the optical film 1 , and on the opposite side, a retardation film 23 can be disposed through the adhesive layer 24 . Furthermore, the retardation film 23 may be in a form in which the release film 3 on the adhesive layer 2 is peeled off and then bonded to the retardation film 23 (not shown).

圖4C係顯示本發明之附有玻璃板的偏光板80之層構成的基本構成之剖面圖。剝離脫模薄膜3後,貼合玻璃板11,代替相位差薄膜23,藉由配置障壁層27而得。尚且,該玻璃板11可為液晶顯示器的基板玻璃,也可為來到最表層的超薄膜玻璃。4C is a cross-sectional view showing the basic structure of the layer structure of the polarizing plate 80 with a glass plate of the present invention. After peeling off the release film 3, the glass plate 11 is bonded together, and the barrier layer 27 is disposed instead of the retardation film 23. Furthermore, the glass plate 11 can be the substrate glass of a liquid crystal display, or it can be ultra-thin film glass that reaches the outermost layer.

本發明之偏光板的厚度,從顯示裝置的彎曲性或視覺辨認性之觀點來看,較佳為10~100μm之範圍內,更佳為30~80μm之範圍內,尤佳為40~70μm之範圍內。The thickness of the polarizing plate of the present invention is preferably in the range of 10 to 100 μm, more preferably in the range of 30 to 80 μm, and particularly preferably in the range of 40 to 70 μm from the viewpoint of the flexibility or visibility of the display device. within the range.

[3.1]偏光子層 本發明之偏光板可藉由在本發明之積層薄膜或積層體上,進一步積層偏光子層而獲得。 再者,所謂「偏光子」,就是指僅通過一定方向的偏波面之光的元件。以下,關於本發明之偏光子層的較佳構成,顯示其一例,但不受他所限定。 [3.1]Polarizing sublayer The polarizing plate of the present invention can be obtained by further laminating a polarizing sub-layer on the laminated film or laminated body of the present invention. Furthermore, the so-called "polarized photon" refers to an element that only passes through the polarization plane of light in a certain direction. An example of the preferred structure of the polarizing sub-layer of the present invention is shown below, but is not limited thereto.

本發明之偏光子層係顯示於圖5A中,可為以往多用的由碘與聚乙烯醇(PVA)所構成之偏光子,但在產業上從提高對於折疊動作的耐久性之觀點來看,較佳為全體薄膜的偏光子,因此較佳為圖5B中所示之在液晶層中添加二色性有機色素之方式的塗佈型偏光子。The polarizer layer of the present invention is shown in Figure 5A. It can be the polarizer composed of iodine and polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) that has been widely used in the past. However, from the industrial point of view of improving the durability against the folding action, The polarizer of the entire film is preferred, and therefore the coating-type polarizer in which a dichroic organic dye is added to the liquid crystal layer as shown in FIG. 5B is preferred.

圖5A所示的偏光子層21可使二色性色素吸附配向於經一軸延伸的樹脂薄膜而形成。作為二色性色素,一般為碘與有機二色性色素,樹脂薄膜所用的樹脂可為疏水性樹脂,也可為親水性樹脂,但較佳為親水性樹脂。又,樹脂薄膜亦可被延伸。The polarizing sub-layer 21 shown in FIG. 5A can be formed by adsorbing and aligning the dichroic pigment to a uniaxially stretched resin film. As dichroic pigments, they are generally iodine and organic dichroic pigments. The resin used in the resin film may be a hydrophobic resin or a hydrophilic resin, but a hydrophilic resin is preferred. In addition, the resin film can also be stretched.

親水性樹脂之例為聚乙烯醇系樹脂、聚乙酸乙烯酯樹脂及乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚合樹脂(EVA)樹脂。疏水性樹脂之例為聚醯胺樹脂及聚酯系樹脂。Examples of hydrophilic resins are polyvinyl alcohol-based resins, polyvinyl acetate resins, and ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer resins (EVA) resins. Examples of hydrophobic resins are polyamide resins and polyester-based resins.

偏光子層係在染色後可被硼酸所處理。於偏光子層的樹脂層為以聚乙烯醇系樹脂等親水性樹脂所構成的情況中與外部的水分之進出係較多於疏水性樹脂,此被認為是濕熱環境下的色素脫落或光學樹脂薄膜從端面中的偏光子層剝落之原因,藉由本發明之構成,可抑制如此的色素脫落或剝落。The polarizing sub-layer can be treated with boric acid after dyeing. When the resin layer of the polarizing sub-layer is made of a hydrophilic resin such as polyvinyl alcohol-based resin, more moisture enters and exits from the outside than a hydrophobic resin. This is considered to be a cause of pigment loss or optical resin in a hot and humid environment. The reason why the film peels off from the polarizing sub-layer in the end face is that such peeling or peeling of the pigment can be suppressed by the composition of the present invention.

偏光子層較佳為透過接著層24而具有偏光子保護層28。作為偏光子保護層,可使用市售的纖維素醯化物薄膜(例如,Konica-Minolta KC8UX、KC5UX、KC4UX、KC8UCR3、KC4SR、KC4BR、KC4CR、KC4DR、KC4FR、KC4KR、KC8UY、KC6UY、KC4UY、KC4UE、KC8UE、KC8UY-HA、KC2UA、KC4UA、KC6UA、KC2UAH、KC4UAH、KC6UAH,以上為Konica Minolta Advanced Layer(股)製))、聚酯薄膜(例如聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯薄膜等)、環烯烴系樹脂薄膜、丙烯酸系樹脂薄膜等。The polarization sub-layer preferably has a polarization sub-protection layer 28 through the adhesive layer 24 . As the polarizer protective layer, commercially available cellulose chelate films (for example, Konica-Minolta KC8UX, KC5UX, KC4UX, KC8UCR3, KC4SR, KC4BR, KC4CR, KC4DR, KC4FR, KC4KR, KC8UY, KC6UY, KC4UY, KC4UE, KC8UE, KC8UY-HA, KC2UA, KC4UA, KC6UA, KC2UAH, KC4UAH, KC6UAH, the above are manufactured by Konica Minolta Advanced Layer Co., Ltd.), polyester film (such as polyethylene terephthalate film, etc.), cyclic olefin Resin film, acrylic resin film, etc.

偏光子保護層所用的薄膜之厚度係沒有特別的限定,但較佳為1~100μm之範圍內,更佳為3~40μm之範圍內,特佳為5~20μm之範圍內。The thickness of the film used for the polarizer protective layer is not particularly limited, but it is preferably in the range of 1 to 100 μm, more preferably in the range of 3 to 40 μm, and particularly preferably in the range of 5 to 20 μm.

又,圖5B所示的偏光子層21係可將含有下述聚合性液晶化合物及二色性色素的聚合性液晶組成物進行硬化而形成。由於可減薄偏光子層,從得到充分的耐折彎性之觀點來看較宜。根據用途,這樣的構成也充分,但為了更提高偏光子層的刮傷・高溫高濕耐久性,較佳為在偏光子層21上塗佈障壁層27,或更貼合光學薄膜1,設置保護層(圖5B中未圖示)。In addition, the polarizing sublayer 21 shown in FIG. 5B can be formed by curing a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound and a dichroic dye described below. Since the polarizing sub-layer can be made thinner, it is preferable from the viewpoint of obtaining sufficient bending resistance. Such a structure is sufficient depending on the application. However, in order to further improve the scratch and high-temperature and high-humidity durability of the polarizing sub-layer, it is preferable to coat the polarizing sub-layer 21 with the barrier layer 27 or to provide it more closely to the optical film 1. Protective layer (not shown in Figure 5B).

[3.1.1]聚合性液晶化合物 用於偏光子層之形成的聚合性液晶組成物(以下亦稱為「聚合性液晶組成物(A’)」)所含有的聚合性液晶化合物(以下亦稱為「聚合性液晶化合物(A’)」)係具有至少1個聚合性基的液晶化合物。 [3.1.1]Polymerizable liquid crystal compound The polymerizable liquid crystal compound (hereinafter also referred to as the "polymerizable liquid crystal compound (A')") contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (hereinafter also referred to as the "polymerizable liquid crystal composition (A')") used for the formation of the polarizing sub-layer )") is a liquid crystal compound having at least one polymerizable group.

此處,所謂聚合性基,就是指可藉由從聚合起始劑所產生的活性自由基或酸等而參與聚合反應之基。作為聚合性液晶化合物(A’)所具有的聚合性基,例如可舉出乙烯基、乙烯氧基、1-氯乙烯基、異丙烯基、4-乙烯基苯基、丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基、環氧乙烷基、氧雜環丁基等。其中,較佳為自由基聚合性基,更佳為丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基、乙烯基、乙烯氧基,尤佳為丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基。Here, the term "polymerizable group" refers to a group that can participate in the polymerization reaction through active radicals or acids generated from the polymerization initiator. Examples of the polymerizable group possessed by the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (A′) include vinyl, vinyloxy, 1-chlorovinyl, isopropenyl, 4-vinylphenyl, acryloxy, and methane. Acryloxy group, ethylene oxide group, oxetanyl group, etc. Among them, a radically polymerizable group is preferred, an acryloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, a vinyl group, and an vinyloxy group are more preferred, and an acryloyloxy group or a methacryloyloxy group is particularly preferred.

聚合性液晶化合物(A’)較佳為顯示層列液晶性的化合物。藉由使用顯示層列液晶性的聚合性液晶化合物,可形成配向秩序度高的偏光子。聚合性液晶化合物(A’)所示的液晶狀態為層列相(層列液晶狀態),從能實現更高的配向秩序度之觀點來看,更佳為高級層列相(高次層列液晶狀態)。The polymerizable liquid crystal compound (A') is preferably a compound showing smectic liquid crystallinity. By using a polymerizable liquid crystal compound that exhibits smectic liquid crystallinity, polarized photons with a high degree of alignment order can be formed. The liquid crystal state represented by the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (A') is a smectic phase (smectic liquid crystal state), and from the viewpoint of achieving a higher degree of alignment order, a higher-order smectic phase (high-order smectic phase) is more preferred. liquid crystal state).

此處,所謂高級層列相,就是意指層列B相、層列D相、層列E相、層列F相、層列G相、層列H相、層列I相、層列J相、層列K相及層列L相,於該等之中,更佳為層列B相、層列F相及層列I相。液晶性可為熱致性(thermotropic)液晶,也可為溶致性(lyotropic)液晶,但於能控制緻密的膜厚之點上較佳為熱致性液晶。又,聚合性液晶化合物(A’)可為單體,也可為聚合性基聚合成的寡聚物,亦可為聚合物。Here, the so-called high-order smectic phase means smectic B phase, smectic D phase, smectic E phase, smectic F phase, smectic G phase, smectic H phase, smectic I phase, and smectic J phase. phase, the smectic K phase and the smectic L phase, among them, the smectic B phase, the smectic F phase and the smectic I phase are more preferred. The liquid crystallinity may be a thermotropic liquid crystal or a lyotropic liquid crystal, but thermotropic liquid crystal is preferred since a dense film thickness can be controlled. In addition, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (A') may be a monomer, an oligomer obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable group, or a polymer.

作為聚合性液晶化合物(A’),只要是具有至少1個聚合性基的液晶化合物,則沒有特別的限定,可使用眾所周知的聚合性液晶化合物,但較佳為顯示層列液晶性的化合物。作為如此的聚合性液晶化合物,例如可舉出下述式(A’1)所示的化合物(以下亦稱為「聚合性液晶化合物(A’1)」)。The polymerizable liquid crystal compound (A') is not particularly limited as long as it has at least one polymerizable group. Well-known polymerizable liquid crystal compounds can be used, but a compound showing smectic liquid crystal properties is preferred. Examples of such a polymerizable liquid crystal compound include a compound represented by the following formula (A'1) (hereinafter also referred to as "polymerizable liquid crystal compound (A'1)").

[式(A’1)中,X 1及X 2互相獨立地表示2價的芳香族基或2價的脂環式烴基,此處,該2價的芳香族基或2價的脂環式烴基所含有的氫原子可被取代成鹵素原子、碳數1~4的烷基、碳數1~4的氟烷基、碳數1~4的烷氧基、氰基或硝基,構成該2價的芳香族基或2價的脂環式烴基之碳原子可被取代成氧原子或硫原子或氮原子。惟,X 1及X 2中的至少1個為可具有取代基的1,4-伸苯基或可具有取代基的環己烷-1,4-二基。 [In formula (A'1), X 1 and X 2 independently represent a divalent aromatic group or a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group. Here, the divalent aromatic group or divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group The hydrogen atoms contained in the hydrocarbon group can be substituted with halogen atoms, alkyl groups with 1 to 4 carbon atoms, fluoroalkyl groups with 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups with 1 to 4 carbon atoms, cyano groups or nitro groups, forming the The carbon atom of the divalent aromatic group or the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom. However, at least one of X 1 and X 2 is an optionally substituted 1,4-phenylene group or an optionally substituted cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group.

Y 1為單鍵或二價的連結基。 Y 1 is a single bond or a bivalent linking group.

n為1~3,且n為2以上時,複數的X 1可互相相同,也可相異。X 2可與複數的X 1中之任一者或全部相同,也可相異。又,n為2以上時,複數的Y 1可互相相同,也可相異。從液晶性之觀點來看,n較佳為2以上。 When n is 1 to 3, and n is 2 or more, the plural X 1's may be the same or different from each other. X 2 may be the same as or different from any or all of the plural X 1s . In addition, when n is 2 or more, the plural Y 1's may be the same as each other or may be different. From the viewpoint of liquid crystallinity, n is preferably 2 or more.

U 1表示氫原子或聚合性基。 U 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a polymerizable group.

U 2表示聚合性基。 U 2 represents a polymerizable group.

W 1及W 2互相獨立為單鍵或二價的連結基。 W 1 and W 2 are independently single bonds or divalent linking groups.

V 1及V 2互相獨立地表示可具有取代基之碳數1~20的烷二基,構成該烷二基的-CH 2-可被取代成-O-、  -CO-、-S-或NH-。] V 1 and V 2 independently represent an alkanediyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms that may have a substituent, and -CH 2 - constituting the alkanediyl group may be substituted with -O-, -CO-, -S- or NH-. ]

聚合性液晶化合物(A’1)中,X 1及X 2互相獨立地較佳為可具有取代基的1,4-伸苯基或可具有取代基的環己烷-1,4-二基,X 1及X 2中的至少1個為可具有取代基的1,4-伸苯基或可具有取代基的環己烷-1,4-二基,較佳為反式環己烷-1,4-二基。作為可具有取代基的1,4-伸苯基或可具有取代基的環己烷-1,4-二基所任意地具有的取代基,可舉出甲基、乙基及丁基等之碳數1~4的烷基、氰基及氯原子、氟原子等之鹵素原子。較佳為無取代。 In the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (A'1), X 1 and X 2 are preferably independently a 1,4-phenylene group which may have a substituent or a cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group which may have a substituent. , at least one of X 1 and 1,4-diradical. Examples of substituents optionally possessed by the optionally substituted 1,4-phenylene group or the optionally substituted cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group include methyl, ethyl, butyl, and the like. Halogen atoms such as alkyl groups with 1 to 4 carbon atoms, cyano groups, chlorine atoms, fluorine atoms, etc. No substitution is preferred.

又,聚合性液晶化合物(A’1)係式(A’1)中, [式中,X 1、Y 1、X 2及n各自表示與上述相同的定義。]所示部分(以下亦稱為「部分結構(A’1-1)」)為非對稱結構者,在容易展現層列液晶性之點上較宜。 Moreover, in the formula (A'1), the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (A'1) is: [In the formula, X 1 , Y 1 , X 2 and n each represent the same definition as above. ] (hereinafter also referred to as "partial structure (A'1-1)") is preferably an asymmetric structure in that it can easily exhibit smectic liquid crystallinity.

作為部分結構(A’1-1)為非對稱結構的聚合性液晶化合物(A’1),例如可舉出n為1,且1個X 1與X 2互相不同的結構之聚合性液晶化合物(A’1)。 Examples of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (A'1) in which the partial structure (A'1-1) is an asymmetric structure include polymerizable liquid crystal compounds in which n is 1 and X 1 and X 2 are mutually different structures. (A'1).

又,亦可舉出:n為2,2個Y 1為互相相同的結構之化合物,2個X 1為互相相同的結構,1個X 2為與該等2個X 1不同的結構之聚合性液晶化合物(A’1),2個X 1中的鍵結於W 1的X 1係與另外的X 1及X 2不同的結構,另外的X 1與X 2為互相相同的結構之聚合性液晶化合物(A’1)。 Alternatively, n is 2, two Y 1's are compounds with the same structure, two X 1's are the same structure as each other, and one X 2 is a polymer of structures different from these two X 1's . In the liquid crystal compound (A'1), the X1 bonded to W1 among the two X1s has a different structure from the other X1 and X2 , and the other X1 and X2 are a polymerization of the same structure. Sexual liquid crystal compound (A'1).

再者,可舉出:n為3,3個Y 1為互相相同的結構之化合物,3個X 1及1個X 2中的任1個與其他3個全部相異的結構之聚合性液晶化合物(A’1)。 Examples include polymerizable liquid crystals in which n is 3, three Y 1's have the same structure as each other, and any one of three X 1's and one X 2 has a different structure from the other three. Compound (A'1).

Y 1較佳為-CH 2CH 2-、-CH 2O-、-CH 2CH 2O-、  -COO-、-OCOO-、單鍵、-N=N-、-CRa=CRb-、-C≡C-、   -CRa=N-或CO-NRa-。Ra及Rb互相獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~4的烷基。 Y 1 is preferably -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 O-, -CH 2 CH 2 O-, -COO-, -OCOO-, single bond, -N=N-, -CRa=CRb-, - C≡C-, -CRa=N- or CO-NRa-. Ra and Rb independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.

Y 1更佳為-CH 2CH 2-、-COO-或單鍵,複數的Y 1存時,與X 2鍵結的Y 1更佳為-CH 2CH 2-或CH 2O-。X 1及X 2全部為相同結構時,較佳為互相不同的鍵結方式之2個以上的Y 1存在。互相不同的鍵結方式之複數的Y 1存在時,由於成為非對稱結構,有容易展現層列液晶性之傾向。 Y 1 is more preferably -CH 2 CH 2 -, -COO- or a single bond. When Y 1 is a plural number, Y 1 bonded to X 2 is more preferably -CH 2 CH 2 - or CH 2 O-. When X 1 and X 2 all have the same structure, it is preferable that there are two or more Y 1 with mutually different bonding methods. When a plurality of Y 1's with mutually different bonding methods are present, the structure becomes asymmetric and tends to exhibit smectic liquid crystallinity.

U 2為聚合性基。U 1為氫原子或聚合性基,較佳為聚合性基。U 1及U 2較佳為皆聚合性基,更佳為皆自由基聚合性基。作為聚合性基,可舉出與作為聚合性液晶化合物(A’)所具有的聚合性基所先前例示的基同樣者。U 1所示的聚合性基與U 2所示的聚合性基可互相相異,但較佳為相同種類的基。又,聚合性基可為聚合的狀態,也可為未聚合的狀態,但較佳為未聚合的狀態。 U 2 is a polymerizable group. U 1 is a hydrogen atom or a polymerizable group, preferably a polymerizable group. U 1 and U 2 are preferably both polymerizable groups, and more preferably both are radically polymerizable groups. Examples of the polymerizable group include the same groups as those exemplified previously as the polymerizable group possessed by the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (A′). The polymerizable group represented by U 1 and the polymerizable group represented by U 2 may be different from each other, but are preferably the same type of group. In addition, the polymerizable group may be in a polymerized state or an unpolymerized state, but is preferably in an unpolymerized state.

作為V 1及V 2所示的烷二基,可舉出亞甲基、乙烯基、丙烷-1,3-二基、丁烷-1,3-二基、丁烷-1,4-二基、戊烷-1,5-二基、己烷-1,6-二基、庚烷-1,7-二基、辛烷-1,8-二基、癸烷-1,10-二基、十四烷-1,14-二基及二十烷-1,20-二基等。V 1及V 2較佳為碳數2~12之範圍內的烷二基,更佳為碳數6~12之範圍內的烷二基。 Examples of the alkanediyl groups represented by V 1 and V 2 include methylene, vinyl, propane-1,3-diyl, butane-1,3-diyl, and butane-1,4-diyl. base, pentane-1,5-diyl, hexane-1,6-diyl, heptane-1,7-diyl, octane-1,8-diyl, decane-1,10-diyl base, tetradecane-1,14-diyl and eicosane-1,20-diyl, etc. V 1 and V 2 are preferably an alkylenediyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 12, more preferably an alkanediyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 12.

作為該烷二基所任意地具有之取代基,可舉出氰基及鹵素原子等,但該烷二基較佳為無取代,更佳為無取代的直鏈狀烷二基。Examples of substituents that the alkylenediyl group may have include a cyano group, a halogen atom, and the like. However, the alkylenediyl group is preferably unsubstituted, and more preferably an unsubstituted linear alkylenediyl group.

W 1及W 2互相獨立地較佳為單鍵、-O-、-S-、  -COO-或OCOO-更佳為單鍵或-O-。 W 1 and W 2 are independently preferably a single bond, -O-, -S-, -COO- or OCOO-, more preferably a single bond or -O-.

作為聚合性液晶化合物(A’),只要是具有至少1個聚合性基的聚合性液晶化合物,則沒有特別的限定,可使用眾所周知的聚合性液晶化合物,但較佳為顯示層列液晶性者。作為容易顯示層列液晶性的結構,較佳為在分子結構中具有非對稱性的分子結構者,具體而言可舉出具有以下(A’-a)~(A’-i)的部分結構之聚合性液晶化合物。從容易顯示高次層列液晶性之觀點來看,更佳為具有(A’-a)、(A’-b)或(A’-c)的部分結構者。尚且,下述(A’-a)~(A’-i)中,*表示鍵結鍵(單鍵)。The polymerizable liquid crystal compound (A') is not particularly limited as long as it has at least one polymerizable group. Well-known polymerizable liquid crystal compounds can be used, but those showing smectic liquid crystal properties are preferred. . As a structure that easily exhibits smectic liquid crystallinity, a molecular structure having asymmetry in the molecular structure is preferred, and specific examples include partial structures having the following (A'-a) to (A'-i) A polymeric liquid crystal compound. From the viewpoint of easily exhibiting high-order smectic liquid crystallinity, those having a partial structure of (A'-a), (A'-b) or (A'-c) are more preferred. Incidentally, in the following (A’-a) to (A’-i), * represents a bond (single bond).

作為聚合性液晶化合物(A’),具體而言例如可舉出下述(A’-1)~(A’-25)所示的化合物。聚合性液晶化合物(A’)具有環己烷-1,4-二基時,其環己烷-1,4-二基較佳為反式體。Specific examples of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (A') include compounds represented by the following (A'-1) to (A'-25). When the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (A') has a cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group, the cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group is preferably a trans form.

於此等之中,較佳為選自由(A’-2)、(A’-3)、(A’-4)、(A’-5)、(A’-6)、(A’-7)、(A’-8)、(A’-13)、(A’-14)、(A’-15)、(A’-16)及(A’-17)所示的化合物所成之群組中的至少1種。作為聚合性液晶化合物(A’),可單獨使用1種,也可組合2種以上使用。Among these, it is preferable to be selected from (A'-2), (A'-3), (A'-4), (A'-5), (A'-6), (A'- 7), (A'-8), (A'-13), (A'-14), (A'-15), (A'-16) and (A'-17). At least 1 species in the group. As the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (A'), one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

聚合性液晶化合物(A’)例如可用Lub等之Reel. Trav. Chim. Pays-Bas、115、321-328(1996)或日本發明專利第4719156號公報等中記載之眾所周知的方法進行製造。The polymerizable liquid crystal compound (A') can be produced by a well-known method described in, for example, Lub et al., Reel. Trav. Chim. Pays-Bas, 115, 321-328 (1996) or Japanese Invention Patent No. 4719156.

本發明中,聚合性液晶組成物(A’)亦可包含聚合性液晶化合物(A’)以外的其他聚合性液晶化合物,從得到配向秩序度高的偏光膜之觀點來看,相對於聚合性液晶組成物(A’)所含有的全部聚合性液晶化合物之總質量,聚合性液晶化合物(A’)之比例較佳為51質量%以上,更佳為70質量%以上,尤佳為90質量%以上。In the present invention, the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (A') may also contain polymerizable liquid crystal compounds other than the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (A'). From the viewpoint of obtaining a polarizing film with a high degree of alignment order, relative to the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (A'), The total mass of all polymerizable liquid crystal compounds contained in the liquid crystal composition (A'), the proportion of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (A') is preferably 51 mass % or more, more preferably 70 mass % or more, especially 90 mass % %above.

又,聚合性液晶組成物(A’)包含2種以上的聚合性液晶化合物(A’)時,可其中的至少1種為聚合性液晶化合物(A’1),也可其全部為聚合性液晶化合物(A’1)。藉由組合複數的聚合性液晶化合物,即使為液晶-結晶相轉移溫度以下之溫度,也有能暫時地保持液晶性之情況。Moreover, when the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (A') contains two or more types of polymerizable liquid crystal compounds (A'), at least one of them may be a polymerizable liquid crystal compound (A'1), or all of them may be polymerizable liquid crystal compounds (A'1). Liquid crystal compound (A'1). By combining a plurality of polymerizable liquid crystal compounds, liquid crystallinity may be temporarily maintained even at a temperature below the liquid crystal-crystal phase transition temperature.

聚合性液晶組成物(A’)中的聚合性液晶化合物之含量,相對於聚合性液晶組成物(A’)的固體成分,較佳為40~99.9質量%之範圍內,更佳為60~99質量%之範圍內,尤佳為70~99質量%之範圍內。若聚合性液晶化合物之含量為上述範圍內,則有聚合性液晶化合物的配向性變高之傾向。尚且,本說明書中,所謂聚合性液晶組成物(A’)的固體成分,就是指由聚合性液晶組成物(A’)去除溶劑後的成分之合計量。The content of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (A') is preferably in the range of 40 to 99.9% by mass, more preferably 60 to 99.9% by mass relative to the solid content of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (A'). Within the range of 99 mass %, particularly preferably within the range of 70 to 99 mass %. When the content of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is within the above range, the alignment of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound tends to become high. In addition, in this specification, the solid content of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (A') refers to the total amount of components after removing the solvent from the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (A').

[3.1.2]二色性色素 用於偏光子層之形成的聚合性液晶組成物(A’)所含有的二色性色素,意指具有分子之長軸方向的吸光度與短軸方向的吸光度不同之性質的色素。二色性色素只要是具有上述性質者,則沒有特別的限制,可為染料,也可為顏料。又,亦可分別組合2種以上的染料或顏料而使用,也可組合染料與顏料而使用。 [3.1.2]Dichroic pigments The dichroic dye contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (A') used for forming the polarizing sub-layer means a dye having a property in which the absorbance in the long axis direction of the molecule is different from the absorbance in the short axis direction. The dichroic dye is not particularly limited as long as it has the above properties, and may be a dye or a pigment. Furthermore, two or more dyes or pigments may be used in combination, or a dye and a pigment may be used in combination.

作為二色性色素,較佳為有機二色性色素(亦稱為「有機二色性染料」),更佳為在300~700nm之範圍內具有極大吸收波長(λ MAX)者。作為如此的二色性色素,例如可舉出吖啶色素、㗁𠯤色素、花青色素、萘色素、偶氮色素及蒽醌色素等。 As the dichroic dye, an organic dichroic dye (also called "organic dichroic dye") is preferred, and one having a maximum absorption wavelength (λ MAX ) in the range of 300 to 700 nm is more preferred. Examples of such dichroic dyes include acridine dyes, trichrome dyes, cyanine dyes, naphthalene dyes, azo dyes, and anthraquinone dyes.

作為偶氮色素,可舉出單偶氮色素、雙偶氮色素、三偶氮色素、四偶氮色素及二苯乙烯偶氮色素等,較佳為雙偶氮色素及三偶氮色素,例如可舉出式(I)所示的化合物(以下亦稱為「化合物(I)」)。Examples of azo dyes include monoazo dyes, disazo dyes, trisazo dyes, tetrasazo dyes, stilbene azo dyes, etc. Preferred are disazo dyes and trisazo dyes, for example Examples include compounds represented by formula (I) (hereinafter also referred to as "compound (I)").

[式(I)中,K 1及K 3互相獨立地表示可具有取代基的苯基、可具有取代基的萘基或可具有取代基的1價雜環基;K 2表示可具有取代基的對伸苯基、可具有取代基的萘-1,4-二基或可具有取代基的2價雜環基;p表示1~4之整數;p為2以上之整數時,複數的K 2可互相相同或不同;在可見光區域顯示吸收的範圍中,-N=N-鍵可被取代成-C=C-、-COO-、     -NHCO-、-N=CH-鍵。] [In formula (I), K 1 and K 3 independently represent a phenyl group which may have a substituent, a naphthyl group which may have a substituent, or a monovalent heterocyclic group which may have a substituent; K 2 represents an optional substituent. p-phenylene group, naphthalene-1,4-diyl group which may have a substituent or a divalent heterocyclic group which may have a substituent group; p represents an integer from 1 to 4; when p is an integer of 2 or more, the plural K 2 can be the same or different from each other; in the range where absorption is shown in the visible light region, the -N=N- bond can be replaced by -C=C-, -COO-, -NHCO-, -N=CH- bond. ]

作為1價雜環基,例如可由喹啉、噻唑、苯并噻唑、噻吩并噻唑、咪唑、苯并咪唑、㗁唑、苯并㗁唑等之雜環化合物中去除1個氫原子後的基。作為2價雜環基,可舉出由前述雜環化合物中去除2個氫原子後的基。Examples of the monovalent heterocyclic group include a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a heterocyclic compound such as quinoline, thiazole, benzothiazole, thienothiazole, imidazole, benzimidazole, 㗁azole, benzo㗁azole, and the like. Examples of the divalent heterocyclic group include a group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from the aforementioned heterocyclic compound.

作為K 1及K 3中的苯基、萘基及1價雜環基以及K 2中的對伸苯基、萘-1,4-二基及2價雜環基所任意地具有的取代基,可舉出碳數1~4的烷基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丁氧基等之碳數1~4的烷氧基;三氟甲基等之碳數1~4的氟化烷基;氰基;硝基;鹵素原子;胺基、二乙基胺基、吡咯啶基等之取代或無取代的胺基(所謂取代的胺基,就是意指具有1個或2個碳數1~6的烷基之胺基,或2個取代的烷基互相鍵結而形成碳數2~8的烷二基之胺基;無取代的胺基為-NH 2)等。 As substituents optionally possessed by the phenyl group, naphthyl group and monovalent heterocyclic group in K 1 and K 3 and the p-phenylene group, naphthalene-1,4-diyl group and divalent heterocyclic group in K 2 , examples include alkyl groups with 1 to 4 carbon atoms; alkoxy groups with 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as methoxy, ethoxy, butoxy, etc.; fluorinated fluorinated groups with 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as trifluoromethyl. Alkyl group; cyano group; nitro group; halogen atom; substituted or unsubstituted amine group such as amino group, diethylamino group, pyrrolidinyl group (the so-called substituted amine group means having 1 or 2 carbon atoms The amino group of an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or two substituted alkyl groups bonded to each other to form an amine group of an alkyldiyl group with 2 to 8 carbon atoms; the unsubstituted amino group is -NH 2 ), etc.

化合物(I)之中,較佳為以下式(I-1)~式(I-8)之任一者所示的化合物。Among the compounds (I), compounds represented by any one of the following formulas (I-1) to (I-8) are preferred.

[式(I-1)~(I-8)中,B 1~B 30互相獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1~6的烷基、碳數1~4的烷氧基、氰基、硝基、取代或無取代的胺基(取代的胺基及無取代的胺基之定義係如前述)、氯原子或三氟甲基。 [In the formulas (I-1) to (I-8), B 1 to B 30 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, and a nitrogen group. group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine group (the definitions of a substituted amine group and an unsubstituted amine group are as mentioned above), a chlorine atom or a trifluoromethyl group.

n1~n4互相獨立地表示0~3之整數。n1~n4 independently represent integers from 0 to 3.

n1為2以上時,複數的B 2可互相相同或相異 n2為2以上時,複數的B 6可互相相同或相異 n3為2以上時,複數的B 9可互相相同或相異 n4為2以上時,複數的B 14可互相相同或相異。] 作為前述蒽醌色素,較佳為式(I-9)所示的化合物。 When n1 is 2 or more, the plural B 2s may be the same or different from each other. When n2 is 2 or more, the plural B 6s may be the same or different from each other. When n3 is 2 or more, the plural B 9s may be the same or different from each other. n4 is When 2 or more, the plural B 14 may be the same or different from each other. ] As the anthraquinone dye, a compound represented by formula (I-9) is preferred.

[式(I-9)中,R 1~R 8互相獨立地表示氫原子、-R x、-NH 2、-NHR x、-NR x 2、-SR x或鹵素原子;R x表示碳數1~4的烷基或碳數6~12的芳基。] [In formula (I-9), R 1 ~ R 8 independently represent a hydrogen atom, -R x , -NH 2 , -NHR x , -NR x 2 , -SR x or a halogen atom; R x represents the carbon number Alkyl group with 1 to 4 carbon atoms or aryl group with 6 to 12 carbon atoms. ]

作為前述㗁唑酮色素,較佳為式(I-10)所示的化合物。 As the above-mentioned ethazolidone dye, a compound represented by formula (I-10) is preferred.

[式(I-10)中,R 9~R 15互相獨立地表示氫原子、-R x、-NH 2、-NHR x、-NR x 2、-SR x或鹵素原子;R x表示碳數1~4的烷基或碳數6~12的芳基。] [In formula (I-10), R 9 ~ R 15 independently represent a hydrogen atom, -R x , -NH 2 , -NHR x , -NR x 2 , -SR x or a halogen atom; R x represents the carbon number Alkyl group with 1 to 4 carbon atoms or aryl group with 6 to 12 carbon atoms. ]

作為前述吖啶色素,較佳為式(I-11)所示的化合物。 As the acridine dye, a compound represented by formula (I-11) is preferred.

[式(I-11)中,R 16~R 23互相獨立地表示氫原子、-R x、-NH 2、-NHR x、-NR x 2、-SR x或鹵素原子;R x表示碳數1~4的烷基或碳數6~12的芳基。] [In formula (I-11), R 16 ~ R 23 independently represent a hydrogen atom, -R x , -NH 2 , -NHR x , -NR x 2 , -SR x or a halogen atom; R x represents the carbon number Alkyl group with 1 to 4 carbon atoms or aryl group with 6 to 12 carbon atoms. ]

式(I-9)、式(I-10)及式(I-11)中,作為R x之碳數1~6的烷基,可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基及己基等,作為碳數6~12的芳基,可舉出苯基、甲苯甲醯基、二甲苯基及萘基等。 In Formula (I-9), Formula (I-10) and Formula (I-11), examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in Rx include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms such as pentyl group and hexyl group include phenyl group, toluyl group, xylyl group, naphthyl group, and the like.

作為前述花青色素,較佳為式(I-12)所示的化合物及式(I-13)所示的化合物。As the cyanine pigment, the compound represented by formula (I-12) and the compound represented by formula (I-13) are preferred.

[式(I-12)中,D 1及D 2互相獨立地表示式(I-12a)~式(I-12d)之任一者所示的基;n5表示1~3之整數。] [In formula (I-12), D 1 and D 2 independently represent a base represented by any one of formula (I-12a) to formula (I-12d); n5 represents an integer of 1 to 3. ]

[式(I-13)中,D 3及D 4互相獨立地表示式(I-13a)~式(I-13h)之任一者所示的基;n6表示1~3之整數。] [In formula (I-13), D 3 and D 4 independently represent a base represented by any one of formula (I-13a) to formula (I-13h); n6 represents an integer of 1 to 3. ]

於此等二色性色素之中,偶氮色素由於直線性高,故適合於製作偏光性能優異的偏光子,因此形成偏光子層的聚合性液晶組成物所含有的二色性色素較佳為偶氮色素。Among these dichroic dyes, azo dyes are suitable for producing polarizers with excellent polarization properties due to their high linearity. Therefore, the dichroic dye contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition forming the polarizer layer is preferably: Azo pigments.

二色性色素之重量平均分子量通常為300~2000之範圍內,較佳為400~1000之範圍內。The weight average molecular weight of the dichroic pigment is usually in the range of 300 to 2000, preferably in the range of 400 to 1000.

聚合性液晶組成物(A’)中的二色性色素之含量係可按照所用的二色性色素之種類等而適宜決定,但相對於聚合性液晶化合物100質量份,較佳為0.1~50質量份之範圍內,更佳為0.1~20質量份之範圍內,尤佳為0.1~12質量份之範圍內。若二色性色素之含量為上述範圍內,則不易打亂聚合性液晶化合物的配向,可得到具有高配向秩序度的偏光子層。The content of the dichroic dye in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (A') can be appropriately determined depending on the type of dichroic dye used, etc., but it is preferably 0.1 to 50 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. Within the range of parts by mass, more preferably within the range of 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, particularly preferably within the range of 0.1 to 12 parts by mass. If the content of the dichroic dye is within the above range, the alignment of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is less likely to be disrupted, and a polarizing sublayer with a high degree of alignment order can be obtained.

[3.1.3]添加劑 聚合性液晶組成物(A’)可進一步包含聚合性液晶化合物及二色性色素以外的添加劑,相對於聚合性液晶組成物(A’)的固體成分,較佳為超過0%且20質量%以下,更佳為超過0%且10質量%以下。作為添加劑之例,可舉出聚合起始劑、光增感劑、調平劑、抗氧化劑、脫模劑、安定劑、上藍劑等之著色劑、難燃劑及滑劑等。 [3.1.3]Additives The polymerizable liquid crystal composition (A') may further contain additives other than the polymerizable liquid crystal compound and the dichroic dye, preferably more than 0% and 20% by mass relative to the solid content of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (A') or less, more preferably more than 0% and 10 mass% or less. Examples of additives include colorants such as polymerization initiators, photosensitizers, leveling agents, antioxidants, release agents, stabilizers, bluing agents, flame retardants, and lubricants.

<聚合起始劑> 聚合起始劑係能開始聚合性液晶化合物的聚合反應之化合物,於在更低溫條件下能開始聚合反應之點上,較佳為光聚合起始劑。具體而言,可舉出藉由光之作用能產生活性自由基或酸的光聚合起始劑,其中較佳為藉由光之作用能產生自由基的光聚合起始劑。聚合起始劑可單獨或組合二種以上使用。 <Polymerization initiator> The polymerization initiator is a compound that can initiate the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. Since the polymerization reaction can be initiated under lower temperature conditions, a photopolymerization initiator is preferred. Specific examples thereof include photopolymerization initiators that can generate active radicals or acids by the action of light, and among these, photopolymerization initiators that can generate free radicals by the action of light are preferred. The polymerization initiator can be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.

作為光聚合起始劑,可使用眾所周知的光聚合起始劑,例如作為產生活性自由基的光聚合起始劑,可舉出自我裂開型的光聚合起始劑、氫擷取型的光聚合起始劑。As the photopolymerization initiator, a well-known photopolymerization initiator can be used. For example, the photopolymerization initiator that generates active radicals includes a self-cleavage type photopolymerization initiator and a hydrogen extraction type photopolymerization initiator. Polymerization initiator.

作為自我裂開型的光聚合起始劑,可舉出自我裂開型的苯偶姻系化合物、苯乙酮系化合物、羥基苯乙酮系化合物、α-胺基苯乙酮系化合物、肟酯系化合物、醯基膦氧化物系化合物、偶氮系化合物等。又,作為氫擷取型光聚合起始劑,可舉出氫擷取型的二苯甲酮系化合物、苯偶姻醚系化合物、苄基縮酮系化合物、二苯并環庚酮系化合物、蒽醌系化合物、呫噸酮系化合物、噻噸酮系化合物、鹵基苯乙酮系化合物、二烷氧基苯乙酮系化合物、鹵基雙咪唑系化合物、鹵基三𠯤系化合物、三𠯤系化合物等。Examples of the self-cleaving type photopolymerization initiator include self-cleaving benzoin-based compounds, acetophenone-based compounds, hydroxyacetophenone-based compounds, α-aminoacetophenone-based compounds, and oximes Ester compounds, acylphosphine oxide compounds, azo compounds, etc. Examples of the hydrogen extraction type photopolymerization initiator include hydrogen extraction type benzophenone-based compounds, benzoin ether-based compounds, benzyl ketal-based compounds, and dibenzocycloheptanone-based compounds. , Anthraquinone series compounds, xanthone series compounds, thioxanthone series compounds, haloacetophenone series compounds, dialkoxyacetophenone series compounds, halobisimidazole series compounds, halotribasic compounds, Three 𠯤 series compounds, etc.

作為產生酸的光聚合起始劑,可使用碘鎓鹽及鋶鹽等。As a photopolymerization initiator that generates acid, iodonium salt, sulfonium salt, etc. can be used.

其中,從防止色素的溶解之觀點來看,低溫的反應較宜,從低溫的反應效率之觀點來看,較佳為自我裂開型的光聚合起始劑,特佳為苯乙酮系化合物、羥基苯乙酮系化合物、α-胺基苯乙酮系化合物、肟酯系化合物。Among them, from the viewpoint of preventing the dissolution of the pigment, a low-temperature reaction is preferable. From the viewpoint of low-temperature reaction efficiency, a self-cleaving type photopolymerization initiator is preferable, and an acetophenone compound is particularly preferable. , hydroxyacetophenone compounds, α-aminoacetophenone compounds, and oxime ester compounds.

作為光聚合起始劑,具體而言例如可舉出以下者。Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator include the following.

苯偶姻、苯偶姻甲基醚、苯偶姻乙基醚、苯偶姻異丙基醚及苯偶姻異丁基醚等之苯偶姻系化合物; 2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、1,2-二苯基-2,2-二甲氧基乙烷-1-酮、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-[4-(2-羥基乙氧基)苯基]丙烷-1-酮、1-羥基環己基苯基酮及2-羥基-2-甲基-1-[4-(1-甲基乙烯基)苯基]丙烷-1-酮的寡聚物等之羥基苯乙酮系化合物; 2-甲基-2-嗎啉代-1-(4-甲硫基苯基)丙烷-1-酮、2-二甲基胺基-2-苄基-1-(4-嗎啉代苯基)丁烷-1-酮等之α-胺基苯乙酮系化合物; Benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether and benzoin isobutyl ether; 2-Hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 1,2-diphenyl-2,2-dimethoxyethane-1-one, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl -1-[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl]propan-1-one, 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenylketone and 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-[4-(1-methyl Hydroxyacetophenone compounds such as oligomers of vinyl)phenyl]propane-1-one; 2-Methyl-2-morpholino-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)propan-1-one, 2-dimethylamino-2-benzyl-1-(4-morpholinobenzene α-aminoacetophenone compounds such as butane-1-one;

1,2-辛二酮,1-[4-(苯硫基)-,2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)]、乙酮,1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-,1-(O-乙醯基肟)等之肟酯系化合物; 2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基膦氧化物及雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)苯基膦氧化物等之醯基膦氧化物系化合物; 1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)-,2-(O-benzoyl oxime)], ethanone, 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methyl oxime ester compounds such as (benzoyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1-(O-acetyl oxime); 2,4,6-Trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide and bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phenylphosphine oxide and other acylphosphine oxide compounds ;

二苯甲酮,o-苯甲醯基苯甲酸甲酯、4-苯基二苯甲酮、4-苯甲醯基-4’-甲基二苯基硫化物、3,3’,4,4’-四(第三丁基過氧羰基)二苯甲酮及2,4,6-三甲基二苯甲酮等之二苯甲酮系化合物;Benzophenone, o-benzoyl benzoic acid methyl ester, 4-phenyl benzophenone, 4-benzoyl-4'-methyldiphenyl sulfide, 3,3',4, 4'-Tetrakis(tert-butylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone and 2,4,6-trimethylbenzophenone and other benzophenone compounds;

二乙氧基苯乙酮等之二烷氧基苯乙酮系化合物; 2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-(4-甲氧基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-(4-甲氧基萘基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-(4-甲氧基苯乙烯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-[2-(5-甲基呋喃-2-基)乙烯基]-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-[2-(呋喃-2-基)乙烯基]-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-[2-(4-二乙基胺基-2-甲基苯基)乙烯基]-1,3,5-三𠯤及2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-[2-(3,4-二甲氧基苯基)乙烯基]-1,3,5-三𠯤等之三𠯤系化合物。光聚合起始劑只要例如由上述光聚合起始劑中,於與聚合性液晶組成物(A)所含有聚合性液晶化合物之關係中適宜選擇即可。 Dialkoxyacetophenone compounds such as diethoxyacetophenone; 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-6-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1,3,5-trichloromethyl, 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-6-(4- Methoxynaphthyl)-1,3,5-trisulfate, 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-6-(4-methoxystyryl)-1,3,5-trisulfate, 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-6-[2-(5-methylfuran-2-yl)vinyl]-1,3,5-trichloromethyl, 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl base)-6-[2-(furan-2-yl)vinyl]-1,3,5-triethyl, 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-6-[2-(4-diethyl) methylamino-2-methylphenyl)vinyl]-1,3,5-tritrimethoxy and 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-6-[2-(3,4-dimethoxy Phenyl)vinyl]-1,3,5-trixamethonium series compounds. The photopolymerization initiator may be appropriately selected from among the above-mentioned photopolymerization initiators in relation to the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (A).

又,光聚合起始劑可使用市售品,作為例子,可舉出BASF公司製的「伊魯卡吉爾(lrgacure)(註冊商標)907、184、651、819、250、369、379、127、754、OXE01、OXE02及OXE03」;IDM Resins B.V.公司製的「Omnirad(註冊商標)BCIM、Esacure(註冊商標)1001M、Esacure(註冊商標)KIP160」;精工化學股份有限公司製的「Seikuol(註冊商標)BZ、Z及BEE」;DOW CHEMICAL股份有限公司製的「凱亞吉爾(kayacure)(註冊商標)BP100及UVI-6992」;股份有限公司ADEKA製「Adeka Optomer SP-152、N-1717、N-1919、SP-170、Adkarkls NCI-831及Adkarkls NCI-930」;SIBERHEGNER股份有限公司製的「TAZ-A及TAZ-PP」;股份有限公司三和化學製的「TAZ-104」等。In addition, commercially available products can be used as the photopolymerization initiator. Examples include "lrgacure (registered trademark) 907, 184, 651, 819, 250, 369, 379, 127 manufactured by BASF" , 754, OXE01, OXE02 and OXE03"; "Omnirad (registered trademark) BCIM, Esacure (registered trademark) 1001M, Esacure (registered trademark) KIP160" manufactured by IDM Resins B.V.; "Seikuol (registered trademark) manufactured by Seiko Chemical Co., Ltd. Trademarks) BZ, Z and BEE"; "kayacure (registered trademark) BP100 and UVI-6992" made by DOW CHEMICAL Co., Ltd.; "Adeka Optomer SP-152, N-1717, N-1919, SP-170, Adkarkls NCI-831 and Adkarkls NCI-930"; "TAZ-A and TAZ-PP" manufactured by SIBERHEGNER Co., Ltd.; "TAZ-104" manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd., etc.

聚合起始劑之含量,相對於聚合性液晶化合物100質量份,較佳為1~10質量份之範圍內,更佳為1~8質量份之範圍內,尤佳為2~8質量份之範圍內,特佳為4~8質量份之範圍內。若聚合起始劑之含量為上述上限下限值內,則可不大幅打亂聚合性液晶化合物的配向,進行聚合性液晶化合物的聚合反應。The content of the polymerization initiator is preferably in the range of 1 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably in the range of 1 to 8 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 2 to 8 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. Within the range, the best range is 4 to 8 parts by mass. If the content of the polymerization initiator is within the above upper and lower limits, the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be carried out without significantly disrupting the alignment of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.

又,聚合性液晶化合物之聚合率,從製造時的生產線污染或操作之觀點來看,較佳為60%以上,更佳為65%以上,尤佳為70%以上。In addition, the polymerization rate of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is preferably 60% or more, more preferably 65% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more, from the viewpoint of production line contamination or operation during production.

<光增感劑> 光增感劑可更促進聚合性液晶化合物的聚合反應。作為光增感劑,可舉出呫噸酮、噻噸酮等之呫噸酮系化合物(例如2,4-二乙基噻噸酮、2-異丙基噻噸酮等);蒽、含烷氧基的蒽(例如二丁氧基蒽等)等之蒽化合物;啡噻𠯤及紅螢烯等。光增感劑可單獨或組合2種以上使用。 <Photosensitizer> The photosensitizer can further promote the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. Examples of the photosensitizer include xanthone-based compounds such as xanthone and thioxanthone (for example, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2-isopropylthioxanthone, etc.); anthracene, Anthracene compounds such as alkoxy anthracene (such as dibutoxy anthracene, etc.); phenanthrene and rubrene, etc. The photosensitizer can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

聚合性液晶組成物(A’)包含光增感劑時,其含量只要按照聚合起始劑及聚合性液晶化合物之種類及其量來適宜決定即可,但相對於聚合性液晶化合物100質量份,較佳為0.1~30質量份之範圍內,更佳為0.5~10質量份之範圍內,尤佳為0.5~8質量份之範圍內。When the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (A') contains a photosensitizer, its content may be appropriately determined according to the type and amount of the polymerization initiator and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. However, relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound , preferably in the range of 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably in the range of 0.5 to 10 parts by mass, especially preferably in the range of 0.5 to 8 parts by mass.

<調平劑> 調平劑係調整聚合性液晶組成物的流動性,具有使藉由塗佈該聚合性液晶組成物而得的塗膜更平坦之功能,具體而言,可舉出界面活性劑。作為聚合性液晶組成物(A’)中的調平劑,較佳為選自由以聚丙烯酸酯化合物作為主成分的調平劑及以含氟原子的化合物作為主成分的調平劑所成之群組中的至少1種。調平劑可單獨或組合2種以上使用。 <Leveling agent> The leveling agent adjusts the fluidity of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition and has the function of making the coating film obtained by applying the polymerizable liquid crystal composition flatter. Specific examples thereof include surfactants. The leveling agent in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (A') is preferably selected from a leveling agent containing a polyacrylate compound as a main component and a leveling agent containing a fluorine atom-containing compound as a main component. At least 1 species in the group. Leveling agents can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為以聚丙烯酸酯化合物作為主成分的調平劑,例如可舉出BYK-Chemie公司製的「BYK-350、BYK-352、BYK-353、BYK-354、BYK-355、BYK-358N、BYK-361N、BYK-380、BYK-381及BYK-392」。Examples of leveling agents containing a polyacrylate compound as a main component include "BYK-350, BYK-352, BYK-353, BYK-354, BYK-355, BYK-358N, BYK manufactured by BYK-Chemie" -361N, BYK-380, BYK-381 and BYK-392".

作為以含氟原子的化合物作為主成分的調平劑,例如可舉出DIC(股)製的「Megafac(註冊商標)R-08、R-30、R-90、F-410、F-411、F-443、F-445、F-470、F-471、F-477、F-479、F-482及F-483」;AGC SEMI化學(股)製的「Surflon(註冊商標)S-381、S-382、S-383、S-393、SC-101、SC-105、KH-40及SA-100」;(股)Daikin Fine Chemicals研究所製的「E1830及E5844」;三菱材料電子化成(股)製的「Eftop(註冊商標)EF301、Eftop(註冊商標)EF303、Eftop(註冊商標)EF351及Eftop(註冊商標)EF352」。Examples of leveling agents containing a compound containing a fluorine atom as a main component include "Megafac (registered trademark) R-08, R-30, R-90, F-410, and F-411 manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd." , F-443, F-445, F-470, F-471, F-477, F-479, F-482 and F-483"; "Surflon (registered trademark) S- manufactured by AGC SEMI Chemical Co., Ltd. 381, S-382, S-383, S-393, SC-101, SC-105, KH-40 and SA-100"; "E1830 and E5844" manufactured by Daikin Fine Chemicals Research Institute; Mitsubishi Materials Electronics "Eftop (registered trademark) EF301, Eftop (registered trademark) EF303, Eftop (registered trademark) EF351 and Eftop (registered trademark) EF352" manufactured by Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.

聚合性液晶組成物(A’)含有調平劑時,其含量相對於聚合性液晶化合物100質量份,較佳為0.05~5質量份之範圍內,更佳為0.05~3質量份之範圍內。若調平劑之含量為前述範圍內,則容易使聚合性液晶化合物水平配向,且不易發生不均,有得到更平滑的偏光子層之傾向。When the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (A') contains a leveling agent, its content is preferably in the range of 0.05 to 5 parts by mass, and more preferably in the range of 0.05 to 3 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. . If the content of the leveling agent is within the aforementioned range, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound will be easily aligned horizontally, unevenness will be less likely to occur, and a smoother polarizing sublayer will tend to be obtained.

[3.1.4]形成方法 於本發明之偏光板中,偏光子較佳為配向秩序度高的偏光子。配向秩序度高的偏光子係於X射線繞射測定中得到源自六角相或結晶相的高級結構之布拉格峰(Bragg peak)。 [3.1.4] Formation method In the polarizing plate of the present invention, the polarized photons are preferably those with high alignment order. Polarized photons with a high degree of alignment order obtain a Bragg peak derived from a high-order structure of a hexagonal phase or a crystal phase in X-ray diffraction measurement.

所謂布拉格峰,就是意指源自分子配向的面周期結構之波峰。因此,構成本發明之偏光板的偏光子較佳為於X射線繞射測定中顯示布拉格峰。亦即,於構成本發明之偏光板的偏光子中,聚合性液晶化合物或其聚合物較佳為以在X射線繞射測定中該偏光子顯示布拉格峰之方式進行配向,更佳為於吸收光的方向中聚合性液晶化合物的分子進行配向之「水平配向」。The so-called Bragg peak refers to the peak of the periodic structure derived from molecular alignment. Therefore, it is preferable that the polarized photons constituting the polarizing plate of the present invention exhibit a Bragg peak in X-ray diffraction measurement. That is, among the polarized photons constituting the polarizing plate of the present invention, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound or its polymer is preferably aligned so that the polarized photons exhibit a Bragg peak in X-ray diffraction measurement, and more preferably, it absorbs light. The molecules of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound are aligned in the direction called "horizontal alignment".

本發明中較佳為分子配向的面周期間隔為3.0~6.0Å之範圍內的偏光子。如顯示布拉格峰的高配向秩序度係可藉由控制所用的聚合性液晶化合物之種類、二色性色素之種類或其量及聚合起始劑之種類或其量等而實現。In the present invention, polarized photons with a molecular alignment plane period interval in the range of 3.0 to 6.0 Å are preferred. A high degree of alignment order such as a Bragg peak can be achieved by controlling the type of polymerizable liquid crystal compound used, the type or amount of the dichroic dye, the type or amount of the polymerization initiator, and the like.

<偏光子層之形成方法> 本發明中,可按照偏光子層之厚度適用的顯示裝置來適宜選擇,較佳為0.1~5μm之範圍內的膜,更佳為0.3~4μm之範圍內,尤佳為0.5~3μm之範圍內。若厚度比該範圍更薄,則有得不到需要的光吸收之情況,而且若厚度比該範圍更厚,則液晶配向層所致的配向管制力降低,有容易發生配向缺陷之傾向。 <Formation method of polarizing sub-layer> In the present invention, the thickness of the polarizing sub-layer can be appropriately selected according to the display device suitable for it. The film is preferably in the range of 0.1~5 μm, more preferably in the range of 0.3~4 μm, and particularly preferably in the range of 0.5~3 μm. . If the thickness is thinner than this range, the required light absorption may not be obtained. If the thickness is thicker than this range, the alignment control force of the liquid crystal alignment layer is reduced, and alignment defects tend to easily occur.

又,偏光子層係透過液晶配向層而積層於作為基材的光學薄膜上,此從提高液晶配向度的觀點來看較宜。作為液晶配向層,從配向角的精度及品質以及含有液晶配向層的偏光板之耐水性及彎曲性等之觀點來看,較佳為光液晶配向層。含有液晶配向層時,液晶配向層之厚度較佳為10~5000nm之範圍內,更佳為10~1000nm之範圍內。In addition, the polarizing sub-layer is laminated on the optical film as the base material through the liquid crystal alignment layer, which is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the liquid crystal alignment degree. As the liquid crystal alignment layer, an optical liquid crystal alignment layer is preferred from the viewpoints of the accuracy and quality of the alignment angle and the water resistance and bendability of the polarizing plate containing the liquid crystal alignment layer. When a liquid crystal alignment layer is included, the thickness of the liquid crystal alignment layer is preferably in the range of 10~5000nm, more preferably in the range of 10~1000nm.

本發明之偏光板可藉由以下而製造:形成包含具有聚合性基的聚合性液晶化合物及二色性色素之聚合性液晶組成物(A’)的塗膜,從前述塗膜中去除溶劑,接著升溫到使聚合性液晶化合物相轉移到液體相之溫度以上後進行降溫,使該聚合性液晶化合物相轉移到層列相,保持著該層列相,使聚合性液晶化合物進行聚合而得到偏光子層(以下亦稱為「偏光子層形成步驟」)。The polarizing plate of the present invention can be produced by forming a coating film of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (A′) containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound having a polymerizable group and a dichroic dye, and removing the solvent from the coating film, Then, the temperature is raised to a temperature above which the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is phase-transferred to the liquid phase, and then the temperature is lowered to phase-transfer the polymerizable liquid crystal compound to the smectic phase. The smectic phase is maintained, and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is polymerized to obtain polarized light. sub-layer (hereinafter also referred to as the "polarizing sub-layer forming step").

於偏光子層形成步驟中,聚合性液晶組成物(A’)之塗膜形成係可藉由:在作為基材的光學薄膜上直接或隔著後述的液晶配向層,塗佈聚合性液晶組成物(A’)而進行。In the step of forming the polarizing sub-layer, the coating film of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (A') can be formed by coating the polymerizable liquid crystal composition directly on the optical film as the base material or via a liquid crystal alignment layer to be described later. Proceed with object (A').

作為基材,可使用本發明之光學薄膜,可直接積層偏光子層。又,亦可使用與本發明之光學薄膜不同的薄膜(支撐體)作為基材,形成偏光子層積層薄膜,然後透過接著層,與本發明之光學薄膜進行貼合。As the base material, the optical film of the present invention can be used, and the polarizing sub-layer can be directly laminated. Alternatively, a film (support) different from the optical film of the present invention may be used as a base material to form a polarizing sub-laminated film, and then be laminated to the optical film of the present invention through an adhesive layer.

一般而言,由於顯示層列液晶性的化合物係黏度高,故從提高聚合性液晶組成物(A’)的塗佈性而使容易形成偏光子層之觀點來看,可藉由在聚合性液晶組成物(A’)中添加溶劑而進行黏度調整(以下,將在聚合性液晶組成物中添加溶劑而成之組成物亦稱為「偏光子層形成用組成物」)。Generally speaking, since the viscosity of compounds showing smectic liquid crystallinity is high, from the viewpoint of improving the coating properties of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (A') and making it easier to form the polarizing sub-layer, the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (A') can be A solvent is added to the liquid crystal composition (A') to adjust the viscosity (hereinafter, a composition in which a solvent is added to a polymerizable liquid crystal composition will also be referred to as a "polarizing sublayer forming composition").

用於偏光子層形成用組成物的溶劑,可按照所用的聚合性液晶化合物及二色性色素之溶解性等而適宜選擇。具體而言,例如可舉出水、甲醇、乙醇、乙二醇、異丙醇、丙二醇、甲基賽珞蘇、丁基賽珞蘇、丙二醇單甲基醚等之醇溶劑、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯、γ-丁內酯、丙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯等之酯溶劑、丙酮、甲基乙基酮、環戊酮、環己酮、甲基戊基酮、甲基異丁基酮等之酮溶劑、戊烷、己烷、庚烷等之脂肪族烴溶劑、甲苯、二甲苯等之芳香族烴溶劑、乙腈等之腈溶劑、四氫呋喃、二甲氧基乙烷等之醚溶劑,及氯仿、氯苯等之氯化烴溶劑等。此等之溶劑可單獨或組合2種以上使用。相對於構成聚合性液晶組成物(A’)的固體成分100質量份,溶劑之含量較佳為100~1900質量份之範圍內,更佳為150~900質量份之範圍內,尤佳為180~600質量份之範圍內。The solvent used in the composition for forming the polarizing sub-layer can be appropriately selected according to the solubility of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound and dichroic dye used. Specific examples thereof include alcohol solvents such as water, methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropyl alcohol, propylene glycol, methyl cellulosine, butyl cellulosine, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethyl acetate, Butyl acetate, ethylene glycol methyl ether acetate, γ-butyrolactone, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, ethyl lactate and other ester solvents, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexane Ketone solvents such as ketone, methyl amyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, etc., aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane, heptane, etc., aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene, xylene, etc., nitrile solvents such as acetonitrile, etc. , ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran and dimethoxyethane, and chlorinated hydrocarbon solvents such as chloroform and chlorobenzene. These solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The content of the solvent is preferably in the range of 100 to 1900 parts by mass, more preferably in the range of 150 to 900 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 180 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the solid content constituting the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (A'). Within the range of ~600 parts by mass.

作為將偏光子層形成用組成物塗佈於基材等之方法,可舉出旋轉塗佈法、擠壓法、凹版塗佈法、模塗法、棒塗法、塗佈器(applicator)法等之塗佈法、柔版法等之印刷法等之眾所周知的方法。Examples of methods for applying the polarizing sub-layer forming composition to a base material include spin coating, extrusion, gravure coating, die coating, rod coating, and applicator methods. Well-known methods such as coating methods, flexographic printing methods, etc.

接著,於由偏光子層形成用組成物所得之塗膜中所含有的聚合性液晶化合物不進行聚合之條件下,藉由乾燥等去除溶劑,形成乾燥塗膜。作為乾燥方法,可舉出自然乾燥法、通風乾燥法、加熱乾燥及減壓乾燥法等。Next, under the condition that the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the coating film obtained from the polarizing sub-layer forming composition does not polymerize, the solvent is removed by drying or the like to form a dry coating film. Examples of drying methods include natural drying, ventilation drying, heating drying, and reduced pressure drying.

再者,為了使聚合性液晶化合物相轉移到液體相,升溫到使聚合性液晶化合物相轉移到液體相之溫度以上後進行降溫,使該聚合性液晶化合物相轉移到層列相(層列液晶狀態)。該相轉移係在前述塗膜中的溶劑去除後進行,也與溶劑去除同時地進行。Furthermore, in order to phase-transfer the polymerizable liquid crystal compound to the liquid phase, the temperature is raised to or above the temperature at which the polymerizable liquid crystal compound phase-transfers to the liquid phase, and then the temperature is lowered to phase-transfer the polymerizable liquid crystal compound to the smectic phase (smectic liquid crystal). condition). This phase transfer is performed after the solvent in the coating film is removed, or simultaneously with the removal of the solvent.

藉由保持著聚合性液晶化合物的層列液晶狀態,使聚合性液晶化合物進行聚合,而作為聚合性液晶組成物的硬化層形成偏光子層。作為聚合方法,較佳為光聚合法。於光聚合中,作為照射至乾燥塗膜的光,可按照該乾燥塗膜所含有的聚合性液晶化合物之種類(尤其,該聚合性液晶化合物所具有的聚合性基之種類)、聚合起始劑之種類及彼等之量等而適宜選擇。By maintaining the smectic liquid crystal state of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is polymerized, and a polarizing sublayer is formed as a hardened layer of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. As the polymerization method, photopolymerization is preferred. In photopolymerization, the light irradiated to the dry coating film can be determined according to the type of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the dry coating film (especially the type of polymerizable group the polymerizable liquid crystal compound has), the polymerization initiation The appropriate selection depends on the types of agents and their amounts.

作為其具體例,可舉出選自由可見光、紫外光、紅外光、X射線、α射線、β射線及γ射線所成之群組中的1種以上之活性能量線或活性電子線。其中,在容易控制聚合反應的進行之點,或作為光聚合裝置,可使用該領域中廣泛使用者之點上,較佳為紫外光,較佳為以藉由紫外光能光聚合之方式,選擇聚合性液晶組成物所含有的聚合性液晶化合物或聚合起始劑之種類。Specific examples thereof include one or more active energy rays or active electron rays selected from the group consisting of visible light, ultraviolet light, infrared light, X-rays, α-rays, β-rays and γ-rays. Among them, ultraviolet light is preferred because it is easy to control the progress of the polymerization reaction, or the photopolymerization device can be used by a wide range of users in this field, and photopolymerization by ultraviolet light energy is preferred. Select the type of polymerizable liquid crystal compound or polymerization initiator contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.

又,在聚合時,一邊藉由適當的冷卻手段來冷卻乾燥塗膜,一邊進行光照射,亦可控制聚合溫度。若藉由採用如此的冷卻手段,在更低溫下實施聚合性液晶化合物的聚合,則即便使用耐熱性比較低的基材,也能適當地形成偏光子層。於光聚合時,藉由進行遮掩或顯像等,亦可得到經圖型化的偏光子層。Furthermore, during polymerization, the polymerization temperature can be controlled by irradiating the film with light while cooling and drying the coating film using an appropriate cooling means. If such a cooling means is used to polymerize the polymerizable liquid crystal compound at a lower temperature, the polarizing sublayer can be formed appropriately even if a base material with relatively low heat resistance is used. During photopolymerization, a patterned polarizing sub-layer can also be obtained by masking or developing.

作為前述活性能量線之光源,例如可舉出低壓水銀燈、中壓水銀燈、高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈、氙燈、鹵素燈、碳弧燈、鎢燈、鎵燈、準分子雷射、發出波長範圍380~440nm的LED光源、化學燈、黑光燈、微波激發水銀燈、金屬鹵化物燈等。Examples of light sources of active energy rays include low-pressure mercury lamps, medium-pressure mercury lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, ultra-high-pressure mercury lamps, xenon lamps, halogen lamps, carbon arc lamps, tungsten lamps, gallium lamps, excimer lasers, and emission wavelength ranges of 380 ~440nm LED light source, chemical lamp, black light lamp, microwave excited mercury lamp, metal halide lamp, etc.

紫外線照射強度通常為10~3000mW/cm 2之範圍內。紫外線照射強度較佳為有效於聚合起始劑的活性化之波長區域中的強度。照射光的時間通常為0.1秒~10分鐘之範圍內,較佳為1秒~5分鐘之範圍內,更佳為5秒~3分鐘之範圍內,尤佳為10秒~1分鐘之範圍內。若以如的紫外線照射強度照射1次或複數次,則其累計光量為10~3000 mJ/cm 2之範圍內,較佳為50~2000mJ/cm 2之範圍內,更佳為100~1000mJ/cm 2之範圍內。 The intensity of ultraviolet irradiation is usually in the range of 10~3000mW/ cm2 . The ultraviolet irradiation intensity is preferably an intensity in a wavelength region effective for activation of the polymerization initiator. The time of irradiation with light is usually in the range of 0.1 seconds to 10 minutes, preferably in the range of 1 second to 5 minutes, more preferably in the range of 5 seconds to 3 minutes, especially in the range of 10 seconds to 1 minute . If the ultraviolet irradiation intensity is irradiated once or multiple times, the cumulative light amount is in the range of 10~3000 mJ/ cm2 , preferably in the range of 50~2000mJ/ cm2 , and more preferably in the range of 100~1000mJ/cm2 Within the range of cm 2 .

藉由進行光聚合,聚合性液晶化合物係保持著層列相,較佳為高次的層列相之液晶狀態而進行聚合,形成偏光子層。聚合性液晶化合物保持著層列相的液晶狀態進行聚合而得的偏光子層,亦伴隨前述二色性色素的作用,與以往的主客型偏光板亦即由向列相的液晶狀態所成的偏光子層比較下,具有偏光性能高的有利點。再者,與僅塗佈二色性色素或溶致液晶者比較下,亦具有強度優異的有利點。By carrying out photopolymerization, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound maintains a smectic phase, preferably a liquid crystal state of a higher-order smectic phase, and polymerizes to form a polarizing sublayer. The polarizing sub-layer obtained by polymerizing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound while maintaining the liquid crystal state of the smectic phase is also accompanied by the action of the aforementioned dichroic pigment. It is different from the conventional host-guest polarizing plate, which is composed of the liquid crystal state of the nematic phase. Compared with the polarizing sub-layer, it has the advantage of high polarizing performance. Furthermore, it also has the advantage of being superior in strength compared to coating only dichroic dyes or lyotropic liquid crystals.

<液晶配向層之製造方法> 本發明中偏光子層較佳為隔著液晶配向層而形成。該液晶配向層具有使聚合性液晶化合物在所欲的方向中液晶配向之配向管制力。 <Manufacturing method of liquid crystal alignment layer> In the present invention, the polarizing sub-layer is preferably formed through the liquid crystal alignment layer. The liquid crystal alignment layer has an alignment control force that aligns the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in a desired direction.

作為液晶配向層,較佳為具有不因含有聚合性液晶化合物的組成物之塗佈等而溶解的耐溶劑性。又,較佳為具有為了溶劑的去除或聚合性液晶化合物的配向之加熱處理中的耐熱性。本發明中,作為液晶配向層,從配向角的精度及品質以及含有液晶配向層的偏光板之耐水性及彎曲性等之觀點來看,較佳為光液晶配向層。光液晶配向層係在藉由選擇所照射的偏光之偏光方向,可任意地控制配向管制力的方向之點上亦有利。The liquid crystal alignment layer preferably has solvent resistance such that it is not dissolved by coating of a composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound. Furthermore, it is preferable to have heat resistance during heat treatment for removal of solvent or alignment of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. In the present invention, the liquid crystal alignment layer is preferably an optical liquid crystal alignment layer from the viewpoints of the accuracy and quality of the alignment angle and the water resistance and bendability of the polarizing plate containing the liquid crystal alignment layer. The optical liquid crystal alignment layer is also advantageous in that the direction of the alignment control force can be arbitrarily controlled by selecting the polarization direction of the irradiated polarized light.

光液晶配向層通常藉由將包含具有光反應性基的聚合物或單體與溶劑之組成物(以下亦稱為「光液晶配向層形成用組成物」)塗佈於基材,照射偏光(較佳為「偏光UV」)而得。The optical liquid crystal alignment layer is usually formed by coating a composition containing a polymer or monomer with a photoreactive group and a solvent (hereinafter also referred to as the "optical liquid crystal alignment layer forming composition") on a substrate, and then irradiating polarized light ( Preferably "polarized UV").

所謂光反應性基,就是指藉由光照射而產生液晶配向能力之基。具體而言,可舉出參與藉由光照射而產生的分子之配向誘發或異構化反應、二聚化反應、光交聯反應或光分解反應等之成為液晶配向能力的起源之光反應的基。其中,參與二聚化反應或光交聯反應的基係在配向性優異之點上較宜。作為光反應性基,較佳為具有不飽和鍵尤其雙鍵的基,特佳為具有選自由碳-碳雙鍵(C=C鍵)、碳-氮雙鍵(C=N鍵)、氮-氮雙鍵(N=N鍵)及碳-氧雙鍵(C=O鍵)所成之群組中的至少1者之基。The so-called photoreactive group refers to a group that generates liquid crystal alignment ability through light irradiation. Specific examples include photoreactions that are involved in the origin of the alignment ability of liquid crystals, such as alignment induction of molecules produced by light irradiation, isomerization reaction, dimerization reaction, photocrosslinking reaction, or photodecomposition reaction. base. Among them, groups participating in dimerization reaction or photo-crosslinking reaction are preferred because they have excellent alignment properties. The photoreactive group is preferably a group having an unsaturated bond, especially a double bond, and particularly preferably a group having a carbon-carbon double bond (C=C bond), a carbon-nitrogen double bond (C=N bond), nitrogen - A group of at least one of the group consisting of a nitrogen double bond (N=N bond) and a carbon-oxygen double bond (C=O bond).

作為具有C=C鍵的光反應性基,可舉出乙烯基、多烯基、二苯乙烯基、苯乙烯基吡啶基、苯乙烯基吡啶鎓基、查耳酮基及桂皮醯基等。作為具有C=N鍵的光反應性基,可舉出具有芳香族希夫鹼、芳香族腙等結構之基。作為具有N=N鍵的光反應性基,可舉出偶氮苯基、偶氮萘基、芳香族雜環偶氮基、雙偶氮基、甲䐶基及具有氧化偶氮苯結構之基等。作為具有C=O鍵的光反應性基,可舉出二苯甲酮基、香豆素基、蒽醌基及馬來醯亞胺基等。此等之基可被烷基、烷氧基、芳基、烯丙氧基、氰基、烷氧基羰基、羥基、磺酸基、鹵化烷基等之取代基所取代。Examples of the photoreactive group having a C=C bond include a vinyl group, a polyalkenyl group, a distyryl group, a styrylpyridyl group, a styrylpyridinium group, a chalcone group, a cinnamyl group, and the like. Examples of the photoreactive group having a C=N bond include groups having structures such as aromatic Schiff bases and aromatic hydrazones. Examples of the photoreactive group having an N=N bond include an azophenyl group, an azonaphthyl group, an aromatic heterocyclic azo group, a disazo group, a methyl group, and a group having an oxidized azobenzene structure. wait. Examples of the photoreactive group having a C=O bond include a benzophenone group, a coumarin group, an anthraquinone group, a maleimide group, and the like. These groups may be substituted by substituents such as alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, allyloxy, cyano, alkoxycarbonyl, hydroxyl, sulfonic acid, alkyl halide and the like.

其中,較佳為參與光二聚化反應的光反應性基,在光配向所需要的偏光照射量比較少且容易得到熱安定性或隨著時間經過的安定性優異之光液晶配向層之點上,較佳為桂皮醯基及查耳酮基。作為具有光反應性基的聚合物,特佳為該聚合物側鏈的末端部成為如桂皮酸結構之具有桂皮醯基者。Among them, a photoreactive group that participates in the photodimerization reaction is preferred because the amount of polarized light irradiation required for photoalignment is relatively small and it is easy to obtain a photoliquid crystal alignment layer that is excellent in thermal stability or stability over time. , preferably cinnamon base and chalcone base. The polymer having a photoreactive group is particularly preferably a polymer having a cinnamyl group at the end of the side chain such as a cinnamic acid structure.

藉由將光液晶配向層形成用組成物塗佈於基材上,可在基材上形成光配向誘發層。作為該組成物所含有的溶劑,可舉出與作為在形成偏光子層時可用的溶劑所先前例示的溶劑同樣者,可按照具有光反應性基的聚合物或單體之溶解性而適宜選擇。By coating the composition for forming a photo-liquid crystal alignment layer on a substrate, a photo-alignment inducing layer can be formed on the substrate. Examples of the solvent contained in the composition include the same solvents exemplified previously as solvents that can be used when forming the polarizing sublayer, and can be appropriately selected according to the solubility of the polymer or monomer having a photoreactive group. .

光液晶配向層形成用組成物中之具有光反應性基的聚合物或單體之含量,可按照聚合物或單體之種類或目的之光液晶配向層之厚度而適宜調節,但相對於光液晶配向層形成用組成物之質量,較佳為至少0.2質量%,更佳為0.3~10質量%之範圍。於不顯著損害光液晶配向層的特性之範圍內,光液晶配向層形成用組成物亦可包含聚乙烯醇或聚醯亞胺等之高分子材料或光增感劑。The content of the polymer or monomer having a photoreactive group in the composition for forming the optical liquid crystal alignment layer can be appropriately adjusted according to the type of polymer or monomer or the thickness of the intended optical liquid crystal alignment layer, but relative to the The mass of the composition for forming the liquid crystal alignment layer is preferably at least 0.2 mass%, more preferably in the range of 0.3 to 10 mass%. Within the scope of not significantly damaging the characteristics of the optical liquid crystal alignment layer, the composition for forming the optical liquid crystal alignment layer may also include polymer materials such as polyvinyl alcohol or polyimide or photosensitizers.

作為將光液晶配向層形成用組成物塗佈於基材上之方法及從所塗佈的光液晶配向層形成用組成物中去除溶劑之方法,可舉出與將偏光子層形成用組成物塗佈於基材之方法及去除溶劑之方法同樣的方法。As a method of applying the composition for forming an optical liquid crystal alignment layer on a substrate and a method of removing a solvent from the applied composition for forming an optical liquid crystal alignment layer, examples of the method include applying the composition for forming a polarizing sub-layer. The method of applying to the substrate and removing the solvent are the same.

偏光UV之照射可為:對於從在基板上所塗佈的光液晶配向層形成用組成物中去除溶劑後者,直接照射偏光UV之形式,也可為從基材側照射偏光UV,使偏光UV透過而進行照射之形式。又,該偏光UV特佳為實質上平行光。照射的偏光之波長可為具有光反應性基的聚合物或單體之光反應性基能吸收光能量之波長區域者。具體而言,特佳為波長250~400nm之範圍內的UV(紫外線)。The irradiation of polarized UV may be in the form of directly irradiating polarized UV after removing the solvent from the composition for forming the optical liquid crystal alignment layer coated on the substrate, or may be irradiated with polarized UV from the side of the substrate, so that the polarized UV A form of irradiation through. In addition, the polarized UV is preferably substantially parallel light. The wavelength of the irradiated polarized light may be a wavelength region in which the photoreactive groups of the polymer or monomer having photoreactive groups can absorb light energy. Specifically, UV (ultraviolet) with a wavelength in the range of 250 to 400 nm is particularly preferred.

作為用於該偏光UV照射的光源,可舉出氙燈、高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈、金屬鹵化物燈、KrF、ArF等之紫外光雷射等,更佳為高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈及金屬鹵化物燈。於此等之中,高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈及金屬鹵化物燈由於波長313nm的紫外線之發光強度大而較宜。藉由來自前述光源的光通過適當的偏光子進行照射,可照射偏光UV。作為該偏光子,可使用偏光濾片或格蘭-湯姆森、格蘭-泰勒等之偏光稜鏡或線柵類型的偏光子。Examples of light sources used for polarized UV irradiation include xenon lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, ultra-high-pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps, KrF, ArF and other ultraviolet lasers, and more preferably high-pressure mercury lamps, ultra-high pressure mercury lamps and metal halide lamps. Object lamp. Among them, high-pressure mercury lamps, ultra-high-pressure mercury lamps, and metal halide lamps are preferred because of the high luminous intensity of ultraviolet light with a wavelength of 313 nm. By irradiating light from the aforementioned light source with appropriate polarized photons, polarized UV can be irradiated. As this polarizer, a polarizing filter, a polarizing filter such as Glan-Thomson, Glan-Taylor, etc., or a wire grid type polarizer can be used.

再者,進行摩擦或偏光照射時,若進行遮掩,則亦可形成液晶配向的方向不同的複數區域(圖型)。Furthermore, if masking is performed during rubbing or polarized light irradiation, a plurality of regions (patterns) with different liquid crystal alignment directions can be formed.

[3.2]相位差薄膜 本發明之偏光板係如圖4B所示,可為具備相位差薄膜作為與前述光學薄膜不同的薄膜(對向薄膜)而成之偏光板(例如橢圓偏光板)。於本發明之偏光板中,前述相位差薄膜較佳為滿足下述遲滯值(相位差值)。 [3.2] Phase difference film The polarizing plate of the present invention, as shown in FIG. 4B , may be a polarizing plate (for example, an elliptical polarizing plate) including a retardation film as a film (opposing film) different from the aforementioned optical film. In the polarizing plate of the present invention, the retardation film preferably satisfies the following retardation value (phase difference value).

較佳為滿足 [式中,Ro(550)表示在波長550nm的面內相位差值] 若相位差薄膜具有上述式X所示的面內相位差值,則發揮所謂λ/4板之功能。從光學性能之觀點來看,前述式X較佳為100nm≦Ro(550)≦180nm,更佳為120nm≦Ro(550)≦160nm。 better to satisfy [In the formula, Ro (550) represents the in-plane retardation value at a wavelength of 550 nm] If the retardation film has the in-plane retardation value represented by the above formula X, it functions as a so-called λ/4 plate. From the viewpoint of optical performance, the aforementioned formula

於本發明之偏光板中,前述相位差薄膜之慢軸與偏光板的吸收軸所成之角度較佳為實質上45°。尚且,本發明中所謂「實質上45°」,就是意指45°±5°。In the polarizing plate of the present invention, the angle formed by the slow axis of the retardation film and the absorption axis of the polarizing plate is preferably substantially 45°. In addition, the so-called "substantially 45°" in the present invention means 45°±5°.

再者,前述相位差薄膜較佳為滿足: [式中,Ro(450)及Ro(550)各自表示在波長450nm及550nm的面內相位差值] 滿足上述式Y的相位差薄膜具有所謂的逆波長分散性(reverse wavelength dispersion property),顯示優異的偏光性能。Ro(450)/Ro(550)之值較佳為0.93以下,更佳為0.88以下,尤佳為0.86以下,較佳為0.80以上,更佳為0.82以上。 Furthermore, the aforementioned retardation film preferably satisfies: [In the formula, Ro (450) and Ro (550) respectively represent the in-plane retardation value at wavelengths of 450 nm and 550 nm] The retardation film satisfying the above formula Y has the so-called reverse wavelength dispersion property, which is shown Excellent polarizing properties. The value of Ro(450)/Ro(550) is preferably 0.93 or less, more preferably 0.88 or less, particularly preferably 0.86 or less, preferably 0.80 or more, more preferably 0.82 or more.

前述相位差薄膜可為藉由將聚合物進行延伸而賦予相位差之延伸薄膜,但從偏光板的薄型化之觀點來看,較佳為由包含聚合性液晶化合物的聚合物之聚合性液晶組成物(以下亦稱為「聚合性液晶組成物(B’)」)所構成。The retardation film may be a stretched film in which a phase difference is imparted by stretching a polymer. However, from the viewpoint of thinning the polarizing plate, it is preferably composed of a polymerizable liquid crystal containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound. (hereinafter also referred to as "polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B')").

圖5C係顯示相位差薄膜為藉由包含聚合性液晶化合物的聚合物之聚合性液晶組成物所構成的偏光板之一例的剖面圖。5C is a cross-sectional view showing an example of a polarizing plate in which the retardation film is composed of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing a polymer of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound.

附有相位差層的偏光板70係透過接著層24貼合以由光學薄膜1、黏著層2及脫模薄膜3所構成的本發明之積層薄膜與以偏光子層21及液晶配向層22所構成之單元,與以支撐體26、液晶配向層22及聚合性液晶化合物含有層25所構成之相位差薄膜單元而構成。尚且,鄰接於偏光子層21可形成障壁層27。The polarizing plate 70 with a retardation layer is laminated with the laminated film of the present invention composed of the optical film 1, the adhesive layer 2 and the release film 3 and the polarizing sub-layer 21 and the liquid crystal alignment layer 22 through the adhesive layer 24. The constituted unit is composed of a retardation film unit composed of a support 26, a liquid crystal alignment layer 22, and a polymerizable liquid crystal compound containing layer 25. Furthermore, a barrier layer 27 may be formed adjacent to the polarizing sub-layer 21 .

前述相位差薄膜中的聚合性液晶化合物通常以經配向狀態進行聚合。形成相位差薄膜的聚合性液晶化合物(以下亦稱為「聚合性液晶化合物(B’)」),意指具有聚合性官能基尤其光聚合性官能基的液晶化合物。所謂光聚合性官能基,就是指藉由從光聚合起始劑所產生的活性自由基或酸等而可參與聚合反應之基。The polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the retardation film is usually polymerized in an aligned state. The polymerizable liquid crystal compound that forms a retardation film (hereinafter also referred to as "polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B')") means a liquid crystal compound having a polymerizable functional group, especially a photopolymerizable functional group. The photopolymerizable functional group refers to a group that can participate in the polymerization reaction through active radicals or acids generated from the photopolymerization initiator.

作為光聚合性官能基,可舉出乙烯基、乙烯氧基、1-氯乙烯基、異丙烯基、4-乙烯基苯基、丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基、環氧乙烷基、氧雜環丁基等。其中,較佳為丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基、乙烯氧基、環氧乙烷基及氧雜環丁基,更佳為丙烯醯氧基。液晶性可為熱致性液晶或溶致性液晶,相秩序結構可為向列液晶或層列液晶。作為聚合性液晶化合物,可僅使用1種,也可組合2種以上。Examples of the photopolymerizable functional group include vinyl, vinyloxy, 1-chlorovinyl, isopropenyl, 4-vinylphenyl, acryloxy, methacryloxy, and ethylene oxide. base, oxetanyl, etc. Among them, an acryloxy group, a methacryloxy group, an vinyloxy group, an oxirane group and an oxetanyl group are preferred, and an acryloxy group is more preferred. The liquid crystallinity can be thermotropic liquid crystal or lyotropic liquid crystal, and the phase order structure can be nematic liquid crystal or smectic liquid crystal. As the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, only one type may be used, or two or more types may be combined.

作為聚合性液晶化合物(B’),從成膜的容易性及賦予前述式(Y)所示的相位差性之觀點來看,較佳為具有下述(ㄅ)~(ㄈ)之特徵的化合物。The polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B') is preferably one having the following characteristics (ㄅ) to (ㄈ) from the viewpoint of ease of film formation and imparting retardation properties represented by the aforementioned formula (Y). compound.

(ㄅ)具有熱致液晶性的化合物。 (ㄆ)在該聚合性液晶化合物的長軸方向(a)上具有π電子。 (ㄇ)對於長軸方向(a)交叉的方向[交叉方向(b)]上具有π電子。 (ㄈ)將存在於長軸方向(a)的π電子之合計當作N(πa),將存在於長軸方向的分子量之合計當作N(Aa),將以下述式(i)所定義的聚合性液晶化合物之長軸方向(a)的π電子密度: 與存在於交叉方向(b)的π電子之合計當作N(πb),將存在於交叉方向(b)的分子量之合計當作N(Ab),以下述式(ii)所定義的聚合性液晶化合物之交叉方向(b)的π電子密度: 處於 之關係[亦即,交叉方向(b)的π電子密度大於長軸方向(a)的π電子密度]。 (ㄅ) A compound having thermotropic liquid crystallinity. (ㄆ) The polymerizable liquid crystal compound has π electrons in the long axis direction (a). (ㄇ) There are π electrons in the direction intersecting the major axis direction (a) [crossing direction (b)]. (ㄈ) Let the total number of π electrons existing in the long axis direction (a) be regarded as N(πa), and the total number of molecular weights existing in the long axis direction be regarded as N(Aa), and it will be defined by the following formula (i) The π electron density in the long axis direction (a) of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound: The total number of π electrons present in the cross direction (b) is regarded as N(πb), and the total number of molecular weights present in the cross direction (b) is regarded as N(Ab). The polymerizability defined by the following formula (ii) π electron density in the cross direction (b) of liquid crystal compounds: in The relationship [that is, the π electron density in the cross direction (b) is greater than the π electron density in the long axis direction (a)].

尚且,滿足上述(ㄅ)~(ㄈ)的聚合性液晶化合物(B’)例如可藉由塗佈經摩擦處理而形成的液晶配向層上,加熱到相轉移溫度以上,而形成向列相。於該聚合性液晶化合物(B’)進行配向而形成的向列相中,通常以聚合性液晶化合物的長軸方向成為互相平行的方式進行配向,該長軸方向成為向列相的配向方向。Furthermore, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B') that satisfies the above (ㄅ) to (ㄈ) can be formed into a nematic phase by, for example, coating the liquid crystal alignment layer formed by rubbing treatment and heating it to a phase transition temperature or higher. In the nematic phase formed by aligning the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B'), the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B') is usually aligned so that its long axis directions become parallel to each other, and the long axis directions become the alignment direction of the nematic phase.

具有上述特性的聚合性液晶化合物(B’)一般多顯示逆波長分散性。作為滿足上述(ㄅ)~(ㄈ)之特性的化合物,具體而言,例如可舉出下述式(II)所示的化合物。The polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B') having the above characteristics generally shows reverse wavelength dispersion. Specific examples of compounds that satisfy the characteristics (ㄅ) to ((ㄈ)) include compounds represented by the following formula (II).

前述式(II)所示的化合物可單獨或組合2種以上使用。The compound represented by the said formula (II) can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

式(II)中,Ar表示可具有取代基之二價的芳香族基。此處所言的芳香族基,就是具有平面性的環狀結構之基,指該環狀結構所具有的π電子數依照休克爾規則(Hückel’s rule)為[4n+2]個。此處,n表示整數。包含-N=或-S-等雜原子而形成環結構時,包含此等雜原子上的非共價鍵電子對,滿足休克爾規則,亦包括具有芳香族性的情況。較佳為於該二價的芳香族基中包含氮原子、氧原子、硫原子中的至少1個以上。In formula (II), Ar represents a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent. The aromatic group mentioned here is the base of a planar cyclic structure, which means that the number of π electrons in the cyclic structure is [4n+2] according to Hückel’s rule. Here, n represents an integer. When a ring structure is formed by containing heteroatoms such as -N= or -S-, the non-covalent electron pairs on these heteroatoms are included, satisfying Huckel's rule, and it also includes aromatic properties. The divalent aromatic group preferably contains at least one of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom.

式(II)中,G 1及G 2各自獨立地表示二價芳香族基或二價脂環式烴基。此處,該二價芳香族基或二價脂環式烴基所含有的氫原子可被取代成鹵素原子、碳數1~4的烷基、碳數1~4的氟烷基、碳數1~4的烷氧基、氰基或硝基,構成該二價芳香族基或二價脂環式烴基的碳原子可被取代成氧原子、硫原子或氮原子。 In formula (II), G 1 and G 2 each independently represent a divalent aromatic group or a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group. Here, the hydrogen atom contained in the divalent aromatic group or the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a fluoroalkyl group having 1 carbon atoms. ~4 alkoxy group, cyano group or nitro group, the carbon atoms constituting the divalent aromatic group or divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group can be substituted with oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms or nitrogen atoms.

式(II)中,L 1、L 2、B 1及B 2各自獨立為單鍵或二價連結基。 In formula (II), L 1 , L 2 , B 1 and B 2 are each independently a single bond or a bivalent linking group.

式(II)中,k、l各自獨立地表示0~3之整數,滿足1≦k+l之關係。此處,於2≦k+l時,B 1及B 2、G 1及G 2各自可互相相同,也可相異。 In formula (II), k and l each independently represent an integer from 0 to 3, satisfying the relationship of 1≦k+l. Here, when 2≦k+1, B 1 and B 2 and G 1 and G 2 may be the same as each other or may be different.

式(II)中,E 1及E 2各自獨立地表示碳數1~17的烷二基,此處,烷二基所含有的氫原子可被鹵素原子所取代,該烷二基所含有的-CH 2-可被-O-、-S-、-Si-所取代。P 1及P 2互相獨立地表示聚合性基或氫原子,至少1個為聚合性基。 In formula (II), E 1 and E 2 each independently represent an alkanediyl group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms. Here, the hydrogen atom contained in the alkanediyl group may be replaced by a halogen atom. The alkanediyl group contains -CH 2 - can be replaced by -O-, -S-, -Si-. P 1 and P 2 independently represent a polymerizable group or a hydrogen atom, and at least one of them is a polymerizable group.

式(11)中,G 1及G 2各自獨立地較佳為可被選自由鹵素原子及碳數1~4的烷基所成之群組中的至少1個取代基所取代之1,4-伸苯基二基、可被選自由鹵素原子及碳數1~4的烷基所成之群組中的至少1個取代基所取代之1,4-環己烷二基,更佳為被甲基所取代之1,4-伸苯基二基、無取代的1,4-伸苯基二基或無取代的1,4-反式環己烷二基,特佳為無取代的1,4-伸苯基二基或無取代的1,4-反式環己烷二基。又,複數存在的G 1及G 2中的至少1個較佳為二價脂環式烴基,另外,鍵結於L 1或L 2的G 1及G 2中的至少1個更佳為二價脂環式烴基。 In formula (11), G 1 and G 2 are each independently preferably substituted with at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. -phenylenediyl, 1,4-cyclohexanediyl which may be substituted with at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably 1,4-phenylenediyl substituted by methyl group, unsubstituted 1,4-phenylenediyl or unsubstituted 1,4-trans-cyclohexanediyl, especially unsubstituted 1,4-phenylenediyl or unsubstituted 1,4-trans-cyclohexanediyl. Furthermore, at least one of G 1 and G 2 present in plural is preferably a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and at least one of G 1 and G 2 bonded to L 1 or L 2 is more preferably a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group. Valent alicyclic hydrocarbon group.

式(II)中,L 1及L 2各自獨立地較佳為單鍵、碳數1~4的伸烷基、-O-、-S-、-R a1OR a2-、-R a3COOR a4-、    -R a5OCOR a6-、R a7OC=OOR a8-、-N=N-、-CR c=CR d-或C≡C-。此處,R a1~R a8各自獨立地表示單鍵或碳數1~4的伸烷基,R c及R d表示碳數1~4的烷基或氫原子。L 1及L 2各自獨立地更佳為單鍵、-OR a2-1-、-CH 2-、-CH 2CH 2-、-COOR a4-1-或OCOR a6-1-。此處,R a2-1、R a4-1、R a6-1各自獨立地表示單鍵、-CH 2-、-CH 2CH 2-之任一者。L 1及L 2各自獨立地尤佳為單鍵、-O-、-CH 2CH 2-、 -COO-、-COOCH 2CH 2-或OCO-。 In formula (II), L 1 and L 2 are preferably each independently a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, -O-, -S-, -R a1 OR a2 -, -R a3 COOR a4 -, -R a5 OCOR a6 -, R a7 OC=OOR a8 -, -N=N-, -CR c =CR d -or C≡C-. Here, R a1 to R a8 each independently represent a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R c and R d represent an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a hydrogen atom. L 1 and L 2 are each independently more preferably a single bond, -OR a2-1 -, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -COOR a4-1 - or OCOR a6-1 -. Here, R a2-1 , R a4-1 , and R a6-1 each independently represent any one of a single bond, -CH 2 -, and -CH 2 CH 2 -. L 1 and L 2 are preferably each independently a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -COO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 - or OCO-.

於本發明的合適之一實施態樣中,式(II)中的G 1及G 2中的至少1個為二價脂環式烴基,使用該二價脂環式烴基藉由可具有取代基的二價芳香族基Ar與-COO-的L 1及/或L 2所鍵結的聚合性液晶化合物。 In a suitable embodiment of the present invention, at least one of G 1 and G 2 in formula (II) is a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent by A polymerizable liquid crystal compound in which the divalent aromatic group Ar is bonded to L 1 and/or L 2 of -COO-.

式(II)中,B 1及B 2各自獨立地較佳為單鍵、碳數1~4的伸烷基、-O-、-S-、-R a9ORa 10-、-R a11COOR a12-、  -R a13OCOR a14-或R a15OC=OOR a16-。此處,R a9~R a16各自獨立地表示單鍵或碳數1~4的伸烷基。B 1及B 2各自獨立地更佳為單鍵、-OR a10-1-、-CH 2-、-CH 2CH 2-、-COOR a12-1-或OCOR a14-1-。此處,R a10-1、R a12-1、R a14-1各自獨立地表示單鍵、-CH 2-、-CH 2CH 2-之任一者。B 1及B 2各自獨立地尤佳為單鍵、-O-、-CH 2CH 2-、-COO-、-COOCH 2CH 2-、-OCO-或OCOCH 2CH 2-。 In formula (II), B 1 and B 2 are preferably each independently a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, -O-, -S-, -R a9 ORa 10 -, -R a11 COOR a12 -, -R a13 OCOR a14 - or R a15 OC=OOR a16 -. Here, R a9 to R a16 each independently represent a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. B 1 and B 2 are each independently more preferably a single bond, -OR a10-1 -, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -COOR a12-1 - or OCOR a14-1 -. Here, R a10-1 , R a12-1 , and R a14-1 each independently represent any one of a single bond, -CH 2 -, and -CH 2 CH 2 -. B 1 and B 2 are each independently preferably a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -COO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 -, -OCO- or OCOCH 2 CH 2 -.

式(II)中,從逆波長分散性展現之觀點來看,k及l較佳為2≦k+l≦6之範圍,更佳為k+l=4,尤佳為k=2且l=2。若為k=2且l=2,由於成為對稱結構而更佳。In formula (II), from the viewpoint of showing reverse wavelength dispersion, k and l are preferably in the range of 2≦k+l≦6, more preferably k+l=4, and particularly preferably k=2 and l =2. If k=2 and l=2, it is better because it becomes a symmetrical structure.

式(II)中,E 1及E 2各自獨立地較佳為碳數1~17的烷二基,更佳為碳數4~12的烷二基。 In formula (II), E 1 and E 2 are each independently preferably an alkanediyl group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkanediyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms.

式(II)中,作為P 1或P 2所示的聚合性基,例如可舉出環氧基、乙烯基、乙烯氧基、1-氯乙烯基、異丙烯基、4-乙烯基苯基、丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基、環氧乙烷基及氧雜環丁基等。於此等之中,較佳為丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基、乙烯氧基、環氧乙烷基及氧雜環丁基,更佳為丙烯醯氧基。 In formula (II), examples of the polymerizable group represented by P 1 or P 2 include epoxy group, vinyl group, vinyloxy group, 1-chlorovinyl group, isopropenyl group, and 4-vinylphenyl group. , acryloxy group, methacryloxy group, ethylene oxide group and oxetanyl group, etc. Among these, an acryloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, an vinyloxy group, an ethylene oxide group, and an oxetanyl group are preferable, and an acrylyloxy group is more preferable.

式(II)中,Ar較佳為具有由可具有取代基的芳香族烴環、可具有取代基的芳香族雜環及拉電子基所選出的至少1個。作為該芳香族烴環,例如可舉出苯環、萘環、蒽環等,較佳為苯環、萘環。作為該芳香族雜環,可舉出呋喃環、苯并呋喃環、吡咯環、吲哚環、噻吩環、苯并噻吩環、吡啶環、吡𠯤環、嘧啶環、三唑環、三𠯤環、吡咯啉環、咪唑環、吡唑環、噻唑環、苯并噻唑環、噻吩并噻唑環、㗁唑環、苯并㗁唑環及菲繞啉環等。於此等之中,較佳為具有噻唑環、𠯤噻唑環或苯并呋喃環,更佳為具有苯并噻唑基。又,於Ar中包含氮原子時,該氮原子較佳為具有π電子。In formula (II), Ar preferably has at least one selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon ring that may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic ring that may have a substituent, and an electron-withdrawing group. Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, and the like, and a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring are preferred. Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic ring include a furan ring, a benzofuran ring, a pyrrole ring, an indole ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a triazole ring, and a trisulfate ring. , pyrroline ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, thiazole ring, benzothiazole ring, thienothiazole ring, 㗁azole ring, benzothezole ring and phenanthroline ring, etc. Among these, it is preferable to have a thiazole ring, a thiazole ring or a benzofuran ring, and it is more preferable to have a benzothiazolyl group. Furthermore, when Ar contains a nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom preferably has π electrons.

式(II)中,Ar所示的2價的芳香族基中所含有π電子之合計數Nπ較佳為8以上,更佳為10以上,尤佳為14以上,特佳為16以上。又,較佳為30以下,更佳為26以下,尤佳為24以下。In formula (II), the total number Nπ of π electrons contained in the divalent aromatic group represented by Ar is preferably 8 or more, more preferably 10 or more, still more preferably 14 or more, particularly preferably 16 or more. Furthermore, the number is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 26 or less, and particularly preferably 24 or less.

作為Ar所示的芳香族基,例如可舉出以下之式(Ar-1)~式(Ar-23)的基。Examples of the aromatic group represented by Ar include groups represented by the following formulas (Ar-1) to (Ar-23).

式(Ar-1)~式(Ar-23)中,*記號表示連結部,Z 0、Z 1及Z 2各自獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1~12的烷基、氰基、硝基、碳數1~12的烷基亞磺醯基、碳數1~12的烷基磺醯基、羧基、碳數1~12的氟烷基、碳數1~6的烷氧基、碳數1~12的烷硫基、碳數1~12的N-烷基胺基、碳數2~12的N,N-二烷基胺基、碳數1~12的N-烷基胺磺醯基或碳數2~12的N,N-二烷基胺磺醯基。 In the formula (Ar-1) to the formula (Ar-23), the * mark represents a connecting part, and Z 0 , Z 1 and Z 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a cyano group. , nitro group, alkylsulfenyl group with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkylsulfinyl group with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, carboxyl group, fluoroalkyl group with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkoxy group with 1 to 6 carbon atoms , Alkylthio group with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, N-alkylamino group with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, N,N-dialkylamino group with 2 to 12 carbon atoms, N-alkyl group with 1 to 12 carbon atoms Aminosulfonyl group or N,N-dialkylaminesulfonyl group with 2 to 12 carbon atoms.

式(Ar-1)~式(Ar-23)中,Q 1及Q 2各自獨立地表示-CR 2’R 3’-、-S-、-NH-、-NR 2’-、-CO-或O-,R 2’及R 3’各自獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~4的烷基。 In formula (Ar-1) to formula (Ar-23), Q 1 and Q 2 each independently represent -CR 2' R 3'- , -S-, -NH-, -NR 2' -, -CO- Or O-, R 2' and R 3' each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.

式(Ar-1)~式(Ar-23)中,J 1及J 2各自獨立地表示碳原子或氮原子。 In formulas (Ar-1) to formula (Ar-23), J 1 and J 2 each independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.

式(Ar-1)~式(Ar-23)中,Y 1、Y 2及Y 3各自獨立地表示可被取代的芳香族烴基或芳香族雜環基。 In formulas (Ar-1) to formula (Ar-23), Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted.

式(Ar-1)~式(Ar-23)中,W 1及W 2各自獨立地表示氫原子、氰基、甲基或鹵素原子,m表示0~6之整數。 In formula (Ar-1) to formula (Ar-23), W 1 and W 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a methyl group or a halogen atom, and m represents an integer from 0 to 6.

作為Y 1、Y 2及Y 3中的芳香族烴基,可舉出苯基、萘基、蒽基、菲基、聯苯基等之碳數6~20的芳香族烴基,較佳為苯基、萘基,更佳為苯基。作為芳香族雜環基,較佳為呋喃基、吡咯基、噻吩基、吡啶基、噻唑基、苯并噻唑基等之包含至少1個氮原子、氧原子、硫原子等雜原子之碳數4~20的芳香族雜環基、呋喃基、噻吩基、吡啶基、噻唑基、苯并噻唑基。 Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group in Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 include aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms such as phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, and biphenyl groups, with phenyl being preferred. , naphthyl, more preferably phenyl. The aromatic heterocyclic group is preferably a furyl group, a pyrrolyl group, a thienyl group, a pyridyl group, a thiazolyl group, a benzothiazolyl group, and the like, with a carbon number of 4 and containing at least one heteroatom such as a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, etc. ~20 aromatic heterocyclyl, furyl, thienyl, pyridyl, thiazolyl, benzothiazolyl.

Y 1及Y 2各自獨立地可為可被取代的多環系芳香族烴基或多環系芳香族雜環基。多環系芳香族烴基指縮合多環系芳香族烴基或源自芳香環集合的基。多環系芳香族雜環基指縮合多環系芳香族雜環基或源自芳香環集合的基。 Y 1 and Y 2 may each independently be a polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group or a polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted. The polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group refers to a condensed polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group or a group derived from a collection of aromatic rings. The polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group refers to a condensed polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group or a group derived from a collection of aromatic rings.

式(Ar-1)~式(Ar-23)中,Z 0、Z 1及Z 2各自獨立地較佳為氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1~12的烷基、氰基、硝基、碳數1~12的烷氧基,Z 0更佳為氫原子、碳數1~12的烷基、氰基,Z 1及Z 2更佳為氫原子、氟原子、氯原子、甲基、氰基。 In formula (Ar-1) to formula (Ar-23), Z 0 , Z 1 and Z 2 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a cyano group, a nitro group, An alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, Z 0 is more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a cyano group, and Z 1 and Z 2 are more preferably a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a methyl group, Cyano.

式(Ar-1)~式(Ar-23)中,Q 1及Q 2較佳為、    -NH-、-S-、-NR 2’-、-O-,R 2’較佳為氫原子。其中,特佳為 -S-、-O-、-NH-。 In formula (Ar-1) ~ formula (Ar-23), Q 1 and Q 2 are preferably -NH-, -S-, -NR 2' -, -O-, and R 2' is preferably a hydrogen atom . Among them, -S-, -O- and -NH- are particularly preferred.

式(Ar-1)~(Ar-23)之中,從分子的安定性之觀點來看,更佳為(Ar-6)及式(Ar-7)。Among formulas (Ar-1) to (Ar-23), from the viewpoint of molecular stability, (Ar-6) and formula (Ar-7) are more preferred.

式(Ar-17)~(Ar-23)中,Y 1可其鍵結的氮原子及Z 0一起形成芳香族雜環基。作為芳香族雜環基,可舉出作為Ar可具有的芳香族雜環之前述者,例如可舉出吡咯環、咪唑環、吡咯啉環、吡啶環、吡𠯤環、嘧啶環、吲哚環、喹啉環、異喹啉環、嘌呤環、吡咯啶環等。該芳香族雜環基可具有取代基。又,Y 1係與其鍵結的氮原子及Z 0一起,可為前述可被取代的多環系芳香族烴基或多環系芳香族雜環基。例如,可舉出苯并呋喃環、苯并噻唑環、苯并㗁唑環等。尚且,前述式(II)所示的化合物例如可依照日本特開2010-31223號公報中記載之方法進行製造。 In formulas (Ar-17) ~ (Ar-23), Y 1 can form an aromatic heterocyclic group with its bonded nitrogen atom and Z 0 . Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group include those mentioned above as aromatic heterocyclic rings that Ar may have. Examples include a pyrrole ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrroline ring, a pyridine ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, and an indole ring. , quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, purine ring, pyrrolidine ring, etc. The aromatic heterocyclic group may have a substituent. In addition, Y 1 , together with the nitrogen atom and Z 0 to which it is bonded, may be the aforementioned polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted. For example, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiazole ring, a benzothezole ring, etc. are mentioned. The compound represented by the formula (II) can be produced according to the method described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-31223, for example.

構成相位差薄膜的聚合性液晶組成物(B’)中的聚合性液晶化合物(B’)之含量,相對於聚合性液晶組成物(B’)的固體成分100質量份,例如為70~99.5質量份之範圍內,較佳為80~99質量份之範圍內,更佳為90~98質量份之範圍內。若含量為上述範圍內,則有相位差薄膜的配向性變高之傾向。此處,所謂固體成分,就是指由聚合性液晶組成物(B’)中去除溶劑等揮發成分後的成分之合計量。The content of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B') in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B') constituting the retardation film is, for example, 70 to 99.5 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B'). Within the range of parts by mass, preferably within the range of 80 to 99 parts by mass, more preferably within the range of 90 to 98 parts by mass. If the content is within the above range, the alignment of the retardation film tends to become high. Here, the solid content refers to the total amount of components in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B') after removing volatile components such as solvents.

聚合性液晶組成物(B’)可包含用於開始聚合性液晶化合物(B’)之聚合反應的聚合起始劑。作為聚合起始劑,可從該領域之習用者中適宜選擇而使用,可為熱聚合起始劑,也可為光聚合起始劑,但於更低溫條件下能開始聚合反應之點上,較佳為光聚合起始劑。適宜地,可舉出與聚合性液晶組成物(A’)中作為可使用的光聚合起始劑所先前例示者同樣者。The polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B') may include a polymerization initiator for starting the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B'). The polymerization initiator can be appropriately selected and used from those skilled in the field. It can be a thermal polymerization initiator or a photopolymerization initiator. However, insofar as the polymerization reaction can be started under lower temperature conditions, Preferred is a photopolymerization initiator. Suitable examples thereof include the same ones as those exemplified above as photopolymerization initiators that can be used in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (A').

又,聚合性液晶組成物(B’)係視需要可含有光增感劑、調平劑及作為聚合性液晶組成物(A’)所含有的添加劑例示之添加劑等。作為光增感劑及調平劑,可舉出與聚合性液晶組成物(A’)中作為可使用者所先前例示者同樣者。The polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B') may optionally contain a photosensitizer, a leveling agent, additives exemplified as additives contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (A'), and the like. Examples of the photosensitizer and leveling agent include those exemplified above as those usable in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (A').

相位差薄膜例如可藉由將包含聚合性液晶化合物(B’)及視需要的聚合起始劑、添加劑等之聚合性液晶組成物(B’)加到溶劑中,混合及攪拌而調製組成物(以下亦稱為「相位差薄膜形成用組成物」),將他塗佈於基材或液晶配向層上,藉由乾燥而去除溶劑,藉由加熱及/或活性能量線,使所得之塗膜中的聚合性液晶化合物(B’)硬化而獲得。作為用於相位差薄膜之製作的基材及/或液晶配向層,可舉出與製作本發明的偏光子層時作為可使用者所先前例示者同樣者。The retardation film can be prepared by, for example, adding a polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B') containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B') and optional polymerization initiator, additives, etc. to a solvent, and mixing and stirring the composition. (hereinafter also referred to as "composition for forming a retardation film"), apply it on the substrate or liquid crystal alignment layer, remove the solvent by drying, and make the resulting coating by heating and/or active energy rays. It is obtained by hardening the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B') in the film. Examples of the base material and/or the liquid crystal alignment layer used for the production of the retardation film include the same ones as those previously exemplified by the user when producing the polarizing sub-layer of the present invention.

用於相位差薄膜形成用組成物之溶劑、相位差薄膜形成用組成物之塗佈方法、活性能量線的硬化條件等,皆可舉出與本發明之偏光子層之製作方法中可採用者同樣者。The solvent used for the retardation film-forming composition, the coating method of the retardation film-forming composition, the hardening conditions of the active energy rays, etc. are all those that can be used in the production method of the polarizing sublayer of the present invention. Same thing.

相位差薄膜之厚度可按照所適用的顯示裝置來適宜選擇,但從薄型化及彎曲性等之觀點來看,較佳為0.1~10μm之範圍內,更佳為1~5μm之範圍內,尤佳為1~3μm之範圍內。The thickness of the retardation film can be appropriately selected according to the display device to which it is applied. However, from the viewpoint of thinness and flexibility, it is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 10 μm, and more preferably in the range of 1 to 5 μm. Preferably it is within the range of 1~3μm.

[3.3]接著層 本發明之偏光板中的接著層,只要是能將偏光子層與相位差薄膜、作為保護層的光學薄膜或各種功能層接著之透明材料,則在材料上沒有特別的限定。作為接著劑之例,可舉出水系接著劑、感光性接著劑、感壓性接著劑等。 [3.3] Adhesion layer The adhesive layer in the polarizing plate of the present invention is not particularly limited in terms of material as long as it is a transparent material that can bond the polarizing sub-layer and the retardation film, the optical film as a protective layer, or various functional layers. Examples of adhesives include water-based adhesives, photosensitive adhesives, pressure-sensitive adhesives, and the like.

作為水系接著劑所用的樹脂,可舉出環氧樹脂。環氧樹脂例如可為氫化環氧樹脂、脂環式環氧樹脂或脂肪族環氧樹脂。可將聚合起始劑(光陽離子聚合起始劑、熱陽離子聚合起始劑、光自由基聚合起始劑或熱自由基聚合起始劑等)或其他添加劑(增感劑等)添加至環氧樹脂。Examples of resins used for water-based adhesives include epoxy resins. The epoxy resin may be, for example, hydrogenated epoxy resin, alicyclic epoxy resin or aliphatic epoxy resin. A polymerization initiator (photocationic polymerization initiator, thermal cationic polymerization initiator, photoradical polymerization initiator or thermal radical polymerization initiator, etc.) or other additives (sensitizer, etc.) can be added to the ring. Oxygen resin.

又,作為其他樹脂,例如可舉出丙烯醯胺、丙烯酸酯、胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯及環氧丙烯酸酯等之丙烯酸系樹脂,或聚乙烯醇系樹脂等。Examples of other resins include acrylic resins such as acrylamide, acrylate, urethane acrylate, and epoxy acrylate, or polyvinyl alcohol-based resins.

作為感壓性接著劑所用的樹脂,例如可舉出丙烯酸系樹脂、聚矽氧系樹脂、聚酯、聚胺基甲酸酯或聚醚等。Examples of the resin used for the pressure-sensitive adhesive include acrylic resin, polysiloxy resin, polyester, polyurethane, polyether, and the like.

接著層之厚度較佳為0.01~5μm之範圍內,更佳為0.05~3μm之範圍內,尤佳為0.1~1μm之範圍內。使用感壓接著劑時,接著層之厚度較佳為2~500μm之範圍內,更佳為2~200μm之範圍內,尤佳為2~50μm之範圍內。The thickness of the subsequent layer is preferably in the range of 0.01~5 μm, more preferably in the range of 0.05~3 μm, especially preferably in the range of 0.1~1 μm. When using a pressure-sensitive adhesive, the thickness of the adhesive layer is preferably in the range of 2 to 500 μm, more preferably in the range of 2 to 200 μm, and particularly preferably in the range of 2 to 50 μm.

≪4 本發明之偏光板捲材之製造方法≫ 本發明之偏光板捲材之製造方法係經過以下步驟所製造的偏光板捲材之製造方法:在至少由光學薄膜、黏著層及脫模薄膜所構成之積層薄膜的前述光學薄膜面側,貼合偏光子而製作偏光板之貼合步驟,及捲取前述偏光板之捲取步驟;其特徵在於:前述黏著層之膜厚為1μm~未達10μm,且光學薄膜之膜厚為1μm~未達10μm。 ≪4 Manufacturing method of polarizing plate roll material of the present invention≫ The manufacturing method of the polarizing plate roll of the present invention is a manufacturing method of the polarizing plate roll manufactured by following the following steps: on the side of the aforementioned optical film of a laminated film composed of at least an optical film, an adhesive layer and a release film, The laminating step of combining polarized photons to make a polarizing plate, and the winding step of winding the aforementioned polarizing plate; characterized in that: the film thickness of the aforementioned adhesive layer is 1 μm to less than 10 μm, and the film thickness of the optical film is 1 μm to less than 1 μm. up to 10μm.

於本發明之偏光板捲材之製造方法中,在捲取偏光板之際,較佳為亦捲取脫模薄膜。亦即,以黏著層不露出之狀態進行捲取者,從生產性及耐久性之觀點來看較宜。In the manufacturing method of the polarizing plate roll of the present invention, when winding up the polarizing plate, it is preferable to also wind up the release film. That is, it is preferable from the viewpoint of productivity and durability to roll up the adhesive layer without exposing it.

又,於本發明之偏光板捲材之製造方法中,積層薄膜內的脫模薄膜係在途中的步驟不剝離而進行捲取,此從生產性及耐久性之觀點來看較宜。亦即,將先前接觸光學薄膜之側的保護膜之支撐體先剝離,先將那側進行加工・接著加工。由於在接著加工時使用水系及溶劑系的接著劑,為了不使接著後的耐久接著性降低,先剝離接觸光學薄膜之側的支撐體,黏著層側的脫模薄膜係後來剝離,進行黏著加工,亦即不剝離脫模薄膜而進行加工者較宜。In addition, in the manufacturing method of the polarizing plate roll of the present invention, it is preferable from the viewpoint of productivity and durability that the release film in the laminated film is rolled up without being peeled off in an intermediate step. That is, the support of the protective film on the side that previously contacted the optical film is peeled off first, and that side is processed first and then processed. Since water-based and solvent-based adhesives are used during the bonding process, in order not to reduce the durable adhesiveness after bonding, the support on the side that contacts the optical film is peeled off first, and the release film on the adhesive layer side is peeled off later, and the bonding process is performed. , that is, it is better to process without peeling off the release film.

[4.1]偏光板捲材之製造方法 圖4A係顯示本發明之偏光板捲材的層構成之基本構成的剖面圖。又,可具有相位差薄膜或液晶配向層,亦可包含此等以外的其他層(黏接著層等)。 [4.1] Manufacturing method of polarizing plate coil 4A is a cross-sectional view showing the basic structure of the layer structure of the polarizing plate roll material of the present invention. In addition, it may have a retardation film or a liquid crystal alignment layer, and may also include other layers (adhesion layer, etc.) besides these.

本發明之積層薄膜可使用前述積層薄膜,藉由前述製造方法捲取成捲筒狀而製造。又,前述積層薄膜係藉由以具有支撐體的狀態被捲取,而支撐體發揮作為保護膜的功能,可防止對光學薄膜的損傷等之發生,或抑制捲邊,使處理成為容易。The laminated film of the present invention can be produced by using the aforementioned laminated film and winding it into a roll shape by the aforementioned manufacturing method. In addition, the laminated film is rolled up with a support, and the support functions as a protective film to prevent damage to the optical film, suppress curling, and facilitate handling.

又,本發明之偏光子層係沒有特別的限定。較佳為對於如圖5A所示的偏光板70,各自分別地製作積層薄膜與偏光子層21,進行貼合,更佳貼合偏光子保護層28。另外,藉由塗佈偏光子層而製造時,亦包含經由貼合的製造。對於如圖5B所示的偏光板70,偏光子層21可藉由前述偏光子層形成步驟而製造,較佳為隔著液晶配向層22在光學薄膜1上塗佈而製造。於藉由塗佈的製造中,由於可將偏光子層薄膜化,故可一邊維持對於重複的折疊動作之耐久性,一邊得到更薄的偏光板。又,為了進一步提高耐久性,可在偏光子層之上層形成保護層。保護層可進一步塗佈障壁層27及/或貼合本發明之光學薄膜1。In addition, the polarizing sub-layer of the present invention is not particularly limited. Preferably, for the polarizing plate 70 shown in FIG. 5A , the laminated film and the polarizing sub-layer 21 are separately produced and bonded together, and more preferably, the polarizing sub-layer 28 is bonded together. In addition, when manufacturing by coating the polarizing sub-layer, manufacturing by lamination is also included. For the polarizing plate 70 shown in FIG. 5B , the polarizing sub-layer 21 can be manufactured by the aforementioned polarizing sub-layer forming step, preferably by coating on the optical film 1 through the liquid crystal alignment layer 22 . In manufacturing by coating, since the polarizing sub-layer can be thinned, a thinner polarizing plate can be obtained while maintaining durability against repeated folding operations. In addition, in order to further improve the durability, a protective layer can be formed above the polarizing sub-layer. The protective layer can be further coated with the barrier layer 27 and/or adhered to the optical film 1 of the present invention.

於本發明之偏光板捲材之製造方法中,貼合偏光子層時,較佳為包含形成偏光子層之步驟、在偏光子層上形成接著層之步驟、貼合於偏光子層之步驟、捲取所製作的偏光板之步驟。再者,積層薄膜具有支撐體(薄膜)時,較佳為包含剝離該支撐體之步驟。In the manufacturing method of the polarizing plate roll of the present invention, when laminating the polarizing sub-layer, it is preferable to include the steps of forming the polarizing sub-layer, the step of forming an adhesive layer on the polarizing sub-layer, and the step of laminating to the polarizing sub-layer. , the step of rolling up the polarizing plate produced. Furthermore, when the laminated film has a support (film), it is preferable to include a step of peeling off the support.

圖6中顯示偏光板捲材之製造方法的一例。亦即,圖6所示之例為透過接著層24貼合積層薄膜50、偏光子層21及偏光子保護層28之製造方法。於該製造方法中,偏光板捲材係經過以下步驟而製造:形成偏光子層21之步驟、形成偏光子保護層28之步驟、從積層薄膜50剝離支撐體4之步驟、在偏光子層上形成接著層24之步驟、貼合積層薄膜50內的光學薄膜1、偏光子層21及偏光子保護層28而製作偏光板70之步驟及捲取前述偏光板70之步驟。An example of a manufacturing method of a polarizing plate roll is shown in FIG. 6 . That is, the example shown in FIG. 6 is a manufacturing method in which the laminated film 50, the polarizer layer 21 and the polarizer protective layer 28 are bonded together through the adhesive layer 24. In this manufacturing method, the polarizing plate roll is manufactured through the following steps: the step of forming the polarizing sub-layer 21, the step of forming the polarizing sub-protective layer 28, the step of peeling the support 4 from the laminated film 50, and the step of forming the polarizing sub-layer on the polarizing sub-layer. The steps of forming the adhesive layer 24 , the step of bonding the optical film 1 , the polarizer layer 21 and the polarizer protective layer 28 in the laminated film 50 to form the polarizer 70 , and the step of winding up the polarizer 70 .

再者,於以往的一般製造方法中,具有在途中剝離脫模薄膜之步驟及貼合保護膜之步驟,但於本發明之上述製造方法中,特徵為:脫模薄膜係在途中之步驟不剝離而進行捲取。亦即,特徵為:脫模薄膜係在途中不變,為相同的脫模薄膜。藉此,在材料效率不浪費,可減少作業步驟。Furthermore, in the conventional general manufacturing method, there are steps of peeling off the release film and bonding the protective film in the middle. However, in the above-mentioned manufacturing method of the present invention, it is characterized in that the step of peeling off the release film in the middle is not carried out. Peel off and take up. That is, the characteristic is that the release film does not change during the process and is the same release film. In this way, there is no waste of materials and the number of work steps can be reduced.

又,藉由以具有脫模薄膜之狀態進行捲取,而防止黏著層附著於製造裝置或支撐體等。又,容易適宜地成形為適當的形狀。再者,透過接著層貼合偏光子層時,具有接著功能的成分係於使接著劑所含有的水分或溶劑揮發,在到乾燥之為止的期間,必須某程度滲透接著的雙方之面,當貼合的薄膜為過薄的膜時,水分或溶劑之揮發過快,於成分充分滲透之前會完成乾燥,於如此的情況中接著力會降低。於本發明之積層薄膜中,接著層的水分或殘留溶劑係從光學薄膜進一步往黏著層擴散,但由於黏著層與脫模薄膜相接,而限制擴散。因此,可充分地確保在接著性確保上重要的滲透時間,可維持接著層的接著力。Furthermore, by winding it up with the release film, the adhesive layer is prevented from adhering to the manufacturing equipment, the support, etc. Moreover, it can be easily formed into an appropriate shape. Furthermore, when the polarizing sub-layer is bonded through the adhesive layer, the component with the adhesive function is to volatilize the water or solvent contained in the adhesive. During the period until it dries, it must penetrate both sides to some extent. If the film to be bonded is too thin, the moisture or solvent will evaporate too quickly and drying will be completed before the ingredients are fully penetrated. In this case, the adhesion force will be reduced. In the laminated film of the present invention, the moisture or residual solvent in the adhesive layer further diffuses from the optical film to the adhesive layer, but the diffusion is restricted because the adhesive layer is in contact with the release film. Therefore, the penetration time, which is important in ensuring adhesion, can be sufficiently ensured, and the adhesive force of the adhesive layer can be maintained.

又,於本發明之偏光板捲材之製造方法中,塗佈偏光子層時,較佳為包含:從積層薄膜剝離支撐體之步驟,在光學薄膜上塗佈液晶配向層及偏光子層之步驟、捲取所製作的偏光板之步驟。藉由塗佈而在光學薄膜上形成液晶配向層及偏光子層之方法係如前述。Furthermore, in the manufacturing method of the polarizing plate roll of the present invention, when coating the polarizing sub-layer, it is preferable to include the steps of peeling off the support from the laminated film, and coating the liquid crystal alignment layer and the polarizing sub-layer on the optical film. Steps to roll up the polarizing plate produced. The method of forming the liquid crystal alignment layer and the polarizing sub-layer on the optical film by coating is as described above.

[4.2]偏光板捲材之製造裝置 作為用於實施本發明之偏光板捲材之製造方法的裝置,只要是具有以下手段的裝置即可:具有在至少由光學薄膜、黏著層及脫模薄膜所構成之積層薄膜的前述光學薄膜面側貼合偏光子層而製作偏光板薄膜之手段及捲取前述偏光板薄膜之手段的裝置(參照圖6),或者在積層薄膜的前述光學薄膜面側,藉由塗佈而形成偏光子層,製作偏光板薄膜之手段,捲取及前述偏光板薄膜之手段。 [4.2] Manufacturing equipment for polarizing plate rolls As an apparatus for carrying out the manufacturing method of the polarizing plate roll of the present invention, any apparatus having the following means is sufficient: having the optical film surface on the surface of the laminated film composed of at least an optical film, an adhesive layer, and a release film. A device for manufacturing a polarizing plate film by laminating the polarizing sub-layer side by side and a device for winding up the polarizing plate film (see Figure 6), or forming a polarizing sub-layer by coating on the optical film side of the laminated film , the method of making polarizing plate film, and the method of rolling and rolling the aforementioned polarizing plate film.

[4.3]附有玻璃板的偏光板捲材之製造方法 本發明之偏光板捲材較佳成為與玻璃板貼合之附有玻璃板的偏光板捲材。通常,用於顯示器之最表層的玻璃板與偏光板,由於皆為薄膜,因此各自需要保護膜。然而,本發明之積層薄膜由於具有保護偏光子層及玻璃板任一者的功能,故藉由製作玻璃板與偏光板一體化成的偏光板捲材,而減少保護膜,可提供更薄的具有對於重複的折疊動作之耐久性的顯示器。 [4.3] Manufacturing method of polarizing plate roll with glass plate The polarizing plate roll of the present invention is preferably a polarizing plate roll with a glass plate that is bonded to the glass plate. Usually, the glass plate and the polarizing plate used as the outermost layer of the display are both thin films, so each requires a protective film. However, since the laminated film of the present invention has the function of protecting both the polarizing sub-layer and the glass plate, by producing a polarizing plate roll that integrates the glass plate and the polarizing plate, the protective film can be reduced and a thinner film with Display durability for repeated folding movements.

玻璃板可適宜使用前述(≪2 積層體≫)之玻璃板。圖7中顯示附有玻璃板的偏光板捲材之製造方法的一例。一種製造方法,其經過:從本發明之偏光板70剝離脫模薄膜3之步驟,貼合偏光板70內的黏著層2與玻璃板11而製作附有玻璃板的偏光板80之步驟,及捲取前述附有玻璃板的偏光板80之步驟。可以貼合及塗佈之任一方式製作偏光板70,藉由塗佈進行製作時,如圖7所示,較佳為包含液晶配向層22及障壁層27。尚且,如此之製作將用於最表層的透明基板及偏光板一體化的偏光板捲材之方法,不僅於最表層為玻璃板之情況,而且於使用透明聚醯亞胺之情況中,亦可緩如施加於最表面的應力,故有效於抑制折彎時的皺紋・抑制白化。As the glass plate, the glass plate mentioned above (≪2 Laminate≫) can be suitably used. An example of a manufacturing method of a polarizing plate roll with a glass plate is shown in FIG. 7 . A manufacturing method, which includes: peeling off the release film 3 from the polarizing plate 70 of the present invention, bonding the adhesive layer 2 and the glass plate 11 in the polarizing plate 70 to produce the polarizing plate 80 with the glass plate, and The step of winding up the polarizing plate 80 with the glass plate mentioned above. The polarizing plate 70 can be produced by any method of lamination or coating. When produced by coating, as shown in FIG. 7 , the polarizing plate 70 preferably includes a liquid crystal alignment layer 22 and a barrier layer 27 . Furthermore, this method of producing a polarizing plate roll that integrates the transparent substrate for the outermost layer and the polarizing plate can be used not only when the outermost layer is a glass plate, but also when transparent polyimide is used. It eases the stress exerted on the outermost surface, so it is effective in suppressing wrinkles and whitening during bending.

≪5 顯示裝置≫ 本發明之顯示裝置具有本發明之積層薄膜。本發明之顯示裝置例如可藉由透過黏著層將本發明之偏光板貼合於顯示裝置內的基板而獲得。基板之厚度,從對於折疊動作的耐久性之觀點來看,較佳為10~100μm之範圍內。基板係沒有特別的限定,但較佳為玻璃板或熱塑性樹脂。所謂顯示裝置,就是具有顯示機構的裝置,包含發光元件或發光裝置作為發光源。作為顯示裝置,可舉出液晶顯示裝置、有機電致發光(EL)顯示裝置、無機電致發光(EL)顯示裝置、觸控面板顯示裝置、電子發射顯示裝置(電場發射顯示裝置(FED等)、表面電場發射顯示裝置(SED))、電子紙(使用電子油墨或電泳動元件之顯示裝置)、電漿顯示裝置、投射型顯示裝置(具有閘光閥(GLV)顯示裝置、數位微鏡裝置(DMD)之顯示裝置等)及壓電陶瓷顯示器等。 ≪5 display device≫ The display device of the present invention includes the laminated film of the present invention. The display device of the present invention can be obtained, for example, by bonding the polarizing plate of the present invention to a substrate in the display device through an adhesive layer. The thickness of the substrate is preferably in the range of 10 to 100 μm from the viewpoint of durability of the folding operation. The substrate is not particularly limited, but is preferably a glass plate or thermoplastic resin. The so-called display device is a device with a display mechanism, including a light-emitting element or a light-emitting device as a light source. Examples of the display device include a liquid crystal display device, an organic electroluminescence (EL) display device, an inorganic electroluminescence (EL) display device, a touch panel display device, and an electron emission display device (field emission display device (FED, etc.) , Surface electric field emission display device (SED)), electronic paper (display device using electronic ink or electrophoretic components), plasma display device, projection display device (with gate light valve (GLV) display device, digital micromirror device (DMD) display devices, etc.) and piezoelectric ceramic displays, etc.

液晶顯示裝置包含透射型液晶顯示裝置、半透射型液晶顯示裝置、反射型液晶顯示裝置、直視型液晶顯示裝置及投射型液晶顯示裝置等之任一者。此等顯示裝置可為顯示2次元影像的顯示裝置,也可為顯示3次元影像的立體顯示裝置。特別地,作為本發明之顯示裝置,較佳為有機EL顯示裝置及觸控面板顯示裝置,特佳為有機EL顯示裝置。The liquid crystal display device includes any one of a transmissive liquid crystal display device, a semi-transmissive liquid crystal display device, a reflective liquid crystal display device, a direct-viewing liquid crystal display device, a projection-type liquid crystal display device, and the like. These display devices may be display devices that display two-dimensional images, or they may be three-dimensional display devices that display three-dimensional images. In particular, as the display device of the present invention, an organic EL display device and a touch panel display device are preferred, and an organic EL display device is particularly preferred.

又,折疊型顯示器較佳為連續的1片顯示器在攜帶時可對折而將尺寸減半,成為使攜帶性提升的構造,更佳為薄型及輕量化者。因此,折疊型顯示器的彎曲半徑較佳為5mm以下,更佳為3mm以下。若彎曲半徑為5mm以下,則折疊狀態下的薄型化為可能。彎曲半徑愈小愈佳,但0.1mm以上亦無妨,0.5mm以上亦無妨,即使為1mm以上,也實用性比不具有折疊構造的習知顯示器較充分良好。所謂折疊時的彎曲半徑,就是測定將圖8之模型圖的顯示器90折疊時之R部位,意指以圓弧近似折疊時的折疊部分之曲線部位的情況之圓的半徑。In addition, the foldable display is preferably a continuous single-piece display that can be folded in half to reduce the size by half when being carried, so as to have a structure that improves portability, and is more preferably thin and lightweight. Therefore, the bending radius of the foldable display is preferably 5 mm or less, and more preferably 3 mm or less. If the bending radius is 5 mm or less, thinning is possible in the folded state. The smaller the bending radius, the better, but it does not matter if it is 0.1mm or more, and it does not matter if it is 0.5mm or more. Even if it is 1mm or more, the practicality is better than that of the conventional display without a folding structure. The so-called bending radius when folded is to measure the R position when the display 90 in the model diagram of FIG. 8 is folded, and refers to the radius of a circle that approximates the curved portion of the folded portion during folding with an arc.

依照該實施態樣,本發明之顯示裝置係即使重複折疊動作也不易發生破損或劣化,於如室外之高溫高濕下,即使重複折疊動作,也顯示器的視覺辨認性優異。例如,配備有該折疊型顯示器的行動終端機器係提供優美的影像,富有功能性,攜帶性等之便利性優異。 [實施例] According to this embodiment, the display device of the present invention is less likely to be damaged or degraded even if the folding operation is repeated, and the visibility of the display is excellent even if the folding operation is repeated under high temperature and high humidity conditions such as outdoors. For example, mobile terminal devices equipped with this foldable display provide beautiful images, are rich in functionality, and are excellent in convenience such as portability. [Example]

以下,舉出實施例來具體地說明本發明,惟本發明不受此等所限定。再者,實施例中使用「份」或「%」之表示,只要沒有特別預先指明,則表示「質量份」或「質量%」。The present invention will be described in detail below with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Furthermore, the expression "part" or "%" is used in the examples. Unless otherwise specified in advance, it means "part by mass" or "% by mass".

(實施例1) ≪積層薄膜之製作≫ [光學薄膜之製作] <光學薄膜1之製作> (支撐體) 作為支撐體,使用聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯薄膜(PET薄膜):(東洋紡公司製TN100,含有非聚矽氧系剝離劑的脫模層,厚度38μm)。 (Example 1) ≪Production of laminated film≫ [Production of optical films] <Production of optical film 1> (support body) As a support, a polyethylene terephthalate film (PET film) was used: (TN100 manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., release layer containing a non-polysilicone release agent, thickness 38 μm).

(光學薄膜1用溶液之調製) 混合下述成分,得到光學薄膜1用溶液。 (Preparation of solution for optical film 1) The following components were mixed to obtain a solution for optical film 1.

二氯甲烷(沸點41℃)                           800質量份 丙烯酸1:MMA/PMI/MADA共聚物(60/20/20質量比),Mw:150萬,Tg:137℃(尚且,簡稱表示以下。MMA:甲基丙烯酸甲酯,PMI:苯基馬來醯亞胺,及MADA:丙烯酸金剛烷酯)                           20質量份 橡膠粒子R1                                      80質量份 分散劑(聚氧乙烯月桂基醚磷酸鈉:分子量332) 添加以光學薄膜中成為0.006質量%之方式的添加量 Dichloromethane (boiling point 41°C) 800 parts by mass Acrylic 1: MMA/PMI/MADA copolymer (60/20/20 mass ratio), Mw: 1.5 million, Tg: 137°C (Also, the abbreviations are as follows. MMA: methyl methacrylate, PMI: phenyl maleic acid Imide, and MADA: adamantyl acrylate) 20 parts by mass Rubber particles R1 80 parts by mass Dispersant (polyoxyethylene lauryl ether sodium phosphate: molecular weight 332) Add an amount such that it becomes 0.006% by mass in the optical film

(光學薄膜1之製作) 於上述支撐體之剝離層上,藉由背塗法,使用模頭塗佈光學薄膜1用溶液後,以下述之乾燥步驟進行光學薄膜的乾燥而形成厚度5μm的光學薄膜,得到光學薄膜1。 (Production of optical film 1) After coating the solution for optical film 1 on the peeling layer of the support using a die using a back coating method, the optical film was dried according to the following drying steps to form an optical film with a thickness of 5 μm, thereby obtaining optical film 1.

(初期乾燥) 第1步驟:40℃下1分鐘 第2步驟:70℃下1分鐘 第3步驟:100℃下1分鐘 第4步驟:130℃下2分鐘 (後乾燥) 第5步驟:110℃下15分鐘 (Initial drying) Step 1: 1 minute at 40°C Step 2: 1 minute at 70°C Step 3: 1 minute at 100°C Step 4: 2 minutes at 130°C (post drying) Step 5: 15 minutes at 110°C

<橡膠粒子R1之調製> 使用經以下方法所調製的芯-殼型橡膠粒子。 <Preparation of rubber particles R1> Core-shell rubber particles prepared by the following method were used.

於附有攪拌機的8L聚合裝置中,投入以下之物質。Into an 8L polymerization apparatus equipped with a mixer, the following materials were put.

去離子水                                                180質量份 聚氧乙烯月桂基醚磷酸                          0.002質量份 硼酸                                                  0.473質量份 碳酸鈉                                               0.047質量份 氫氧化鈉                                            0.008質量份 Deionized water 180 parts by mass Polyoxyethylene lauryl ether phosphate 0.002 parts by mass Boric acid 0.473 parts by mass Sodium carbonate 0.047 parts by mass Sodium hydroxide 0.008 parts by mass

以氮氣充分置換聚合機內後,使內溫成為80℃,將過硫酸鉀0.021質量份作為2質量%水溶液投入。接著,將在由甲基丙烯酸甲酯84.6質量%、丙烯酸丁酯5.9質量%、苯乙烯7.9質量%、甲基丙烯酸烯丙酯0.5質量%、正辛基硫醇1.1質量%所成的單體混合物(c’)21質量份中加有聚氧乙烯月桂基醚磷酸0.07質量份之混合物,費63分鐘連續地添加至上述溶液。再者,藉由繼續60分鐘的聚合反應,得到最內硬質聚合物(c)。After the inside of the polymerization machine was sufficiently replaced with nitrogen, the internal temperature was adjusted to 80° C., and 0.021 parts by mass of potassium persulfate was added as a 2 mass % aqueous solution. Next, a monomer composed of 84.6 mass% methyl methacrylate, 5.9 mass% butyl acrylate, 7.9 mass% styrene, 0.5 mass% allyl methacrylate, and 1.1 mass% n-octylmercaptan was added. A mixture of 21 parts by mass of the mixture (c') and 0.07 parts by mass of polyoxyethylene lauryl ether phosphate was added continuously to the above solution over 63 minutes. Furthermore, by continuing the polymerization reaction for 60 minutes, the innermost hard polymer (c) was obtained.

然後,將氫氧化鈉0.021質量份作為2質量%水溶液,將過硫酸鉀0.062質量份作為2質量%水溶液,分別添加。接著,將在由丙烯酸丁酯80.0質量%、苯乙烯18.5質量%、甲基丙烯酸烯丙酯1.5質量%所成的單體混合物(a’)39質量份中加有聚氧乙烯月桂基醚磷酸0.25質量份之混合液,費117分鐘連續地添加。添加結束後,將過硫酸鉀0.012質量份以2質量%水溶液添加,繼續120分鐘的聚合反應,得到軟質層(由丙烯酸系橡膠狀聚合物(a)所成的層)。軟質層的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)為-30℃。軟質層的玻璃轉移溫度係將構成丙烯酸系橡膠狀聚合物(a)的各單體之均聚物的玻璃轉移溫度按照組成比進行平均而算出。Then, 0.021 parts by mass of sodium hydroxide was added as a 2% by mass aqueous solution, and 0.062 parts by mass of potassium persulfate was added as a 2% by mass aqueous solution. Next, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether phosphate was added to 39 parts by mass of the monomer mixture (a') consisting of 80.0 mass% butyl acrylate, 18.5 mass% styrene, and 1.5 mass% allyl methacrylate. 0.25 parts by mass of the mixed liquid was added continuously over 117 minutes. After the addition, 0.012 parts by mass of potassium persulfate was added as a 2 mass % aqueous solution, and the polymerization reaction was continued for 120 minutes to obtain a soft layer (a layer made of the acrylic rubber-like polymer (a)). The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the soft layer is -30°C. The glass transition temperature of the soft layer is calculated by averaging the glass transition temperatures of the homopolymers of each monomer constituting the acrylic rubber-like polymer (a) according to the composition ratio.

然後,將過硫酸鉀0.04質量份以2質量%水溶液添加,將由甲基丙烯酸甲酯97.5質量%、丙烯酸丁酯2.5質量%所成的單體混合物(b’)26.1質量份費78分鐘連續地添加。更繼續30分鐘的聚合反應,得到聚合物(b)。Then, 0.04 parts by mass of potassium persulfate was added as a 2% by mass aqueous solution, and 26.1 parts by mass of the monomer mixture (b') composed of 97.5% by mass of methyl methacrylate and 2.5% by mass of butyl acrylate was continuously added for 78 minutes. Add to. The polymerization reaction was continued for 30 minutes to obtain polymer (b).

將所得之聚合物(b)投入至3質量%硫酸鈉溫水溶液中,使其鹽析・凝固。接著,重複脫水・洗淨後,使其乾燥,得到3層構造的丙烯酸系接枝共聚物粒子(橡膠粒子R1)。所得之橡膠粒子R1的平均粒徑為200nm。The obtained polymer (b) was put into a 3 mass% sodium sulfate warm aqueous solution to salt out and solidify. Next, dehydration and washing were repeated and then dried, thereby obtaining acrylic graft copolymer particles (rubber particles R1) with a three-layer structure. The average particle diameter of the obtained rubber particles R1 was 200 nm.

橡膠粒子的平均粒徑係用以下之方法進行測定。The average particle size of rubber particles is measured by the following method.

(平均粒徑) 以仄他(zeta)電位・粒徑測定系統(大塚電子股份有限公司製ELSZ-2000ZS),測定所得之分散液中的橡膠粒子之分散粒徑。 (average particle size) The dispersed particle size of the rubber particles in the obtained dispersion was measured using a zeta potential/particle size measuring system (ELSZ-2000ZS manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.).

<光學薄膜2~7之製作> 除了於光學薄膜1之製中,使厚度變化成如表II以外,同樣地製作光學薄膜2~7。 <Production of Optical Film 2~7> Optical films 2 to 7 were produced in the same manner except that the thickness of the optical film 1 was changed as shown in Table II.

<光學薄膜8~11之製作> 除了於光學薄膜1之製作中,使丙烯酸1與橡膠粒子R1之含有比率分別變化成60:40、80:20、15:85及10:90以外,同樣地製作光學薄膜8~11。 <Production of Optical Film 8~11> In the production of optical film 1, optical films 8 to 11 were produced in the same manner except that the content ratios of acrylic acid 1 and rubber particles R1 were changed to 60:40, 80:20, 15:85 and 10:90 respectively.

<光學薄膜12之製作> (支撐體) 作為支撐體,使用聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯薄膜(PET薄膜):(東洋紡公司製TN100,含有非聚矽氧系剝離劑的剝離層,厚度38μm)。 <Production of optical film 12> (support body) As a support, a polyethylene terephthalate film (PET film) was used: (TN100 manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., release layer containing a non-polysilicone release agent, thickness 38 μm).

(光學薄膜12用溶液之調製) 混合下述成分,得到光學薄膜12用溶液。 (Preparation of solution for optical film 12) The following components were mixed to obtain a solution for optical film 12.

二氯甲烷(沸點41℃):                              860質量份 甲醇(沸點65℃):                                     40質量份 COP1(G7810:JSR(股)製ARTON(註冊商標)G7810,Mw:14萬,具有羧酸基的環烯烴系樹脂)              100質量份 抗氧化劑(Irganox(註冊商標)1076;BASF公司製:分子量531) 添加以光學薄膜中成為0.002質量%之方式的添加量 Dichloromethane (boiling point 41°C): 860 parts by mass Methanol (boiling point 65°C): 40 parts by mass COP1 (G7810: ARTON (registered trademark) G7810 manufactured by JSR Co., Ltd., Mw: 140,000, cycloolefin resin with carboxylic acid group) 100 parts by mass Antioxidant (Irganox (registered trademark) 1076; manufactured by BASF: molecular weight 531) Add an amount such that it becomes 0.002% by mass in the optical film.

(光學薄膜12之製作) 於上述支撐體之剝離層上,藉由背塗法,使用模頭塗佈光學薄膜12用溶液後,以下述之乾燥步驟進行光學薄膜的乾燥而形成厚度5μm的光學薄膜,得到光學薄膜12。 (Production of optical film 12) After coating the solution for optical film 12 on the peeling layer of the support using a die using a back coating method, the optical film was dried according to the following drying steps to form an optical film with a thickness of 5 μm, thereby obtaining optical film 12.

第1步驟:40℃下1分鐘 第2步驟:70℃下1分鐘 第3步驟:100℃下1分鐘 第4步驟:130℃下2分鐘 Step 1: 1 minute at 40°C Step 2: 1 minute at 70°C Step 3: 1 minute at 100°C Step 4: 2 minutes at 130°C

<光學薄膜13~16之製作> 除了於光學薄膜12之製中,使厚度變化成如表II以外,同樣地製作光學薄膜13~16。 <Production of Optical Film 13~16> Optical films 13 to 16 were produced in the same manner except that the thickness of the optical film 12 was changed as shown in Table II.

<光學薄膜17之製作> (支撐體) 作為支撐體,使用聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯薄膜(PET薄膜):(東洋紡公司製TN100,含有非聚矽氧系剝離劑的剝離層,厚度38μm)。 (光學薄膜17用溶液之調製) 二氯甲烷(沸點41℃):                               860質量份 甲醇(沸點65℃): 40質量份 TAC:乙醯基取代度2.9的乙醯基纖維素        100質量份 抗氧化劑(Irganox 1076;BASF公司製:分子量531) 添加以光學薄膜中成為0.002質量%之方式的添加量 (光學薄膜17之製作) 於上述支撐體之剝離層上,藉由背塗法,使用模頭塗佈光學薄膜17用溶液後,以下述之乾燥步驟進行光學薄膜的乾燥而形成厚度5μm的光學薄膜,得到光學薄膜17。 <Production of optical film 17> (support body) As a support, a polyethylene terephthalate film (PET film) was used: (TN100 manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., release layer containing a non-polysilicone release agent, thickness 38 μm). (Preparation of solution for optical film 17) Dichloromethane (boiling point 41°C): 860 parts by mass Methanol (boiling point 65°C): 40 parts by mass TAC: 100 parts by mass of acetyl cellulose with an acetyl substitution degree of 2.9 Antioxidant (Irganox 1076; manufactured by BASF: molecular weight 531) Add an amount such that it becomes 0.002% by mass in the optical film. (Production of optical film 17) The solution for optical film 17 was coated on the peeling layer of the support by a back coating method using a die, and then the optical film was dried according to the following drying steps to form an optical film with a thickness of 5 μm, thereby obtaining optical film 17.

第1步驟:40℃下1分鐘 第2步驟:70℃下1分鐘 第3步驟:100℃下1分鐘 第4步驟:130℃下2分鐘 Step 1: 1 minute at 40°C Step 2: 1 minute at 70°C Step 3: 1 minute at 100°C Step 4: 2 minutes at 130°C

<光學薄膜18之製作> (支撐體) 作為支撐體,使用聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯薄膜(PET薄膜):(東洋紡公司製TN100,含有非聚矽氧系剝離劑的剝離層,厚度38μm)。 <Production of Optical Film 18> (support body) As a support, a polyethylene terephthalate film (PET film) was used: (TN100 manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., release layer containing a non-polysilicone release agent, thickness 38 μm).

(聚醯亞胺1之調製) 於具備乾燥氮氣導入管、冷卻器、充滿甲苯的Dean-Stark凝集器、攪拌機之四口燒瓶中,加入下述式所示的MeO-DABA 5.146g(20mmol),添加γ-丁內酯(GBL)20mL及甲苯10mL,在氮氣流下、室溫下攪拌。 (Preparation of polyimide 1) In a four-necked flask equipped with a dry nitrogen inlet pipe, a cooler, a Dean-Stark condenser filled with toluene, and a stirrer, add 5.146g (20mmol) of MeO-DABA represented by the following formula , add 20 mL of γ-butyrolactone (GBL) and 10 mL of toluene, and stir at room temperature under nitrogen flow.

於其中,添加1,2,4,5-環己烷四羧酸二酐(H-PMDA)粉末4.483g(20mmol),在80℃加熱攪拌6小時。然後,加熱到外溫190℃為止,將隨著醯亞胺化所產生的水與甲苯一起共沸餾去。加熱、回流6小時,繼續攪拌時,不再看到水之產生。接著邊餾去甲苯邊加熱7小時,更在甲苯餾去後投入甲醇而進行再沉澱,得到聚醯亞胺粉體6.4g(產率72%)。Thereto, 4.483 g (20 mmol) of 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride (H-PMDA) powder was added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 80° C. for 6 hours. Then, it was heated to an external temperature of 190° C., and the water generated along with the imidization was azeotropically distilled off together with toluene. Heating and refluxing for 6 hours. When stirring was continued, water was no longer produced. Then, the mixture was heated for 7 hours while toluene was distilled off. After the toluene was distilled off, methanol was added to perform reprecipitation to obtain 6.4 g of polyimide powder (yield: 72%).

(光學薄膜18用溶液之調製) 二氯甲烷(沸點41℃):                               900質量份 聚醯亞胺1(上述聚醯亞胺粉體):                 100質量份 (Preparation of solution for optical film 18) Dichloromethane (boiling point 41°C): 900 parts by mass Polyimide 1 (the above-mentioned polyimide powder): 100 parts by mass

(光學薄膜18之製作) 於上述支撐體之剝離層上,藉由背塗法,使用模頭塗佈光學薄膜18用溶液後,以下述之乾燥步驟進行光學薄膜的乾燥而形成厚度5μm的光學薄膜,得到光學薄膜18。 (Production of optical film 18) After coating the solution for optical film 18 on the peeling layer of the support using a die using a back coating method, the optical film was dried according to the following drying steps to form an optical film with a thickness of 5 μm, thereby obtaining optical film 18.

(初期乾燥) 第1步驟:40℃下1分鐘 第2步驟:70℃下1分鐘 第3步驟:100℃下1分鐘 第4步驟:130℃下2分鐘 (後乾燥) 第5步驟:110℃下15分鐘 (Initial drying) Step 1: 1 minute at 40°C Step 2: 1 minute at 70°C Step 3: 1 minute at 100°C Step 4: 2 minutes at 130°C (post drying) Step 5: 15 minutes at 110°C

<光學薄膜19之製作> (支撐體) 作為支撐體,使用聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯薄膜(PET薄膜):(東洋紡公司製TN100,含有非聚矽氧系剝離劑的剝離層,厚度38μm)。 (光學薄膜19用溶液之調製) 二氯甲烷(沸點41℃):                               860質量份 甲醇(沸點65℃):                                     40質量份 聚芳酯(U-100:UNITIKA公司製): 100質量份 抗氧化劑(Irganox 1076;BASF公司製:分子量531) 添加以光學薄膜中成為0.002質量%之方式的添加量 (光學薄膜19之製作) 於上述支撐體之剝離層上,藉由背塗法,使用模頭塗佈光學薄膜19用溶液後,以下述之乾燥步驟進行光學薄膜的乾燥而形成厚度5μm的光學薄膜,得到光學薄膜19。 <Production of Optical Film 19> (support body) As a support, a polyethylene terephthalate film (PET film) was used: (TN100 manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., release layer containing a non-polysilicone release agent, thickness 38 μm). (Preparation of solution for optical film 19) Dichloromethane (boiling point 41°C): 860 parts by mass Methanol (boiling point 65°C): 40 parts by mass Polyarylate (U-100: manufactured by UNITIKA Co., Ltd.): 100 parts by mass Antioxidant (Irganox 1076; manufactured by BASF: molecular weight 531) Add an amount such that it becomes 0.002% by mass in the optical film. (Production of optical film 19) After coating the solution for optical film 19 on the peeling layer of the support using a die using a back coating method, the optical film was dried according to the following drying steps to form an optical film with a thickness of 5 μm, thereby obtaining optical film 19.

第1步驟:40℃下1分鐘 第2步驟:70℃下1分鐘 第3步驟:100℃下1分鐘 第4步驟:130℃下2分鐘 Step 1: 1 minute at 40°C Step 2: 1 minute at 70°C Step 3: 1 minute at 100°C Step 4: 2 minutes at 130°C

[黏著層之形成] <黏著薄膜1~11之製作> (丙烯酸系共聚物A~E之合成) 於具備攪拌機、溫度計、回流冷卻器及氮導入管的反應裝置中,封入氮氣後,使用乙酸乙酯160質量份及丙酮10質量份作為反應溶劑,於丙烯酸丁酯(BA)、丙烯酸辛酯(OA)、丙烯酸月桂酯(LA)、丙烯酸、A-LEN-10(丙烯酸、乙氧基化-o-苯基酚丙烯酸酯,新中村化學公司製)、丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯(PHEA)以下述表I所示的質量比進行混合而成的單體組成中,添加0.1質量份的偶氮雙異丁腈(ABN-R)作為聚合起始劑。然後,一邊攪拌該等,一邊於氮氣氣流中,在61℃下反應7小時而得到丙烯酸系共聚物A~E。 [Formation of adhesive layer] <Preparation of adhesive films 1~11> (Synthesis of acrylic copolymers A~E) In a reaction device equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a reflux cooler, and a nitrogen inlet pipe, nitrogen gas was sealed, and 160 parts by mass of ethyl acetate and 10 parts by mass of acetone were used as reaction solvents. OA), lauryl acrylate (LA), acrylic acid, A-LEN-10 (acrylic acid, ethoxylated-o-phenylphenol acrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), phenoxyethyl acrylate (PHEA) or less To the monomer composition mixed at the mass ratio shown in Table I, 0.1 part by mass of azobisisobutyronitrile (ABN-R) was added as a polymerization initiator. Then, while stirring these, they were reacted at 61°C for 7 hours in a nitrogen gas flow to obtain acrylic copolymers A to E.

(丙烯酸系共聚物溶液A~E之調製) 反應結束後,添加0.1質量份的Irganox(註冊商標)B-215(商品名,BASF公司製)作為抗氧化劑,添加乙酸乙酯作為稀釋溶劑而進行稀釋,調製固體成分18.2%的丙烯酸系共聚物溶液A~E。所合成的共聚物之重量平均分子量皆約150萬。 (Preparation of acrylic copolymer solutions A~E) After the reaction, 0.1 parts by mass of Irganox (registered trademark) B-215 (trade name, manufactured by BASF) was added as an antioxidant, and ethyl acetate was added as a dilution solvent to dilute, thereby preparing an acrylic copolymer with a solid content of 18.2%. Solutions A~E. The weight average molecular weight of the synthesized copolymers is approximately 1.5 million.

註:表I中的數值係以質量比表現材料化合物的添加量。 Note: The values in Table I express the amount of material compounds added in terms of mass ratio.

(黏著薄膜形成用塗佈液A~E之調製) 於上述丙烯酸系共聚物溶液A~E各100質量份中,摻合作為異氰酸酯系硬化劑的Coronate L(商品名,東曹公司製)0.3質量份及作為矽烷偶合劑的環氧基末端偶合劑(KBM-403,信越化學工業公司製)0.2質量份,得到黏著薄膜形成用塗佈液A~E。 (Preparation of coating liquids A~E for forming adhesive films) To 100 parts by mass each of the acrylic copolymer solutions A to E, 0.3 parts by mass of Coronate L (trade name, manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) as an isocyanate-based hardener and an epoxy terminal coupling agent as a silane coupling agent were blended. (KBM-403, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.2 parts by mass to obtain coating liquids A to E for forming adhesive films.

(黏著薄膜1之製作) 於作為脫模薄膜的經剝離處理的聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯薄膜(PET薄膜)上,將黏著薄膜形成用塗佈液D脫泡後,使用刮刀進行塗佈後,在90℃下乾燥3分鐘,形成厚度15μm的黏著薄膜,得到黏著薄膜1。 (Preparation of adhesive film 1) On a peel-treated polyethylene terephthalate film (PET film) as a release film, the coating liquid D for forming an adhesive film is degassed, applied with a doctor blade, and dried at 90°C. In 3 minutes, an adhesive film with a thickness of 15 μm was formed, and adhesive film 1 was obtained.

(黏著薄膜2~7之製作) 除了於黏著薄膜1之製作中,使厚度變化成如表II以外,同樣地製作黏著薄膜2~7。 (Preparation of Adhesive Film 2~7) In the production of adhesive film 1, except that the thickness is changed as shown in Table II, adhesive films 2 to 7 are produced in the same manner.

(黏著薄膜8~11之製作) 除了於黏著薄膜1之製作中,使黏著薄膜形成用塗佈液的材料變化成如表II以外,同樣地製作黏著薄膜8~11。 (Production of adhesive film 8~11) In the preparation of the adhesive film 1, except that the material of the coating liquid for forming the adhesive film is changed as shown in Table II, the adhesive films 8 to 11 are produced in the same manner.

[積層薄膜之製作] <積層薄膜101之製作> 於上述黏著薄膜1,在與聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯薄膜相接之面的相反側之面上,貼合上述光學薄膜1,在23℃、50%RH環境下靜置7日而使其熟成,得到積層薄膜101。 [Production of laminated film] <Preparation of laminated film 101> On the surface of the above-mentioned adhesive film 1 opposite to the surface in contact with the polyethylene terephthalate film, the above-mentioned optical film 1 is bonded, and left to stand for 7 days in an environment of 23°C and 50% RH. After aging, the laminated film 101 is obtained.

<積層薄膜102~129之製作> 於積層薄膜101之製作中,如表II般地組合光學薄膜及黏著薄膜,製作積層薄膜102~129。 <Preparation of laminated films 102~129> In the production of the laminated film 101, the optical film and the adhesive film are combined as shown in Table II to produce the laminated films 102 to 129.

≪評價≫ [光學薄膜之評價] <式1所示的厚度:平坦性> 測定所製作的光學薄膜是否滿足本發明之下述式1所示的厚度之範圍。 式1:5<|寬度方向之任意選擇的3點之厚度的平均值(B)-平均膜厚值(A)|/平均膜厚值(A)×100<20 (%) 此處,平均膜厚值(A)為由薄膜中任意地抽出的10點之膜厚值的平均值。膜厚係使用F20-UV(FILMETRICS公司製)作為膜厚測定系統而進行計測。對於以式1內的|寬度方向之任意選擇的3點之厚度的平均值(B)-平均膜厚值(A)|/平均膜厚值(A)×100(%)表示的值,進行評價。 ◎:8%以上~未達17% ○:超過5%且未達8%,或17%以上~未達20% ×:5%以下,或20%以上 ≪Evaluation≫ [Evaluation of optical films] <Thickness shown in Formula 1: Flatness> It was measured whether the produced optical film satisfies the thickness range represented by the following formula 1 of the present invention. Formula 1: 5<|The average value of the thickness of three randomly selected points in the width direction (B) - average film thickness value (A) |/average film thickness value (A) × 100<20 (%) Here, the average film thickness value (A) is the average value of film thickness values at 10 points arbitrarily extracted from the film. The film thickness was measured using F20-UV (manufactured by FILMETRICS) as a film thickness measurement system. For the value represented by the average value (B) of the thickness of three arbitrarily selected points in the width direction in Formula 1 - average film thickness value (A) | / average film thickness value (A) × 100 (%), perform Evaluation. ◎:More than 8%~less than 17% ○: More than 5% and less than 8%, or more than 17% and less than 20% ×: less than 5%, or more than 20%

<光學薄膜之水蒸氣透過率> 將所製作的光學薄膜從支撐體剝離,根據JIS Z-0208:1976中記載之「透濕度試驗方法 氯化鈣-杯法」,在40℃、90%RH之條件下放置24小時而進行測定。 <Water vapor transmittance of optical films> The produced optical film was peeled off from the support and measured according to the "moisture permeability test method calcium chloride-cup method" described in JIS Z-0208:1976, leaving it at 40°C and 90%RH for 24 hours. .

[黏著層之評價] <黏著力> 將所製作的積層薄膜裁切成70mm×25mm之大小,剝離脫模薄膜,以黏著層與厚度2mm的玻璃板相接之方式,使用2kg的輥使其接著,在23℃、50%RH之條件下放置2小時。然後,將積層薄膜在相對於玻璃板面而言90°方向中以300mm/min之速度進行拉伸,測定黏著力。 [Evaluation of adhesive layer] <Adhesion> Cut the produced laminated film into a size of 70mm x 25mm, peel off the release film, and use a 2kg roller to connect the adhesive layer to the glass plate with a thickness of 2mm at 23°C and 50% RH. Leave under conditions for 2 hours. Then, the laminated film was stretched in a direction of 90° with respect to the glass plate surface at a speed of 300 mm/min, and the adhesive force was measured.

<黏著層之水蒸氣透過率> 與「黏著層之製造方法」中記載之方法同樣地,在脫模薄膜上形成黏著層,在其上貼合不織布。接著,剝離脫模薄膜,貼合不織布,而使得在黏著層之兩面貼合有不織布。使用該薄片,根據JIS Z-0208:1976中記載之「透濕度試驗方法 氯化鈣-杯法」,在40℃、90%RH之條件下放置24小時而進行測定。 <Water vapor transmission rate of adhesive layer> In the same manner as the method described in "Method for Manufacturing Adhesive Layer", an adhesive layer is formed on the release film, and a nonwoven fabric is bonded to it. Then, the release film is peeled off and the non-woven fabric is bonded so that the non-woven fabric is bonded to both sides of the adhesive layer. Using this sheet, measurement was carried out by leaving it to stand for 24 hours under the conditions of 40°C and 90% RH in accordance with the "Moisture Permeability Test Method Calcium Chloride-Cup Method" described in JIS Z-0208:1976.

下述表II中顯示光學薄膜及黏著層的構成及評價。The following Table II shows the composition and evaluation of the optical film and adhesive layer.

對於所得之積層薄膜,作為與玻璃板貼合的積層體,進行以下之評價。The obtained laminated film was evaluated as follows as a laminated body bonded to a glass plate.

≪評價≫ <衝擊耐性> (積層體樣品之製作) 以甲基乙基酮洗淨寬度100mm、長度120mm、厚度30μm的玻璃板(日本電氣玻璃公司製G-Leaf,OA-10G)之單面表面,進行電暈處理,接著塗佈環氧基末端偶合劑(KBM-403,信越化學工業公司製),在110℃下熱處理5分鐘。於經偶合處理的玻璃板之表面上,於上述製作的積層薄膜101~129中,剝離脫模薄膜,以黏著層與玻璃板相接之方式使其接著,製作積層體樣品201~229,進行以下之評價。彙總評價結果,顯示於下述表III。 ≪Evaluation≫ <Impact resistance> (Preparation of laminated body samples) The single surface of a glass plate (G-Leaf, OA-10G manufactured by Nippon Electric Glass Co., Ltd.) with a width of 100 mm, a length of 120 mm, and a thickness of 30 μm was washed with methyl ethyl ketone, corona treated, and then coated with epoxy terminals. The coupling agent (KBM-403, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was heat-treated at 110° C. for 5 minutes. On the surface of the coupled-treated glass plate, peel off the release film from the laminated films 101 to 129 produced above, and attach the adhesive layer to the glass plate to prepare laminated body samples 201 to 229. Evaluation below. The evaluation results are summarized and shown in Table III below.

於桌上設置的高度10mm之2個台上,配置上述積層體樣品。此時,使光學薄膜側朝上(與上述台相反側之方向,不接觸),將從該積層體樣品之長邊方向的兩端部起到10mm部分為止,分別載置於上述台上。亦即,以中央部(100mm×100mm)的區域成為浮起之狀態的方式配置。從該區域之上方20cm的位置,使鐵球(重度:500g,直徑:50mm)落下。目視確認其後的積層體之狀態,將○之前當作合格。 ◎:將實施10次而連1次也沒有玻璃板飛散之情況 ○:實施10次而玻璃板的飛散為2次以下之情況 ×:實施10次而玻璃板的飛散為3次以上之情況 The above-mentioned laminated body samples were placed on two tables with a height of 10 mm installed on the table. At this time, the laminated body sample was placed on the above-mentioned stage from both ends in the longitudinal direction to a 10 mm portion with the optical film side facing upward (in the direction opposite to the above-mentioned stage and not in contact). That is, it is arrange|positioned so that the area|region of a central part (100mmx100mm) may become a floating state. An iron ball (weight: 500g, diameter: 50mm) is dropped from a position 20cm above the area. After visually confirming the state of the laminated body, anything before ○ is regarded as passing. ◎: The test will be carried out 10 times and no glass plate will fly even once. ○: The case where the glass plate is scattered less than 2 times after 10 times of implementation. ×: When the operation is carried out 10 times and the glass plate is scattered more than 3 times

<耐久性(耐濕熱性)> (積層體樣品之製作) 從經裁切成寬度150mm、長度250mm的上述積層薄膜中剝離脫模薄膜,使用層合輥,在厚度0.05mm的玻璃板之單面,以黏著層與玻璃板相接之方式進行貼合,製作積層體樣品。於經調整至50℃/5大氣壓的高壓釜中保持20分鐘,接著在溫度60℃/濕度90%RH之條件下(耐濕熱性)放置500小時。 <Durability (heat and moisture resistance)> (Preparation of laminated body samples) Peel off the release film from the above-mentioned laminated film cut into a width of 150mm and a length of 250mm, and use a lamination roller to laminate one side of the glass plate with a thickness of 0.05mm in such a way that the adhesive layer is connected to the glass plate. Prepare a laminated body sample. Keep it in an autoclave adjusted to 50°C/5 atmospheres for 20 minutes, and then place it for 500 hours at a temperature of 60°C/humidity 90%RH (humidity and heat resistance).

對於積層體樣品,用以下之基準觀察發泡、拱起、剝落之發生並評價,將○之前當作合格。 ◎:未觀察到發泡、拱起、剝落等之外觀不良 ○:稍微觀察到發泡、拱起、剝落等之外觀不良 ×:明顯觀察到發泡、拱起、剝落等之外觀不良 For the laminated body sample, the occurrence of foaming, doming, and peeling was observed and evaluated based on the following standards, and any result with ○ was regarded as passing. ◎: No appearance defects such as foaming, doming, or peeling were observed. ○: Some appearance defects such as foaming, doming, and peeling are observed. ×: Poor appearance such as foaming, doming, and peeling is clearly observed

(實施例2) ≪偏光板之製作(液晶偏光子層)≫ <偏光子層形成用組成物之調製> 混合下述成分,在80℃下攪拌1小時,而得到偏光子層形成用組成物。於二色性色素中,使用日本特開2013-101328號公報之實施例中記載的偶氮色素。 (Example 2) ≪Production of polarizing plate (liquid crystal polarizing sub-layer)≫ <Modulation of the composition for forming the polarizing sub-layer> The following components were mixed and stirred at 80° C. for 1 hour to obtain a polarizing sublayer forming composition. Among the dichroic dyes, the azo dye described in the Examples of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-101328 was used.

[聚合性液晶化合物] (A’-6)                                  90質量份 [Polymerizable liquid crystal compound] (A'-6) 90 parts by mass

(A’-7)                                  10質量份 (A'-7) 10 parts by mass

(二色性色素) 偶氮色素; (Dichroic pigment) azo pigments;

(二色性色素A)                      2.5質量份 (Dichroic Pigment A) 2.5 parts by mass

(二色性色素B)                       2.5質量份 (Dichroic Pigment B) 2.5 parts by mass

(二色性色素C)                       2.5質量份 (Dichroic Pigment C) 2.5 parts by mass

[聚合起始劑] 2-二甲基胺基-2-苄基-1-(4-嗎啉代苯基)丁烷-1-酮(Irgacure 369;CIBA特殊化學品(股)製) 6質量份 [Polymerization initiator] 2-Dimethylamino-2-benzyl-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)butan-1-one (Irgacure 369; manufactured by CIBA Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd.) 6 parts by mass

[調平劑] 聚丙烯酸酯化合物(BYK-361N;BYK-Chemie公司製) 1.2質量份 [Leveling agent] Polyacrylate compound (BYK-361N; manufactured by BYK-Chemie Co., Ltd.) 1.2 parts by mass

[溶劑] 鄰二甲苯                                    400質量份 [Solvent] Ortho-xylene 400 parts by mass

<在積層薄膜上的光液晶配向層之形成> (光液晶配向層形成用組成物之調製) 藉由混合日本特開2013-033249號公報記載之下述成分,將所得之混合物在80℃下攪拌1小時,而得到光液晶配向層形成用組成物。 <Formation of optical liquid crystal alignment layer on laminated film> (Preparation of composition for forming optical liquid crystal alignment layer) The composition for forming an optical liquid crystal alignment layer was obtained by mixing the following components described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-033249 and stirring the resulting mixture at 80° C. for 1 hour.

[光配向性聚合物][Photo-alignment polymer]

2質量份 2 parts by mass

[溶劑] 鄰二甲苯 98質量份 [Solvent] o-xylene 98 parts by mass

<附有光液晶配向層的光學薄膜之製作> 使用上述製作的積層薄膜101~129,於剝離聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯薄膜(相當於支撐體4)而露出的該光學薄膜層表面,施予電暈處理後,塗佈上述光液晶配向層形成用組成物,在120℃下乾燥而得到乾燥被膜。在該乾燥被膜上照射偏光UV而形成光液晶配向層,得到附有光液晶配向層的薄膜。偏光UV處理係使用UV照射裝置(USHIO電機股份有限公司製SPOT CURE SP-7),在以波長365nm所測定的強度為100mJ之條件下進行。 <Preparation of optical film with optical liquid crystal alignment layer> Using the laminated films 101 to 129 prepared above, the surface of the optical film layer exposed by peeling off the polyethylene terephthalate film (equivalent to the support 4) is subjected to corona treatment, and then the above-mentioned optical liquid crystal alignment is applied The layer-forming composition was dried at 120° C. to obtain a dry film. The dry film was irradiated with polarized UV to form an optical liquid crystal alignment layer, and a thin film with an optical liquid crystal alignment layer was obtained. The polarized UV treatment was performed using a UV irradiation device (SPOT CURE SP-7 manufactured by USHIO Electric Co., Ltd.) under the condition that the intensity measured at a wavelength of 365 nm was 100 mJ.

<偏光子層之製作> 於如前述所得之附有光液晶配向層的積層薄膜上,藉由棒塗法(#9 30mm/s)塗佈上述偏光子層形成用組成物,藉由在120℃的乾燥烘箱中加熱乾燥1分鐘而使聚合性液晶化合物相轉移到液體相後,冷卻到室溫為止而使該聚合性液晶化合物相轉移到層列液晶狀態。 <Preparation of polarizing sub-layer> On the laminated film with the optical liquid crystal alignment layer obtained as mentioned above, the above-mentioned polarizing sub-layer forming composition is coated by the rod coating method (#9 30mm/s), and dried by heating in a drying oven at 120°C After the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is phase-transferred to the liquid phase for 1 minute, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is cooled to room temperature to phase-transfer to the smectic liquid crystal state.

接著,使用UV照射裝置(USHIO電機股份有限公司製SPOT CURE SP-7),藉由將曝光量1000mJ/cm 2(365nm基準)的紫外線照射至由偏光膜形成用組成物所形成的層,而使該乾燥被膜所含有聚合性液晶化合物保持著前述聚合性液晶化合物之層列液晶狀態進行聚合,由該乾燥被膜形成偏光子層。雷射顯微鏡(OLYMPUS股份有限公司製OLS3000)測定此時的偏光子層之厚度,結果為2.3μm。 Next, a UV irradiation device (SPOT CURE SP-7 manufactured by USHIO Denki Co., Ltd.) was used to irradiate the layer formed of the polarizing film forming composition with ultraviolet rays with an exposure amount of 1000 mJ/cm 2 (365 nm standard). The polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the dry film is polymerized while maintaining the smectic liquid crystal state of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, and a polarizing sub-layer is formed from the dry film. The thickness of the polarizing sublayer at this time was measured with a laser microscope (OLS3000 manufactured by OLYMPUS Co., Ltd.) and found to be 2.3 μm.

對於所得之偏光板,使用X射線繞射裝置X’Pert PRO MPD(SPECTRIS股份有限公司製),從偏光板的吸收軸方向來照射X射線而進行X射線繞射測定,結果在2θ=20.2°附近得到波峰半價寬(FWHM)=約0.17°之尖銳的繞射峰(布拉格峰)。由波峰位置所求出的秩序周期(d)為約4.4Å,確認形成反映了高級層列相之結構。The obtained polarizing plate was subjected to X-ray diffraction measurement by irradiating X-rays from the absorption axis direction of the polarizing plate using an X-ray diffraction device X'Pert PRO MPD (manufactured by SPECTRIS Co., Ltd.). The result was 2θ=20.2°. A sharp diffraction peak (Bragg peak) with peak half-valency width (FWHM) = about 0.17° is obtained nearby. The order period (d) calculated from the peak position is approximately 4.4Å, confirming the formation of a structure reflecting a high-order smectic phase.

<障壁層之形成> (障壁層(1)形成用硬化性組成物之調製) 混合下述成分,調製障壁層(1)形成用硬化性組成物。尚且,「Sumirez Resin 650」的質量份表示固體成分的質量。 <Formation of barrier layer> (Preparation of curable composition for barrier layer (1) formation) The following components were mixed to prepare a curable composition for forming the barrier layer (1). In addition, the mass part of "Sumirez Resin 650" represents the mass of solid content.

純水                                                      100質量份 聚乙烯醇薄膜((股)KURARAY製,「Kuraray Poval KL318」(商品名):羧基改質聚乙烯醇) 3質量份 水溶性聚醯胺環氧樹脂(住化CHEMTEX(股)製,「Sumirez(註冊商標)Resin 650」(商品名),固體成分濃度30%之使用液)                                      1.5質量份 Pure water 100 parts by mass Polyvinyl alcohol film (manufactured by KURARAY Co., Ltd., "Kuraray Poval KL318" (trade name): carboxyl modified polyvinyl alcohol) 3 parts by mass Water-soluble polyamide epoxy resin (manufactured by Sumika CHEMTEX Co., Ltd., "Sumirez (registered trademark) Resin 650" (trade name), use solution with a solid content concentration of 30%)                                                 1.5 parts by mass

對於上述製作的偏光板之偏光子層表面施予電暈處理後,使用棒塗機,以硬化後的厚度成為約0.5μm之方式,塗佈障壁層(1)形成用硬化性組成物。接著,在100℃下乾燥1.5分鐘。After corona treatment is applied to the surface of the polarizing sublayer of the polarizing plate produced above, a bar coater is used to apply the curable composition for forming the barrier layer (1) so that the thickness after curing becomes about 0.5 μm. Next, it was dried at 100°C for 1.5 minutes.

(障壁層(2)形成用硬化性組成物之調製) 混合下述成分,調製障壁層(2)形成用硬化性組成物。 (Preparation of curable composition for barrier layer (2) formation) The following components are mixed to prepare a curable composition for forming the barrier layer (2).

脂環式環氧化合物Celloxide(註冊商標)2021P(DAICEL化學(股)製) 32.5質量份 EHPE3150(DAICEL化學(股)製) 17.5質量份 氧雜環丁烷化合物OXT221(東亞合成(股)製) 50質量份 聚合起始劑CPI-100P(SURFLON(股)製) 2.5質量份 調平劑SH710(東麗-道康寧(股)製) 0.25質量份 Alicyclic epoxy compound Celloxide (registered trademark) 2021P (manufactured by DAICEL Chemical Co., Ltd.) 32.5 parts by mass EHPE3150 (made by DAICEL Chemical Co., Ltd.) 17.5 parts by mass Oxetane compound OXT221 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) 50 parts by mass Polymerization initiator CPI-100P (manufactured by SURFLON Co., Ltd.) 2.5 parts by mass Leveling agent SH710 (manufactured by Toray-Dow Corning Co., Ltd.) 0.25 parts by mass

再者,對於上述障壁層(1)表面施予電暈處理後,使用棒塗機,以硬化後的厚度成為約1.5μm之方式,塗佈障壁層(2)形成用硬化性組成物。接著,使用UV照射裝置(SPOTCURE P-7;USHIO電機股份有限公司製),藉由將曝光量500mJ/cm 2(365nm基準)的紫外線照射至由障壁層(2)形成用的硬化組成物所構成的層,使其硬化而形成障壁層,得到偏光板301~329。 Furthermore, after subjecting the surface of the barrier layer (1) to corona treatment, a bar coater is used to apply the curable composition for forming the barrier layer (2) so that the thickness after curing becomes about 1.5 μm. Next, a UV irradiation device (SPOTCURE P-7; manufactured by USHIO Electric Co., Ltd.) was used to irradiate the cured composition for forming the barrier layer (2) with ultraviolet rays with an exposure dose of 500 mJ/cm 2 (365 nm standard). The formed layer is hardened to form a barrier layer, thereby obtaining polarizing plates 301 to 329.

≪偏光板之製作(碘-PVA偏光子層)≫ <偏光子層之製作> 以35℃的水使厚度25μm的聚乙烯醇系薄膜膨潤。將所得之薄膜浸漬於由碘0.075g、碘化鉀5g及水100g所構成的水溶液中60秒,更浸漬於由碘化鉀3g、硼酸7.5g及水100g所構成的45℃的水溶液中。將所得之薄膜在延伸溫度55℃、延伸倍率5倍之條件下進行一軸延伸。水洗該一軸延伸薄膜後,使其乾燥,形成厚度12μm的偏光子層。 ≪Production of polarizing plate (iodine-PVA polarizing sub-layer)≫ <Preparation of polarizing sub-layer> A polyvinyl alcohol-based film with a thickness of 25 μm was swollen with 35° C. water. The obtained film was immersed in an aqueous solution composed of 0.075g of iodine, 5g of potassium iodide and 100g of water for 60 seconds, and further immersed in a 45°C aqueous solution of 3g of potassium iodide, 7.5g of boric acid and 100g of water. The obtained film was subjected to one-axis stretching at a stretching temperature of 55°C and a stretching magnification of 5 times. After washing the uniaxially stretched film with water, it was dried to form a polarizing sub-layer with a thickness of 12 μm.

<紫外線硬化性接著劑組成物之調製> 混合下述成分後,進行脫泡,調製紫外線硬化性接著劑組成物。 3,4-環氧基環己基甲基-3,4-環氧基環己烷羧酸酯 45質量份 Epolead(註冊商標)GT-301(DAICEL公司製的脂環式環氧樹脂) 40質量份 1,4-丁二醇二環氧丙基醚 15質量份 三芳基鋶六氟磷酸鹽(固體成分) 2.3質量份 9,10-二丁氧基蒽                                      0.1質量份 1,4-二乙氧基萘                                        2.0質量份 尚且,三芳基鋶六氟磷酸鹽係作為50%碳酸伸丙酯溶液摻合。 <Preparation of ultraviolet curable adhesive composition> After mixing the following components, defoaming is performed to prepare an ultraviolet curable adhesive composition. 3,4-Epoxycyclohexylmethyl-3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate 45 parts by mass Epolead (registered trademark) GT-301 (alicyclic epoxy resin manufactured by DAICEL) 40 parts by mass 1,4-Butanediol Diepoxypropyl Ether 15 parts by mass Triarylsonium hexafluorophosphate (solid content) 2.3 parts by mass 9,10-dibutoxyanthracene 0.1 parts by mass 1,4-diethoxynaphthalene 2.0 parts by mass Furthermore, the triarylsonium hexafluorophosphate system was blended as a 50% propyl carbonate solution.

<偏光板之製作> 使用上述製作的積層薄膜104,對於在剝離聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯薄膜(相當於支撐體4)而露出之該光學薄膜層表面,以電暈輸出強度2.0kW、線速度18m/分鐘,分別施予電暈放電處理。同樣地,準備三乙醯基纖維素(厚度25μm)作為偏光子保護層,對其表面,在與上述同樣之條件下施予電暈處理。 <Production of Polarizing Plate> Using the laminated film 104 prepared above, the surface of the optical film layer exposed by peeling off the polyethylene terephthalate film (equivalent to the support 4) was subjected to a corona output intensity of 2.0 kW and a linear speed of 18 m/min. Apply corona discharge treatment respectively. Similarly, triacetyl cellulose (thickness 25 μm) was prepared as a polarized photon protective layer, and its surface was subjected to corona treatment under the same conditions as above.

然後,於上述製作的偏光子層之一面,透過厚度1.5μm的紫外線硬化性接著劑層貼合積層薄膜104,於另一面,透過厚度1.5μm的紫外線硬化性接著劑層貼合偏光子保護層,製作偏光板。以偏光子層的吸收軸與偏光子保護層的慢軸成為正交之方式貼合。 尚且,紫外線硬化性接著劑層係使用上述紫外線硬化性接著劑組成物而形成。 Then, the laminated film 104 is bonded to one side of the polarizer sub-layer produced above through an ultraviolet curable adhesive layer with a thickness of 1.5 μm, and the polarizer protective layer is bonded to the other side through an ultraviolet curable adhesive layer with a thickness of 1.5 μm. , making polarizing plates. The absorption axis of the polarizing sub-layer and the slow axis of the polarizing sub-layer are orthogonal to each other. Furthermore, the ultraviolet curable adhesive layer is formed using the above-mentioned ultraviolet curable adhesive composition.

接著,對於所得之偏光板,使用附有帶式輸送機的紫外線照射裝置(燈係使用Fusion UV Systems公司製的D燈泡),以累計光量成為750mJ/cm 2之方式照射紫外線,而使紫外線硬化性接著劑層硬化,得到偏光板330。 Next, the obtained polarizing plate was irradiated with ultraviolet rays using an ultraviolet irradiation device equipped with a belt conveyor (the lamp system used a D bulb manufactured by Fusion UV Systems) so that the cumulative light intensity became 750 mJ/cm 2 to thereby cure the ultraviolet rays. The adhesive layer is cured to obtain the polarizing plate 330.

對於所得之偏光板301~330,進行以下之評價。The following evaluations were performed on the obtained polarizing plates 301 to 330.

≪評價≫ (附有玻璃板的偏光板樣品之製作) 以甲基乙基酮洗淨寬度100mm、長度120mm、厚度30μm的玻璃板(日本電氣玻璃公司製Dynorex UTG)之單面表面後,進行電暈處理,接著塗佈環氧基末端偶合劑(KBM-403,信越化學工業公司製),在110℃下熱處理5分鐘。於經偶合處理的玻璃板之表面上,於上述製作的偏光板301~330中,剝離脫模薄膜,以黏著層與玻璃板相接之方式使其接著,製作附有玻璃板的偏光板樣品401~430,進行以下之評價,結果得到與玻璃板貼合的積層體同樣之結果。 ≪Evaluation≫ (Production of polarizing plate sample with glass plate) After cleaning the single surface of a glass plate (Dynorex UTG manufactured by Nippon Electric Glass Co., Ltd.) with a width of 100 mm, a length of 120 mm, and a thickness of 30 μm with methyl ethyl ketone, corona treatment was performed, and then an epoxy terminal coupling agent (KBM) was applied -403, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), heat treated at 110°C for 5 minutes. On the surface of the coupled glass plate, peel off the release film from the polarizing plates 301 to 330 produced above, and attach the adhesive layer to the glass plate to prepare a polarizing plate sample with the glass plate. 401 to 430, the following evaluation was performed, and the same results were obtained as for the laminate laminated to the glass plate.

<耐折性試驗後之光學不均> 使用180°耐折性試驗機(井元製作所製)進行耐折性試驗。本裝置係成為在恆溫槽內夾住心軸而單側的夾盤重複180°彎曲之機構,可藉由心軸之直徑改變折彎半徑。成為若薄膜斷裂則試驗停止之機構。試驗係將上述積層體樣品以玻璃板為凹側(內側)/以光學薄膜為凸側(外側)之狀態設置在裝置,於溫度25℃下放置24小時後,於彎曲角度180°、彎曲半徑3mm、彎曲速度1秒/次、砝碼100g之條件下實施評價。折彎的次數達到20萬次後,對於包含折彎部分的耐折性試驗後之積層體樣品,進行下述之測試。 <Optical unevenness after folding endurance test> The folding endurance test was performed using a 180° folding endurance testing machine (manufactured by Imoto Seisakusho). This device is a mechanism that clamps a mandrel in a constant temperature bath and bends the chuck on one side repeatedly 180°. The bending radius can be changed by the diameter of the mandrel. It is a mechanism that stops the test if the film breaks. The test was carried out by placing the above-mentioned laminated body sample in a device with the glass plate as the concave side (inside) and the optical film as the convex side (outside). After leaving it at a temperature of 25°C for 24 hours, the sample was tested at a bending angle of 180° and a bending radius of 180°. The evaluation was carried out under the conditions of 3mm, bending speed of 1 second/time, and weight of 100g. After the number of bends reaches 200,000 times, the following test is performed on the laminated body sample after the bending endurance test including the bending part.

將上述耐折性試驗後的積層體樣品夾於正交尼科耳狀態的試驗用偏光板2片之間,在透過光下錯開正交尼耳直到光通過之狀態為止,目視觀察透過光的濃淡,將○以前當作合格。下述表III中顯示評價結果。 ◎:看不到透過光的濃淡 ○:僅微看到透過光的濃淡 ×:看到透過光的濃淡 The laminated body sample after the above-mentioned folding resistance test was sandwiched between two test polarizing plates in the crossed Nicols state, and the cross Nicols were shifted under transmitted light until the light passed through, and the intensity of the transmitted light was visually observed. For shades, ○ or above will be regarded as passing. The evaluation results are shown in Table III below. ◎: The shade of transmitted light cannot be seen ○: Only the shade of transmitted light is slightly visible ×: See the intensity of transmitted light

由表III之評價結果可知,本發明之積層薄膜係與玻璃板貼合時的衝擊耐性及高溫高濕下的接著耐久性優異,另外本發明之偏光板係與玻璃板貼合時的對於重複的折疊動作之耐久性及不發生光學不均的特性優異。It can be seen from the evaluation results in Table III that the laminated film of the present invention has excellent impact resistance and bonding durability under high temperature and high humidity when bonded to a glass plate. In addition, the polarizing plate of the present invention has excellent repeatability when bonded to a glass plate. It has excellent folding action durability and no optical unevenness.

如以下地製作上述製作之包含偏光板的液晶顯示裝置。亦即,準備橫電場模式型液晶顯示裝置的日立製液晶電視Wooo W32-L7000。其所含有的液晶胞具有二片基板與配置於它之間的液晶層,為在二片基板中的僅一片配置有畫素電極與對向電極之IPS方式者。又,液晶胞係以配置有畫素電極與對向電極的基板成為背光側之方式配置。The liquid crystal display device including the polarizing plate produced as described above was produced as follows. That is, a liquid crystal TV Wooo W32-L7000 manufactured by Hitachi which is a horizontal electric field mode liquid crystal display device was prepared. The liquid crystal cell contained therein has two substrates and a liquid crystal layer arranged between them. It is an IPS type in which only one of the two substrates is equipped with a pixel electrode and a counter electrode. In addition, the liquid crystal cell is arranged so that the substrate on which the pixel electrode and the counter electrode are arranged becomes the backlight side.

然後,剝離日立製液晶電視Wooo W32-L7000之預先貼合的背光側之偏光板,貼合於上述製作的偏光板之黏著層與液晶胞之玻璃面。上述製作的偏光板301~330之黏著層與液晶胞之貼合,係以上述製作的偏光板之吸收軸與經預先貼合的偏光板之吸收軸成為相同方向之方式進行。所得之液晶顯示裝置的「Egg不均」(圓形狀的不均)之評價,亦即將所得之液晶顯示裝置在50℃80%RH之腔室內放置72小時。然後,從腔室取出液晶顯示裝置,以常溫下使液晶顯示裝置黑顯示之狀態,目視觀察顯示畫面的4頂點附近的亮度與顯示畫面中央附近的亮度之差(影像不均),具備比較例之偏光板的顯示裝置係在4頂點中的2處以上看到影像不均,另一方面,具備本案發明之偏光板的顯示裝置係完全沒有影像不均,或者若非常仔細地注意,則為稍微看到影像不均勻之程度,得到良好的結果。 [產業上的利用可能性] Then, peel off the pre-attached backlight side polarizing plate of Hitachi LCD TV Wooo W32-L7000, and attach it to the adhesive layer of the polarizing plate produced above and the glass surface of the liquid crystal cell. The adhesive layers of the above-produced polarizing plates 301 to 330 are bonded to the liquid crystal cells in such a manner that the absorption axis of the above-mentioned polarizing plates and the absorption axis of the pre-laminated polarizing plates are in the same direction. The "Egg unevenness" (circular unevenness) of the obtained liquid crystal display device was evaluated by leaving the obtained liquid crystal display device in a chamber of 50° C. and 80% RH for 72 hours. Then, the liquid crystal display device was taken out from the chamber, and the difference (image unevenness) between the brightness near the four vertices of the display screen and the brightness near the center of the display screen was visually observed with the liquid crystal display device in a black display state at normal temperature. Comparative Example In a display device with a polarizing plate, image unevenness is seen at two or more of the four vertices. On the other hand, a display device equipped with the polarizing plate of the present invention has no image unevenness at all, or if one pays careful attention, The degree of image unevenness is slightly visible and good results are obtained. [Industrial utilization possibility]

本發明之積層薄膜係與具有可撓性的薄玻璃板貼合時之的衝擊耐性及高溫高濕下的接著耐久性且對於重複的折疊動作之耐久性及不發生光學不均的特性優異,藉由應用於能折疊的可撓性顯示器,可提供高性能且高耐久性的可撓性顯示器。The laminated film of the present invention has excellent impact resistance and bonding durability under high temperature and high humidity when bonded to a flexible thin glass plate, and has excellent durability against repeated folding operations and no optical unevenness. By applying it to a foldable flexible display, a high-performance and highly durable flexible display can be provided.

1:光學薄膜 2:黏著層 3:脫模薄膜 4:支撐體 11:玻璃板 21:偏光子層 22:液晶配向層 23:相位差薄膜 24:接著層 25:聚合性液晶化合物含有層 26:支撐體 27:障壁層 28:偏光子保護層 50:積層薄膜 60:積層體 70:偏光板 80:附有玻璃板的偏光板 90:顯示器 R:彎曲半徑 B110:支撐體 B200:製造裝置 B210:供給部 B220:塗佈部 B230:乾燥部 B240:冷卻部 B250:捲取部 1: Optical film 2:Adhesive layer 3: Release film 4:Support 11:Glass plate 21: Polarized sub-layer 22: Liquid crystal alignment layer 23: Phase difference film 24: Next layer 25: Polymerizable liquid crystal compound containing layer 26:Support 27: Barrier layer 28: Polarized photon protective layer 50:Laminated film 60:Laminated body 70:Polarizing plate 80: Polarizing plate with glass plate attached 90:Display R: bending radius B110:Support B200: Manufacturing equipment B210: Supply Department B220: Coating Department B230:Drying Department B240: Cooling section B250: Coiling section

[圖1A]係本發明之積層薄膜之基本的層構成。 [圖1B]係本發明之積層薄膜之基本的層構成。 [圖2]係顯示本發明之一實施形態的光學薄膜之製造方法的模型圖。 [圖3]係本發明之積層體之基本的層構成。 [圖4A]係本發明之偏光板之基本的層構成。 [圖4B]係本發明之偏光板之基本的層構成。 [圖4C]係本發明之偏光板之基本的層構成。 [圖5A]係本發明之一實施形態的具有偏光子層的偏光板之基本的層構成。 [圖5B]係本發明之一實施形態之具有偏光子層的偏光板之基本的層構成。 [圖5C]係本發明之一實施形態之具有偏光子層的偏光板之基本的層構成。 [圖6]係顯示本發明之偏光板捲材之製造方法的模型圖。 [圖7]係顯示本發明之附有玻璃板的偏光板捲材之製造方法的模型圖。 [圖8]係折疊顯示器時的模型圖。 [Fig. 1A] shows the basic layer structure of the laminated film of the present invention. [Fig. 1B] shows the basic layer structure of the laminated film of the present invention. FIG. 2 is a model diagram showing a method of manufacturing an optical film according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Fig. 3] shows the basic layer structure of the laminated body of the present invention. [Fig. 4A] shows the basic layer structure of the polarizing plate of the present invention. [Fig. 4B] shows the basic layer structure of the polarizing plate of the present invention. [Fig. 4C] shows the basic layer structure of the polarizing plate of the present invention. [Fig. 5A] shows the basic layer structure of a polarizing plate having a polarizing sub-layer according to one embodiment of the present invention. [Fig. 5B] shows the basic layer structure of a polarizing plate having a polarizing sub-layer according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Fig. 5C] shows the basic layer structure of a polarizing plate having a polarizing sub-layer according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Fig. 6] is a model diagram showing the manufacturing method of the polarizing plate roll material of the present invention. [Fig. 7] is a model diagram showing the manufacturing method of the polarizing plate roll with a glass plate according to the present invention. [Figure 8] is a model diagram of the display when it is folded.

1:光學薄膜 1: Optical film

2:黏著層 2:Adhesive layer

3:脫模薄膜 3: Release film

50:積層薄膜 50:Laminated film

Claims (13)

一種積層薄膜,其係至少由光學薄膜、黏著層及脫模薄膜所構成之積層薄膜,其特徵在於:前述光學薄膜之膜厚為1~未達10μm,且前述黏著層之膜厚為1~未達10μm,前述光學薄膜之膜厚滿足下述式1;式1:5<|寬度方向之任意選擇的3點之厚度的平均值(B)-平均膜厚值(A)|/平均膜厚值(A)×100<20。 A laminated film consisting of at least an optical film, an adhesive layer and a release film, characterized in that: the film thickness of the aforementioned optical film is 1 to less than 10 μm, and the film thickness of the aforementioned adhesive layer is 1 to 10 μm. Less than 10 μm, the film thickness of the aforementioned optical film satisfies the following formula 1; formula 1: 5<|average value of the thickness of three arbitrarily selected points in the width direction (B) - average film thickness value (A) |/average film Thickness value (A)×100<20. 如請求項1之積層薄膜,其中前述光學薄膜之水蒸氣透過率係在溫度40℃、濕度90%RH下,為500~3000g/m2‧day之範圍內。 Such as the laminated film of claim 1, wherein the water vapor transmittance of the aforementioned optical film is in the range of 500~3000g/m 2 ‧day at a temperature of 40°C and a humidity of 90%RH. 如請求項1或2之積層薄膜,其中相對於光學薄膜,前述光學薄膜中的橡膠粒子之含量為40~85質量%之範圍內。 The laminated film of claim 1 or 2, wherein the content of rubber particles in the optical film is in the range of 40 to 85% by mass relative to the optical film. 如請求項1或2之積層薄膜,其中剝離前述脫模薄膜,透過前述黏著層貼合基板時,對於前述基板的黏著力為3.0N/25mm以上。 The laminated film of claim 1 or 2, wherein the release film is peeled off and the adhesive force to the substrate is 3.0 N/25mm or more when the adhesive layer is bonded to the substrate. 如請求項1或2之積層薄膜,其中前述黏著層為玻璃用。 The laminated film of claim 1 or 2, wherein the aforementioned adhesive layer is for glass. 如請求項1或2之積層薄膜,其中前述黏著層之水蒸氣透過率係在溫度40℃、濕度90%RH下,為800~5000g/m2‧day之範圍內。 For example, the laminated film of claim 1 or 2, wherein the water vapor transmission rate of the aforementioned adhesive layer is in the range of 800~5000g/m 2 ‧day at a temperature of 40°C and a humidity of 90%RH. 如請求項1或2之積層薄膜,其中前述黏著層之水蒸氣透過率高於前述光學薄膜之水蒸氣透過率。 The laminated film of claim 1 or 2, wherein the water vapor transmittance of the adhesive layer is higher than the water vapor transmittance of the optical film. 一種積層體,其特徵在於如請求項1~7中任一項之積層薄膜與玻璃板係透過前述黏著層貼合。 A laminated body characterized in that the laminated film and the glass plate according to any one of claims 1 to 7 are bonded through the aforementioned adhesive layer. 一種偏光板,其特徵在於具備如請求項1~8中任一項之積層薄膜或積層體。 A polarizing plate characterized by having the laminated film or laminated body according to any one of claims 1 to 8. 一種偏光板捲材之製造方法,其係經過以下步驟所製造的偏光板捲材之製造方法,在至少由光學薄膜、黏著層及脫模薄膜所構成之積層薄膜的前述光學薄膜面側,貼合偏光子而製作偏光板之貼合步驟,及捲取前述偏光板之捲取步驟;其特徵在於:前述黏著層之膜厚為1μm~未達10μm,且光學薄膜之膜厚為1μm~未達10μm。 A method of manufacturing a polarizing plate roll, which is a manufacturing method of a polarizing plate roll manufactured through the following steps: on the side of the aforementioned optical film of a laminated film composed of at least an optical film, an adhesive layer, and a release film, The laminating step of combining polarized photons to make a polarizing plate, and the winding step of winding the aforementioned polarizing plate; characterized in that: the film thickness of the aforementioned adhesive layer is 1 μm to less than 10 μm, and the film thickness of the optical film is 1 μm to less than 1 μm. up to 10μm. 如請求項10之偏光板捲材之製造方法,其中在途中之步驟不剝離前述脫模薄膜而進行捲取。 As claimed in claim 10, the method for manufacturing a polarizing plate roll is characterized in that the release film is not peeled off in the middle step but is rolled up. 如請求項10或11之偏光板捲材之製造方法,其中前述偏光板捲材係至少由前述脫模薄膜、前述黏著層、前述光學薄膜及前述偏光子所構成。 The method for manufacturing a polarizing plate roll according to claim 10 or 11, wherein the aforementioned polarizing plate roll is composed of at least the aforementioned release film, the aforementioned adhesive layer, the aforementioned optical film, and the aforementioned polarizer. 一種顯示裝置,其特徵在於:基板之厚度為10~100μm之範圍內,且具備如請求項9之偏光板。 A display device, characterized in that: the thickness of the substrate is in the range of 10 to 100 μm, and it is provided with the polarizing plate of claim 9.
TW111100686A 2021-01-08 2022-01-07 Manufacturing method and display device of laminated film, laminated body, polarizing plate, polarizing plate roll TWI821855B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021001972 2021-01-08
JP2021-001972 2021-01-08

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202243890A TW202243890A (en) 2022-11-16
TWI821855B true TWI821855B (en) 2023-11-11

Family

ID=82357740

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW111100686A TWI821855B (en) 2021-01-08 2022-01-07 Manufacturing method and display device of laminated film, laminated body, polarizing plate, polarizing plate roll

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2022149585A1 (en)
KR (1) KR20230107357A (en)
CN (1) CN116761717A (en)
TW (1) TWI821855B (en)
WO (1) WO2022149585A1 (en)

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2020128470A (en) * 2019-02-07 2020-08-27 日東電工株式会社 Pressure sensitive adhesive sheet, optical laminate, and picture display unit
JP2020164835A (en) * 2019-03-28 2020-10-08 住友化学株式会社 Adhesive composition

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004325890A (en) * 2003-04-25 2004-11-18 Nitto Denko Corp Optical functional layer, its evaluating method, optical element and image display device
JP6550576B2 (en) 2013-09-12 2019-07-31 小池 康博 OPTICAL LAMINATE, IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME, AND TOUCH PANEL
JP6944759B2 (en) * 2015-10-13 2021-10-06 日東電工株式会社 Polarizing plate with adhesive layer
JP7229655B2 (en) * 2017-05-24 2023-02-28 住友化学株式会社 adhesive composition

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2020128470A (en) * 2019-02-07 2020-08-27 日東電工株式会社 Pressure sensitive adhesive sheet, optical laminate, and picture display unit
JP2020164835A (en) * 2019-03-28 2020-10-08 住友化学株式会社 Adhesive composition

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116761717A (en) 2023-09-15
KR20230107357A (en) 2023-07-14
TW202243890A (en) 2022-11-16
WO2022149585A1 (en) 2022-07-14
JPWO2022149585A1 (en) 2022-07-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7503524B2 (en) Circularly polarizing plate and display device
JP7109476B2 (en) OPTICAL LAMINATED PRODUCTION METHOD, OPTICAL LAMINATED PRODUCT AND IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE
JP6698677B2 (en) Composition for photo-alignment film, photo-alignment film, optical laminate and image display device
TWI647491B (en) Manufacturing method of long polarizing film
CN116736426A (en) Polarizing plate, display device provided with same, and method for manufacturing same
TW201307909A (en) Polarizing device, round polarizing plate and method for manufacturing the same
CN110869827A (en) Elliptical polarizing plate
TW201710789A (en) Photosensitive composition, manufacturing method of cured film, manufacturing method of liquid crystal display device, manufacturing method of organic electroluminescent display device, manufacturing method of touch panel capable of producing a cured film having good coatability and excellent adhesion to an upper layer laminated on a cured film
WO2020054285A1 (en) Polarizing plate with front plate
US11635558B2 (en) Optical laminate and image display device
TW201923393A (en) Polarizing film and method for manufacturing same
TW202019710A (en) Polarizing plate with front plate
CN112368143B (en) Laminate body
TW201936714A (en) Optically anisotropic film
TWI821855B (en) Manufacturing method and display device of laminated film, laminated body, polarizing plate, polarizing plate roll
TWI635165B (en) Optical anisotropic layer forming composition
JP7181376B2 (en) Copolymer, composition for photo-alignment film, photo-alignment film, optically anisotropic element and polarizing element
WO2022019121A1 (en) Polarizing plate, method for producing polarizing plate, and display device
WO2021235330A1 (en) Polarizing plate, display device, and method for manufacturing polarizing plate roll
TWI844515B (en) Optical film
JP7481425B2 (en) Optical laminate and display device
JP7454695B2 (en) Composition for photo-alignment film, photo-alignment film and optical laminate
JP2013147606A (en) Composition and optical film
TW202409620A (en) Circularly polarizing plate
TW202036057A (en) Manufacturing method for polarizing film, and polarizing film